RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to Goin' through the Mill

21:47, 30th April 2024 (GMT+0)

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun.

Posted by Judge MessalenFor group 0
Judge Messalen
GM, 4370 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 14 Jul 2016
at 01:18
  • msg #1

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Having returned from the ranch, Trayne, Richardson and Beauregard found their street uncluttered by the local constablary, and then found the apartment unoccupied. Soon enough, however, Charles Conway had joined them. And shortly after 10 p.m., as men were checking their timepieces, Sunday and Ringgenberg had arrived.

Now, the men had all gathered as they had agreed. None could deny the satisfaction of completing a task and returning to meet with his pards. The next task before the congregation was to postulate a course of action; to accomplish their goal by hook or by crook, it seems, although which of those two paths would prove to be most effective, or even preferable, remains undecided. That is, even after they had informed each other of the results of their evening's work, from the recruitment of Hadden, Barnes and the others to the reports of the reconnaissance at Hunter's Point and Conway's assurance that he and Mr. Xu had made arrangements for the safety of the women, once liberated.

The men find themselves in a momentary lull, as each one of them considers the path ahead. It is as if each of the heroes is waiting to hear the opinions of the others, before offering his own ideas.
Travis Sunday
player, 2659 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 14 Jul 2016
at 21:18
  • msg #2

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 1):

C'mon Professor.  Time to move along.
Jake Richardson
player, 1172 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Thu 14 Jul 2016
at 23:59
  • msg #3

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 1):

Jake was glad to have everyone gathered in the apartment, all safe and sound. The battle that had taken place just that morning in the Chinatown alleyway had made it clear that their foes would not hesitate to resort to violence. Waal, I reckon that's fair enough, seein' as how we'll be sendin' some their way soon enough.

The Texan turned to Travis and ENS. "Now that y'all have spied out the field, so to speak, are you still of the oh-pinyon that we'll need to fight these rascals inside whichever tunnel thaey use to transport the wimmin?"

"Leastways, that's what I seem to remember you sayin' earlier on, Travis."

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1114 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 00:31
  • msg #4

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 2):

ENS looks away from the cave.

Very well Travis... We'll have to consult with Mr. Conway as to the likelihood of a guard tomorrow morning. I think a good look at the cave in the light would help us plan a sound strategy!

ENS walks with Travis back to the apt and engages in greetings with the others as they enter.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4371 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 15 Jul 2016
at 10:21
  • msg #5

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: Just to clear any confusion, in msg #1 in this chapter, the Judge has advanced to a time after everyone has gathered AND after everyone has shared findings with each other (therefore, all public posts at the end of the previous chapter are common knowledge among the group).

There is no problem with Travis and ENS posting retroactive messages, but there was also no need to do so, as the Judge had already advanced the plot to a time after everyone had rejoined at the apartment.  Please pick up from that point, and Jake's attempt to get things moving, at roughly 11 p.m. that Saturday night.
This message was last edited by the GM at 11:57, Fri 15 July 2016.
Cole Trayne
player, 1951 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 17 Jul 2016
at 00:50
  • msg #6

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Ok, boys. We got some more guns. Now we need a plan. Ideas?
Jake Richardson
player, 1173 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Sun 17 Jul 2016
at 16:10
  • msg #7

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 6):

Jake chuckled at Cole's words. "More guns is a damned good start."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1115 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 17 Jul 2016
at 19:25
  • msg #8

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 7):

So the men you've gathered will meet with us early tomorrow? I would suggest that we gather our supplies in the morning, meet with them, then all go to Travis's rented room at the Albion. If Mr. Conway believes the Tong won't have sentries early, we can take a quick look at the shore area in the early light and then make our final plans and set up our vigil for the day.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4372 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 17 Jul 2016
at 19:37
  • msg #9

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 8):

OOC:  JEB's message 986 in the previous chapter instructed the posse to assemble two hours before sundown.
Cole Trayne
player, 1952 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 18 Jul 2016
at 02:39
  • msg #10

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 8):

I reckon an armed posse, walking through town, might attract more attention than we would like. Maybe it would be a good idea for all of us to arrive in smaller groups and different times? Just a thought...
James E. Beauregard
player, 1658 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 19 Jul 2016
at 23:11
  • msg #11

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 10):

I'll gather the posse in the morning and lead them to the strike point. Y'all can convene  earlier. Regarding battle plans, we basically have two options as I see it. Strike at the tunnel or the debarkation site. I advocate for the latter. Hit 'em hard and fast, as General Jackson would say.
Jake Richardson
player, 1174 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Tue 19 Jul 2016
at 23:37
  • msg #12

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 11):

"I'd prefer to do as much of the fightin' at range as we can," Jake replied in response to J.E.B.'s observation.

"Seems like gettin' into them tunnels'd be playin' into their hands, 'less  we ain't got no choice in the matter."
Charles Conway
player, 61 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Wed 20 Jul 2016
at 12:53
  • msg #13

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

For his own part, Charles Conway had listened to the other men as they began their discussion of plans for the following day. Earlier, he had given his report on the meeting with Mr. Xu, but since then the neatly dressed gentleman had remained content to add notes in his small journal as the men talked. Until now, when he interjected.

"Tomorrow is the Lord's day. I suggest we bear that in mind as we devise our plans."
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:58, Wed 20 July 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1116 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 20 Jul 2016
at 22:00
  • msg #14

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 13):

ENS looks towards Conway quickly, with a slight look of confusion.

Other than the chance that the brewery is likely to be minimally manned, what should be considered Mr. Conway? Surely the Tongs don't adhere to Christian traditions?
Charles Conway
player, 62 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Wed 20 Jul 2016
at 22:44
  • msg #15

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 14):

"You had mentioned supplies." Conway seemed unperturbed by Professor Ringgenberg's question. "Many stores will be closed on the Lord's day. Merely a reminder, in case you had thoughts of securing supplies not already on hand."

Glancing toward Sheriff Beauregard, Charles Conway added, "Or gathering cowboys who, in some meaningful number, are inclined to be church-goers. In my experience."

The businessman scanned the men in the room.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1659 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 20 Jul 2016
at 23:03
  • msg #16

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 15):

I'll maintain the original agreed upon time to gather the posse at two hours before sundown then.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1660 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 20 Jul 2016
at 23:11
  • msg #17

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 12):

I'll elaborate on Jake's recommendation of developing a strategy that effectively utilizes our strengths. I'm fairly decent at long range as well. Jake, myself and any others so inclined can occupy the high ground to provide cover, while Travis leads a squad to assault at close range. Thoughts?
Travis Sunday
player, 2660 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 21 Jul 2016
at 00:51
  • msg #18

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 11):

Once we know which tunnel the tongs will use we can plan from there.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:52, Thu 21 July 2016.
Cole Trayne
player, 1953 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 21 Jul 2016
at 02:30
  • msg #19

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 18):

What about the females? Shouldn't we do something to get them out of the line of fire, as soon as possible?
Charles Conway
player, 63 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Thu 21 Jul 2016
at 11:57
  • msg #20

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Charles Conway tapped his pencil against the open page in his small notebook.

"Mr. Sunday has expressed a question I had written here on this very page. 'Which tunnel?'"

Conway scribbled again in the journal, "And as Mr. Trayne states, the liberty and safety of the young women must be foremost in any plan."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1117 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 21 Jul 2016
at 19:56
  • msg #21

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 20):

ENS had been consulting his own notebook as he rubbed his chin in thought.

Mr. Sunday and I's walk revealed a spring cistern and one entrance in the slope above the beach... Travis, your man with the dog was very specific about the spring... perhaps there are multiple tunnels under the brewery, but only one entrance? That would probably make our setup easier, right? Set up rifle shooters to cover the beach and a group hidden in the entrance to block their obvious retreat? I suspect the girls would have sense enough to drop to the ground once the shooting starts.
Charles Conway
player, 64 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Fri 22 Jul 2016
at 12:23
  • msg #22

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 21):

Flipping back a page or two in his notebook, Charles Conway, presented a puzzled visage.

"Professor Ringgenberg, do you know that the smugglers will be using a tunnel beneath the Albion? That is not how I understood Mr. Sunday's report from earlier this evening."

Turning to Mr. Sunday, Conway asked, "Have I misunderstood, Mr. Sunday?"
Cole Trayne
player, 1954 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 18:26
  • msg #23

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

E.N.S. Ringgenberg:
...I suspect the girls would have sense enough to drop to the ground once the shooting starts.


A questioning look appears on Cole's face.

I'm not so sure about that professor. No tellin' what young'uns might do when shootin' starts. Some might hit the ground. Other's might freeze up. Other's might just start runnin'. Boys are one thing. Some like to think they are tough. That might help them keep a cool head, when things go sideways. But, girls? All bets are off...And I reckon that the men holding them girls wouldn't be above using them as cover, if they thought their lives were on the line. Slavers are not known as being men of high character, after all...

The wrangler pauses a moment, clearly considering options. Subsequently, he continues...

I don't think anyone of us would like to accidently shoot a little girl. I think we should try and find some way to separate the girls from the men holding them. Then, that would give us free hand to unload on the bad guys.

Even the most casual observer would notice a slight vehemence in the wrangler's voice when he concludes his final sentence.

----------------

OOC: The Judge edited Cole's post to cite ENS, more accurately.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:55, Sun 24 July 2016.
Cole Trayne
player, 1955 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 18:28
  • msg #24

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis, Professor, is there any way horses can make it to the beach, and get close, sight unseen?
Travis Sunday
player, 2661 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 23 Jul 2016
at 19:07
  • msg #25

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 22):

No you didn't misunderstand.  We don't know which tunnel system will be used. This is why I wish I were still at the Albion surveilling the bay. Also the delivery of the women may take multiple trips. So I have thought first and foremost we would need to see where they would go. Then after the offloading is complete we could attempt to follow them and subsequently liberate them.  This likely means following the tunnel to its destination.

Jake Richardson
player, 1175 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Sun 24 Jul 2016
at 00:08
  • msg #26

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 25):

Jake had been listening to his pards discuss their various options. "I unnerstand how we don't know which tunnel them Celestials'll be usin', an' also that it maey taeke sev'ral trips with small boats to off-load the wimmin from the ship."

"But it also seems to me that thaey'll be more likely to move the wimmin into the tunnel in a group, rather than in dribs an' drabs -- though I admit that's just a guess on my part."

"But I'm thinkin' that if'n it truly taekes 'em a little while to git all the wimmin off-loaded an' organized, they'll hold the first ah-rivals on the beach 'til thaey're ready to move into the tunnels. If so, that'll give us some time to git into poe-zishunn an' hit 'em whilst thaey're still on the beach, still out in the open."

Travis Sunday
player, 2662 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 24 Jul 2016
at 11:50
  • msg #27

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 26):

If they congregate on the beach we may have a chance to do as you suggest, Jake. I suspect they would row them into the tunnels.

Cole, I think we could hide the horses close to the Albion.

Charles Conway
player, 65 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Sun 24 Jul 2016
at 14:03
  • msg #28

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Charles Conway continued to jot down notes in his book.

"The primary point here being . . . we lack enough information to devise a battle plan at this time. I suggest we devise a plan to learn more about the tunnels in the area, before sundown on the morrow. Scouting the area more thoroughly seems paramount."

The businessman turned to Mr. Sunday.

"I suspect there is not much more to be learned at the Albion tonight. Unless our information about the delivery time is incorrect. If you were not here now, Mr. Sunday, we would have missed the full opportunity to assess our situation and hear your valuable ruminations. I submit that we are in a better place now, at this meeting, than we were a mere five hours ago. Undoubtedly, your return to the Albion is important, as was your return here to complete this confabulation."
Travis Sunday
player, 2663 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 24 Jul 2016
at 21:50
  • msg #29

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 28):

So what's next?
Charles Conway
player, 66 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Sun 24 Jul 2016
at 23:44
  • msg #30

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 29):

"I have proposed a course of action . . . reconnoitre the shores of the India Basin in the light of day."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1118 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 25 Jul 2016
at 20:22
  • msg #31

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 30):

ENS is nodding as Conway speaks.

I agree, get some rest for now, then head out early and scout the beach to find and assess any and all tunnels. The Sheriff has said he'll meet the other men at the barn as arranged, and I assume Cole will go with him... does anyone else intend to go with them? Jake?
Travis Sunday
player, 2664 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 25 Jul 2016
at 21:40
  • msg #32

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 31):

I will go wherever needed.
Jake Richardson
player, 1176 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Tue 26 Jul 2016
at 00:22
  • msg #33

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 31):

"I agree with Charles an' the Perfesser that some more reconoiterin' is in order. Be good to know whether thaey'll be off-loadin' the wimmin onto the beach, or rowin' die-reckly into a tunnel, as Travis suspects."

"Seems to me that Travis an' the Perfesser is the ones to do the reconoiterin' at the brewery, since they've been thaere afore an' hopefully won't give rise to sus-pishunns by goin' thaere again."

"So, yeah -- I reckon that I'll head out with JEB an' Cole. I wouldn't mind gettin' a look at the beach area myself, but seein' as how I ain't been thaere afore, I don't want to git nobody wonderin' 'bout me."

Charles Conway
player, 67 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Tue 26 Jul 2016
at 11:02
  • msg #34

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Charles Conway addressed the group as a whole, responding to the various comments.

"Any of our adversaries maintaining a watch on the Basin may recognize any of you. Staying in small groups seems advisable. Having said that, I should not think that we must limit ourselves to only two pairs of eyes and feet on the shore. It is your decision, although there would seem to be enough time for reconnoitering the Basin and gathering the posse. Assuming the Sheriff still intends to collect the men in the late afternoon hours."
Jake Richardson
player, 1178 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Tue 26 Jul 2016
at 22:44
  • msg #35

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

"I do bee-leeve that you're prob'ly right, Charles," Jake agreed with drawl and  a nod.

"Three of us most likely won't raise no more eyebrows than two. That bein' the case, I reckon I'll tag along with Travis an' the Perfesser this time out've the chute."

"I'd purely like to git me a look-see at the beach an' these-heare tunnels oh-ver by the Albion."

James E. Beauregard
player, 1661 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 26 Jul 2016
at 22:50
  • msg #36

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 34):

I'll participate in the morning scout mission, then meet the men late afternoon.
Cole Trayne
player, 1956 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 27 Jul 2016
at 01:56
  • msg #37

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 36):

I reckon four is more than enough. So, I'll let y'all go without me.
Charles Conway
player, 68 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Wed 27 Jul 2016
at 12:24
  • msg #38

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

As is his custom, Charles Conway jotted a few more notes in his book.

"Two pairs of two, then, to scout the basin?" he asked, although it sounded less like a question and more a call for affirmation.

"Mr. Sunday, do you intend to return to the Albion after we adjourn?"

"And Mr. Trayne, I presume that you intend to meet Mr. Beauregard to assemble the other men. What of your activities before that time?"

Travis Sunday
player, 2665 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 27 Jul 2016
at 22:46
  • msg #39

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 38):

I'd be willing to do that. I am told our information says the delivery will be tomorrow night but I'd hate to miss it if the opponent had a change of plans.  I can help out tomorrow during the day as well.
Jake Richardson
player, 1179 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Wed 27 Jul 2016
at 23:06
  • msg #40

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 38):

"Sounds 'bout right to me," Jake agreed with Charles' summation, giving a quick nod of his head.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1119 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 28 Jul 2016
at 01:58
  • msg #41

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 40):

ENS looks around at the men.

So we know who is going where and when, now we should discuss what we need there. Weapons obviously, but I intend to take along my medical kit and of course the antidote that I mixed up... Also binoculars, and a lantern for the tunnels... is there anything else we need?
This message was lightly edited by the player at 02:00, Thu 28 July 2016.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1662 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 28 Jul 2016
at 18:50
  • msg #42

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 39):

JEB gathers his rifle and shotgun (ammo included) for returning to the Albion with Travis tonight.
Travis Sunday
player, 2666 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 28 Jul 2016
at 23:43
  • msg #43

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 42):

Travis and JEB stand alternae watches getting sufficient sleep for the next day's work.

Travis Sunday rolled 12 using 1d20+4.
Travis Sunday rolled 10 using 1d20+4.
Travis Sunday rolled 20 using 1d20+4.
Travis Sunday rolled 24 using 1d20+4.
Travis Sunday rolled 18 using 1d20+4.  Spot Check (on watch).

Jake Richardson
player, 1180 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Fri 29 Jul 2016
at 00:23
  • msg #44

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 41):

"I think that 'bout covers it, Perfesser," Jake responded to the easterner. I'll be taekin' my own field-glasses, as well."

"Reckon I might head over this evenin', along with Travis an' JEB. I want to have my Spencer available for the dust-up, an' I'd like to have the one that Randy used to carry thaere as well, to have as a back-up in case of cartridge-jams or other problems. An' I reckon that it'll be easier to git long-arms over yonder without a-tractin' attenshunn if'n it's done under cover of darkness."

"How 'bout you? You want to go over this evenin', or you gonna wait 'til in the morning? I can double back here an' walk over with you in the mornin' if'n them's yer druthers."


OOC: Jake will also be wearing his Colt sidearm, and will have extra ammunition for all of his weapons.
Cole Trayne
player, 1957 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 29 Jul 2016
at 02:45
  • msg #45

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 38):

Nodding, the wrangler responds.

Yes, I reckon I'll help Jeb round up the men when the time comes. In the meanwhile, I'll keep close to here.
Charles Conway
player, 68 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Fri 29 Jul 2016
at 16:02
  • msg #46

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Having continued his practice of taking notes, and acknolwedging Mr. Trayne response, Charles Conway paused to glean Professor Ringgenberg's answer to Mr. Richardson.

It appeared that he had more questions to pose, or perhaps another summary to offer. For the time being, he waited, pencil poised.
This message was last updated by the GM at 16:02, Fri 29 July 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1120 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 29 Jul 2016
at 14:48
  • msg #47

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Charles Conway (msg # 46):

ENS nods at Jake.

Your logic is sound Jake, I will join you all at the Albion tonight since carrying my equipment in the light of day might attract undue attention; even on a Sunday!

ENS looks over to Conway.

And where will you be tonight Mr. Conway?

OOC: The Judge edited this because of his own mistake in a previous message.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:03, Fri 29 July 2016.
Charles Conway
player, 69 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Fri 29 Jul 2016
at 16:12
  • msg #48

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 47):

Charles Conway completed his note and glanced at his fob watch before responding to Professor Ringgenberg. It is half-past 11 o'clock.

"The night is nearly done. I will return to my residence. In the morning, I will be at the cathedral. Which leads me to my next question. Do we plan to meet tomorrow afternoon, to finalize plans after the reconnoitre of the basin?"
Charles Conway
player, 70 posts
D:19 G:41 MDT:12 A:11
Information is Power
Sun 31 Jul 2016
at 19:42
  • msg #49

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Having posed a question to the men and having received no response, Charles Conway stowed his notebook in his jacket pocket and prepared to depart.

"I suggest that we communicate in some fashion before sundown. I shall ask Coop to join the assembled posse and he can serve as our runner. Good night, gentlemen."
Judge Messalen
GM, 4375 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 1 Aug 2016
at 12:36
  • msg #50

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: Fade-to-black, fade-up at sunrise, Sunday, April 22, 1877.

------------------------------

The night proved uneventful.

The four men who had traveled to the Albion had organized a watch over the basin, through the window of the Albion castle's top floor. The room wasn't designed to accommodate four men, therefore sleeping on the floor was the only choice for at least one man at any given time during the various shifts. Conditions for resting could not be called ideal although they were a far sight from sleeping on the hard ground exposed to the elements. It would wrong to say the men were well-rested; recovered seemed more apropos. In the end a quiet night passed fully, with the moon yielding to the sunrise that called the men to action.

Earlier that night, as the pards had gathered their weapons and sundries, it became clear to anyone who hadn't deduced it already that Cole Trayne would be staying alone this night at the apartment. At least it had seemed that way, until the man known as Coop was heard on the stairs. It seemed that Charles Conway was a step ahead of the pards, sending Coop -- who must have been stationed nearby during the meeting -- to join Trayne. It wasn't the first time that Conway's man had slept here, more ordinary than extraordinary given the circumstances of the last several fortnights. Both men figured the need for a good night's rest, so they agreed to hold any conversation about recent events until the following day, something each man was reminded of when the morning sun penetrated the apartment shutters.

------------------------------

OOC: Each group of two should resume RP or actions as desired in the a.m. JEB will need to lead Travis at least for the time being, based on Travis' OOC forum post. Cole has the option of engaging in conversation with Coop, or setting out on his own in the city.
Jake Richardson
player, 1182 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Mon 1 Aug 2016
at 15:02
  • msg #51

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The Texan sat up from his spot on the floor, stretched his arms over his head, and rubbed his eyes. "C'mon, Jake -- time to git a wiggle on, boy!" he chided himself as he got to his feet -- a little stiffly, an impartial observer might have well decided. "Damned if'n my old bones don't fuss at me lots more'n thaey used to," he muttered to no one in particular.

Jake rubbed his eyes again, yawned, and scratched an itch in the small of his back. "So, I been wonderin', Perfesser -- you ever done any sailin', or boatin' uhv any kind?"

"I mean, what with you bein' born with that Yankee silver spoon in your mouth an' all."
The rifleman's eyes sparkled and the corners of his mouth turned up in barely-suppressed grin . . . perhaps he was pulling the easterner's leg a trifle.

Clearing his throat, he continued. "Reason I ask is that I heard tell somewhaeres that thaeres currents an' such out yonder in the water. An' if'n that's the case, I'm athinkin' that they might have sumpthin' to say 'bout whaere them boats fulla wimmin'll be comin' ashore."

"Is what I'm sayin' makin' any sense, or was the fella who tole me that playin' me for a greenhorn when it comes to boats an' the like? An' if'n it's true, could a sharp-eyed fella spot these-here currents -- or whatever the hell you call 'em -- from the land?"


OOC: Eliminated a word that I decided was just a little too silly.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:15, Mon 01 Aug 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1122 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 1 Aug 2016
at 20:51
  • msg #52

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 51):

ENS is working out his own kinks as Jake gets going... he is visibly amused by Jake's self-motivation.

Heh! Well I was on a sailing ship across the Atlantic when I came over from Europe as a younger man...

ENS displays a large grin.

Easier than walking! Ha! I also went on a river boat that went near the base of Niagara Falls... Those were some currents! I have heard that the bay out there has some strong currents, but the basin below should be calm enough for a ship and rowboats. I was trying to spot a likely slip from here last night but it was getting too dark; I will try again today.

With that ENS gets out his binoculars.
Jake Richardson
player, 1183 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Tue 2 Aug 2016
at 11:04
  • msg #53

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 52):

Jake nodded at ENS's explanation. "Reckon I might look over yer shoulder an' watch you work, if'n that's okay with you. You can learn me what to look for -- which informaeshunn 'bout currents an' such I'll most likely never need again, but I might be able to spin a campfire tale out've it."

"Plus, like we been sayin', it's prob'ly best to go 'round in pairs after yesterday mornin' -- even here."

Judge Messalen
GM, 4376 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 2 Aug 2016
at 16:49
  • msg #54

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

As ENS begins to survey the area with his field glasses from the Albion window, he sees that he does have a better view of the beach front in the daylight. A few things become clear in short order.

There are numerous places were rowboats could come ashore, including some of the places where the professor and Travis saw campfires the night before.

There are few, if any places on this side of the basin, where a larger ship might dock. This seems to corroborate the information given by Sunday's contact at the brewery: the slave ship never docks, exchanges are made by small ships meeting it in basin. That could be almost anywhere.

To learn more about any tunnels that might exist, the men must go out on foot and explore the slopes and shoreline.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1123 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 2 Aug 2016
at 21:13
  • msg #55

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 54):

OOC: Just for clarification, does ENS see any deeper slips near the shore? Or does he think a ship would have to anchor further out? He's trying to gauge how far these small boats would have to go (i.e., a few 10s of yards offshore or more than 100 yards).
Judge Messalen
GM, 4377 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 02:06
  • msg #56

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 55):

OOC: Despite the fact that ENS is no expert in maritime matters, his opinion is that no ships will come closer than say, 100 yards of the shore. That's not to say that there is no chance of the existence of a nearby slip of appropriate depth; it simply seems unlikely based on his observations. That said, and moreover acknowledging that Jake is no maritime expert either, the factor of the tides may actually have an impact on the probability of a sizable ship coming nearer to the shore. Of course, the key word here is probability. If the slavers were to make this delivery 100 times, perhaps a few times it would involve a slip closer to the beach. Is this one of those times? PROBABLY not, but one cannot rule out this possible outcome.
Cole Trayne
player, 1958 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 03:35
  • msg #57

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 50):

Stretching, to get the kinks out, the wrangler stands and walks to the window. As he observes the street below in morning light, he sighs.

Well Coop, I believe I want to go see an old friend. I reckon her shop is open by now. You're welcome to come along. I don't expect I'll be long. I just want to check on a few things before we get down to business at the brewery. I could also use some coffee and a bite to eat.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 16 posts
Wed 3 Aug 2016
at 12:32
  • msg #58

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 57):

Coop nodded. "Coffee and a biscuit would do me good as well. What sort of shop does your friend open on a Sunday morn?"
Jake Richardson
player, 1184 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 00:35
  • msg #59

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 56):

Lowering his field glasses, Jake muttered to ENS, "I cain't make head nor tails of this lookin' out into the water. I reckon I could keep doin' it all the live-long day, an' I still wouldn't figure out nuthin' much from it."

"'Less you can see more'n me out yonder in the water, what do you think 'bout doin' some scoutin' 'round on the beach an' tunnels an' such?"

Cole Trayne
player, 1959 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 02:05
  • msg #60

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 58):

Cole inclines his head, in general agreement.

Hers is a general goods store. Sure enough, you're right, her store is closed. But, she never was a regular church goer and sometimes she spends Sunday mornings getting the store ready for the coming week. With luck, we might find her. Let's go get a bite to eat first, though.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1124 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 18:57
  • msg #61

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 59):

ENS lowers his glasses and sighs.

It looks to me like the ship would have to anchor a ways out... depending on the type of boat they use to bring the girls to shore and the number of girls, it may require multiple trips; though I imagine they'd try to avoid that. Still, we may need to hold action until they are all ashore.

ENS pauses to rub his chin.

There is also the possibility that they whisk each group off as they come ashore... that would leave us with a hard choice: save the ones just landed and probably sacrifice the ones still aboard ship... let's hope it doesn't come to that.

ENS turns to look at Jake directly.

Regardless, you're right Jake... let's get a good look at the shoreline! Will join us Mr. Conway? Travis?

ENS gets up and puts away his binoculars and gathers in his oil lamp and matches.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:58, Thu 04 Aug 2016.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4378 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 4 Aug 2016
at 21:21
  • msg #62

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 61):

OOC: As per msgs 48 and 49, Conway is not present at the Albion. The Judge realizes that ENS might have simply made a typo when he asked whether Conway (and Travis) wanted to join them, meaning to ask JEB and Travis, but I figured it was worth clarification.

The four men who returned to the Albion, based on their own statements and noted by Conway are:
JEB, ENS, Jake and Travis.

And we know that Travis won't be posting this week. He will tag along with others as decided (the talk in the apartment was that the men would scout in groups of two, but that can be changed now that these four men are together at the Albion). The Judge asks only that the PCs make it clear who is going where and with whom, if and when any of the four men go out on foot.
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:23, Thu 04 Aug 2016.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1664 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 02:20
  • msg #63

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 62):

Travis and I will scout the upper basin, Ringgenberg and Jake the lower. Meet back here in 3 hours.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 17 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2016
at 12:16
  • msg #64

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 60):

"I'm following you." Coop buckled on his gun belt and holster.
Travis Sunday
player, 2669 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 6 Aug 2016
at 11:54
  • msg #65

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 63):

Giddy-up.
Jake Richardson
player, 1186 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Sat 6 Aug 2016
at 15:09
  • msg #66

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 63):

"Fine by me," Jake replied to JEB's efforts to organize the morning's activities.

"You good with that, Perfesser?" he asked ENS as he first checked the loads in the cylinder of his Colt, then placed the leather loop of his field-glasses over his neck.

"Reckon I'll leave the carbines here, even though I feel half-nekkid without 'em," he told ENS. "Seems like citizens hereabouts ain't seen too many folks carryin' long arms around, an' it always seems to draw their attenchunn to me. So I s'pose I'll hope that I don't need 'em none this mornin', an' go out half-nekkid."
James E. Beauregard
player, 1665 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 6 Aug 2016
at 19:31
  • msg #67

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 66):

I recommend you scout fully armed considering what happened in Chinatown and I doubt constables patrol the basin.
Cole Trayne
player, 1960 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 6 Aug 2016
at 22:05
  • msg #68

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 64):

As I recall, there should be some decent places down by the docks that might be open. Let's head on down there to find a quick bite to eat. Then we'll head to Kate's and see if she is about. With any luck...

With that Cole heads on out.
Jake Richardson
player, 1187 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Sat 6 Aug 2016
at 22:49
  • msg #69

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 67):

"Carryin' a long-arm'd be my own preference, that's for shore," Jake replied to JEB with a nod.

"I wasn't worried 'bout no poe-leece, but I was thinkin' that thaere might be some sorta tie-in betwixt them that smuggle in the wimmin -- either them that sail the ships or the Celestials, or both -- an' the folks here at the Albion, seein' as how the smugglin' all taekes place right underneath the noses of these Albion folks. I reckon I just didn't want to set no tongues a-waggin' amongst them as is here at the Albion."

"But if'n that ain't an issue, I'll shorely do it."

Judge Messalen
GM, 4380 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 8 Aug 2016
at 12:47
  • msg #70

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and Coop turned up their collars as they reached the docks. A crisp breeze blew through the wharf. A few revelers remained in the streets from the night before, although the area was right now as quiet as it ever got. A shanty near the wharf served a plain Sunday meal; Trayne made his way towards it, with Coop recognizing the surroundings and noting that he had heard of this place, but had never taken a meal there. Waiting in a queue, the two men turned their backs to the breeze on another chilly San Francisco morning. Before long, they had found  their way to the front of the line, taking a mug of coffee and a bowl with a gravy-covered biscuit and heading out of doors to find a place to squat, as they had seen others do before them, on account of the crowd.

JEB and Travis gathered their gear and set out from the Albion. A stiff breeze greeted them now, much like the previous morning. Walking down the slope, they pause to give the tin star a chance to see the cistern and the small cave. Knowing that the professor had expressed interest in exploring the cave in the light of day, they left that matter to him. Nonetheless, it made good sense for both the gunslinger and the lawman to see the site in the morning light, as it would give them an idea of what they might be looking for along the stretch of shoreline north of the brewery. Based on JEB's suggestion of meeting three hours hence, there would be no need to hurry, and so the men begin their northern trek at a deliberate pace, inspecting the landscape as they walked.

ENS and Jake had started down the slope just as JEB and Travis had begun their stroll north. Like JEB, the rifleman wanted a gander at the cistern and the cave. That was fine with the professor, who had expressed a desire to inspect the area around the Albion more closely. Whether they would do that now, before heading south, or complete that task after they had scouted more of the shoreline, remains a question, at least in the mind of Jake Richardson. And so Jake scans the area, impressed by the cistern that serves as the water source for the brewery's operations and intrigued by the cave slightly above. From here, the cave seems small and not conducive to moving a group of people through it, but perhaps as the professor had noted, there is more to seen than was possible the night before.

-------------------------

OOC: The Judge made a couple of basic rulings to move things along. PCs should provide the Judge with confirmation of weapons being carried at this time, as well as any other gear not regularly carried on their persons, and offer descriptive actions, narrative, preparations, skill checks, etc., as they use the morning to scout the basin.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:49, Mon 08 Aug 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1125 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 8 Aug 2016
at 19:07
  • msg #71

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 70):

As ENS and Jake pause to look at the cistern, ENS looks up at the cave.

Well, we're here right now... what do you say we take a look at that cave Jake?

OOC: ENS has his Colt, fully loaded, in it's holster under his coat, his knife on his belt, a compass, matches, and extra ammo in his pockets, and the oil lamp. He left his own binos when he saw Jake taking his.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1666 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 8 Aug 2016
at 23:36
  • msg #72

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 70):

JEB brings the carbine, Webley and Remington. Carbine is concealed as discreetly as possible under his duster.

Take 10 for skill checks navigate, spot and search while scouting the shoreline until such time the judge requests a roll for special circumstances.
Cole Trayne
player, 1961 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 9 Aug 2016
at 02:59
  • msg #73

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

As he enjoys his breakfast, the wrangler observes the passersby. Careful to ensure that no one is even close to hearing distance, Cole remarks in a low voice.

So Coop, tonight should be interesting. You ever spent any time working on a boat?
Jake Richardson
player, 1188 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Tue 9 Aug 2016
at 23:11
  • msg #74

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 71):

"It don't look all that im-pressive up close, does it?" Jake commented as he eyed the cave. "But you know what they say 'bout not bein' able to tell 'bout a book from its cover. Long as we're right here, I reckon we oughtta at least poke our noses in."

OOC: Jake is wearing his field glasses, hung from their leather strap around his neck. He carries his Spencer carbine in its custom sling/holster diagonally across his back, and his Colt in its holster at his waist. He wears his leather duster, with a box of extra ammunition for each weapon in a pocket.

He will leave his carbine holstered while he is out-of-doors and has a good field of view to all sides. Upon entering a cave (or any area where his field of vision is limited), he will have it in hand.

Alfred Coopwood
player, 18 posts
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 00:06
  • msg #75

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 73):

"Not me," said Coop. "I've been on a ship, but i wasn't doing any work. And you?"
Judge Messalen
GM, 4381 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 12:49
  • msg #76

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 74):

The rifleman and the professor angle up the slope towards the small cave. Now standing less than ten yards from the opening, it's fairly clear that this cavity serves as a storage area for aging beer, and probably nothing else. Both casks and bottles line the walls, perhaps 20 feet in at its deepest, although the cave's shape is far from regular.

If there are tunnels connecting to this cave, finding them will involve moving stuff around.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:50, Wed 10 Aug 2016.
Jake Richardson
player, 1189 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 17:19
  • msg #77

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 76):

"Seems like this here's a false trail, Perfesser," Jake observed to ENS after glancing into the small cave.

"Don't seem to me like the brewery folks'd be wantin' them heathens to use their storage area as a pass-through."

"I reckon we might not want to cross it off entire-like -- but I'm in-clined to move it to the bottom of our list an' not pay it much never-mind 'less we don't find nuthin' else more likely as the pass-through."

"What're your thoughts?"

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1126 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 10 Aug 2016
at 18:34
  • msg #78

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 77):

ENS answers while still looking.

Sounds reasonable Jake, let's see what we can find down the shore... let's have one more look at that cistern though.

OOC: Can we get a little more detail about the cistern? is it totally in the open? or does it go into the slope as well? any other doors or openings?
This message was last edited by the player at 18:34, Wed 10 Aug 2016.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4382 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 11 Aug 2016
at 00:13
  • msg #79

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 78):

ENS moves to get a closer look at the cistern, which has an open air entrance in the side of the slope. A small stone wall frames a sort of entryway, although most of the water fllled cavern is underground. Neither the professor nor Jake spies any kind of door or other opening, aside from this entrance. Although they can't be certain with only a visual inspection, it appears to be a few feet deep here near the entrance, and perhaps deeper farther back. It appears to go no more than 15 yards long.

A few buckets rest just inside, on a small rock ledge. A pulley hangs from the overhead rock, apparently used for extracting buckets of fresh water from the cistern's main body.
Cole Trayne
player, 1962 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 11 Aug 2016
at 02:37
  • msg #80

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 75):

I'm more of a riverboat kind of man. Particularly, if there are some card games in play.

After pausing a few moments, the wrangler continues...

I was just wondering what might be needed to move "certain" precious cargo here. Crew, supplies, guards, food, accommodations, covered wagons, that kind of thing. Certain types of "cargo" doesn't just drop in from the sky. Just like critters, they have to make a trail. I'm an old trail hand, not much in this world moves without leaving a trail.
Jake Richardson
player, 1190 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Thu 11 Aug 2016
at 15:39
  • msg #81

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 79):

"Hunh," Jake grunted. "Don't seem like very much water for all that beer. This don't add up right."

"Must be more to it than what we're seein'. Maybe a big holdin' tank somewhaere for all the water an op-er-aeshunn the size o' that brewery'd be needin'?"
Jake's last comment was more of a question than a statement, for the Texan was somewhat puzzled by what he was seeing.

OOC: Rephrased the wording in the second paragraph a smidgeon; meaning unchanged.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:05, Thu 11 Aug 2016.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 18 posts
Thu 11 Aug 2016
at 17:50
  • msg #82

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 80):

Coop had shrugged his shoulders after Cole spoke. At first he didn't think he had any response to give. But Cole's pause made him think he ought to say something.

"Can't argue with none of that. I wouldn't know much about it. Makes me head hurt." As an afterthought, "Mr. Conway would be the right person to ask."
This message was last updated by the GM at 17:50, Thu 11 Aug 2016.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4384 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 11 Aug 2016
at 19:00
  • msg #83

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 72):

OOC: The Judge was waiting for Travis, but that waiting time has concluded.

-----------------------------------

After JEB takes a few minutes to arrange his gear, including his attempt to conceal the carbine while also carrying his shotgun, the two men start their walk to the north.

JEB realizes that his plan to carry both long arms is less than ideal. It can be done, of course. Moving slowly and deliberately poses no problems; however, if he needs to do anything other than walk, the lawman will almost certainly need to drop one of the weapons. In the best case should a situation arise, he could keep both on his person although hiding the Spencer is likely a moot point.

Several minutes later, that thought takes on additional significance. The men have reached a point where the landscape is more than a little rocky, requiring some careful passage. Travis makes his way over the rocks first, and sees that they have turned a corner at this outcropping, with shoreline turning more to the northwest. Ahead, the eastern side of the city is in plain view--although it's still a ways off by foot--with a stretch of the shore still ahead of them. Having to adjust his load to navigate the rocks, JEB catches up a minute later.

They haven't seen anything of great interest along the shore or slope, so far. This point seems a good place to stop for a moment.

EDIT: Fixing the Judge's various mistakes in this post; this must be my unlucky number.
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:33, Sat 13 Aug 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1127 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 11 Aug 2016
at 19:29
  • msg #84

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 81):

ENS straightens up after looking into the entrance.

Well, apparently this cistern is fed by a spring so it will refill itself... I expect it is adequate for the brewery's needs.

ENS sighs audibly.

Let's proceed down along the shore Jake... we can always come back for a closer look later.

OOC: Just to be clear, is there any sort of walkway to the back of the cistern? Or is it all water (like in the internet pic)?

BTW, if you haven't seen pics of the real thing already, check here:
https://www.google.com/search?...isDAMQsAQIQw#imgrc=_
Judge Messalen
GM, 4385 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 11 Aug 2016
at 23:44
  • msg #85

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 84):

OOC: No walkway is evident.
Jake Richardson
player, 1191 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 16:12
  • msg #86

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 85):

"Ready to keep lookin' elsewhaere, Perfesser?" Jake asked ENS.

"I don't s'pose that we oughtta cross this cave off our list  en-tirely 'til we git a chance to move some a' them boxes an' stuff 'round in yonder, but I ain't inclined to spend the time doin' that just now."

"An' for the moe-ment it appears to me that our time'll be better spent lookin' somewhaere else."

Judge Messalen
GM, 4386 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 18:02
  • msg #87

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 86):

Jake and ENS begin their walk to the south, towards the campsites that the professor and Travis had witnessed the night before.

Walking for several minutes, with the sun on their right and inexorably rising above the horizon, the men had seen nothing of great interest. Now, as they head more south-southeast, they are drawing nearer to those campsites, where some men are fishing and others lounging on this Sunday afternoon.

This seems like a good place to stop, or at least to confer about their approach to the fisherman and others.

OOC: Both of the PCs indicated readiness to continue exploring onward, so the Judge is continuing.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1128 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 19:03
  • msg #88

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 87):

OOC: Can we tell the make-up of the camp from here? Mostly white men, mostly china men, or a mix of all kinds?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4387 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 19:10
  • msg #89

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 88):

OOC: If you care to make some skill checks, or describe how you might do that, maybe. At present, no.
Travis Sunday
player, 2670 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 12 Aug 2016
at 22:17
  • msg #90

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 83):

This point seems to be a good place to stop for a moment.

Travis looks about.  The eyes JEB up and down.

You look ridiculous.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1667 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 13 Aug 2016
at 00:17
  • msg #91

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 90):

JEB hands Travis the shotgun.

Hold this for a bit if you don't mind. You may find it useful..

JEB pulls the rifle out and lays it on his shoulder barrel up.

Exactly what the hell are we looking for?
Cole Trayne
player, 1963 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 13 Aug 2016
at 03:10
  • msg #92

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 82):

Reckon you have a point, Coop. Let's go see if Kate is around...

The wrangler finishes up his breakfast and, optimistically, heads towards Kate's shop.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4388 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 13 Aug 2016
at 14:36
  • msg #93

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: The Judge updated msg #83 to be more clear and accurate, for the 2ND time. The intent remains the same, as do the basic facts, but I kept making bad edits. Guess it was a bad week to stop sniffing glue.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4389 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 13 Aug 2016
at 14:49
  • msg #94

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 92):

Trayne and Coopwood navigate the streets of San Francisco, hearing church bells chiming as they make their way to the Driscoll's clothier.

As Cole approaches, he sees that the place is shut for business, although he spies Kate inside at her sewing table as he peers through slats in the shutters. She seems intent on her work, and hasn't noticed the wrangler or his pard lingering outside.
Jake Richardson
player, 1192 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:23
Sat 13 Aug 2016
at 16:38
  • msg #95

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 89):

"Waal now," Jake drawled as he spied the camp in the distance. "This looks int'restin'."

The Texan halted, lifted his field glasses to his eyes, and took a long look.

"Wonder if'n them boys been sit-u-ated here for a while. It strikes me that if'n they have, they might've seen the heathens comin' ashore some previous time. Might be they could point us in the right die-reckshunn. Waal . . . 'less some of them are heathens their owndamnselves, in which case we prob'ly ougtta think twice 'bout havin' any dealin's a-tall with 'em."

"Might also be good to know if'n that bunch looks like hard-cases afore we go traipsin' up to 'em for a parlay."


OOC:

12:13, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 25 using 1d20+7. Spot Check re: Camp.

12:14, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 3 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 1,3. AP for Spot Check.

Total for Spot Check: 28

Notes: As stated, Jake is using his binoculars (10x) to aid in his long-range Spot Check. He is looking for evidence that this particular camp-site has been occupied over an extended period of time -- tents, lean-to's, multiple fire-rings on the beach, etc.

Secondarily, ENS's OOC question as to the racial composition of the group of men in the camp seems pertinent.

Also, Jake will be looking to see if the men in the camp are heeled or have weapons readily at hand.

And finally, Jake will of course be interested in any other items or information that come to light during the course of his Spot Check. "Sometimes a body don't know what he's lookin' for 'til he sees it." (Jake Richardson).

Edit: Minor. No change to substance of post.

Speaking of which, keeping in mind the Judge's previous OOC comments about his editing difficulties (Msg. #93, above), perhaps he might want to reconsider which substances he should be abusing before posting. Something with a higher alcohol content might be called for . . . :)

This message was last edited by the player at 19:13, Sat 13 Aug 2016.
Cole Trayne
player, 1964 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 14 Aug 2016
at 03:18
  • msg #96

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 94):

Glancing at Coop, Cole speaks in low tones.

Looks like we got lucky, Kate's inside. Now comes the hard part...

Cole approaches the door and gently knocks.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4390 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 14 Aug 2016
at 11:48
  • msg #97

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 95):

Jake surveils the nearest camp; it is clearly a temporary site, although he would guess it is used with some regularity and perhaps not always by the same men. Based on their garb and poles, nets and other gear, the rifleman judges these men to be itinerant fisherman, most of whom are resting on this morning.

Farther along and a little less easy to observe with great clarity from this position, Richardson takes in what appears to be a more permanent camp. He sees a few small skiffs on the beach and a couple of lean-tos. Several men lounge around a fire-pit rimmed with rocks. Discerning their features proves difficult, although Jake sees two men standing near the shore with long robes such as those the celestials might wear.
Kate Driscoll
Sun 14 Aug 2016
at 11:53
  • msg #98

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 96):

The wrangler hears the padding of a barefoot Kate Driscoll moving toward the half-shuttered window. As she spies Cole on the porch, snd his pard Coop respectfully waiting along the street, the seamstress moves to open the door.

"Did you find Ju Shen?" she asks, without any manner of greeting. She looks a mite fatigued.
This message had punctuation tweaked by the GM at 11:55, Sun 14 Aug 2016.
Travis Sunday
player, 2671 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 14 Aug 2016
at 20:01
  • msg #99

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 91):

Travis takes the long arm.

I don't know what we're looking for except a sign that says "Chinese Slave Girls This way."
James E. Beauregard
player, 1668 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 14 Aug 2016
at 21:28
  • msg #100

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 99):

That's what I figured.

The pair continue along the shoreline.
Cole Trayne
player, 1965 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 14 Aug 2016
at 22:58
  • msg #101

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Kate Driscoll (msg # 98):

No, I gotta say I haven't heard from him. I take it then that he has not been back here since I last stopped by?

After pausing a moment, to take a closer look at Kate, the wrangler gestures towards Coop, as though he had intended to make introductions. However, he decides to take another trail...

Kate? You are not looking like your usual self. Are you alright?
Travis Sunday
player, 2672 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 15 Aug 2016
at 00:28
  • msg #102

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 100):

Travis breaks open the shotgun and pockets the shells.  He walks with the weapon unloaded and unready.
Kate Driscoll
Mon 15 Aug 2016
at 00:48
  • msg #103

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 101):

"No. You said you would look out for him." Kate sighs and shakes her head.

When Cole asks if she is all right, the seamstress sighs heavily. "I was up all night caring for Uncle."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1129 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 15 Aug 2016
at 17:53
  • msg #104

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 97):

ENS listens as Jake relays what he sees. Upon hearing that there may be Chinese there, he scans the area around them to see if anyone is watching them.

11:50, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 8 using 1d20.  Spot check.
11:50, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 5 using 1d6.  AP add to roll.
Total = 13


Small boats you say? Well, it seems reasonable to guess the Tongs might engage those men for transportation from the ship to the shore... It's still early, let's go back and see what Travis and JEB have found and what they think about going and talking to these men.

OOC: Time check?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4392 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 15 Aug 2016
at 23:10
  • msg #105

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 104):

OOC: By the Judge's watch, it's only 9:30 a.m. or so. Based on JEB's "meet in 3 hours," Jake and ENS could still walk/explore/whatever for another 30 minutes, easy, before having to turn back to meet their pards, iffin they care to do. Probably longer if they walked at a brisk pace on the way back
Judge Messalen
GM, 4393 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 00:13
  • msg #106

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 100) and Travis Sunday (msg # 102):

The gunslinger and the tin star continue their walk to the north, despite their banter indicating a certain doubt about their purpose. Apparently, you can lead a man to water, but you cannot make him think.

After another 15 minutes or so, the men see an encampment ahead, complete with a beached longboat.
Cole Trayne
player, 1966 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 00:14
  • msg #107

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Kate Driscoll (msg # 103):

Cole shakes his head.

I haven't seen Ju either, but he's a friend. I'll look out for him.

The wrangler allows himself a slight grimace at the mention of Kate's Uncle.

How is he?
Jake Richardson
player, 1193 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:22
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 04:19
  • msg #108

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 105):

"Waal, we're right here an' we got brains in our heads, why don't we two just decide?" Jake drawled a response to ENS's comments.

"Now, that far camp shorely does look like it might be favored by the Heathens, but the closer one looks to just have good, solid white men who are tryin' to make do."

"What do you think 'bout walkin' over an' speakin' to the white men, an' seein' if'n they've ob-served anything of int-rest regrdin' the Heathens an' their night-time activities?"

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1130 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 20:27
  • msg #109

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 108):

OOC: Point of clarification: Is Jake's assessment correct? When I read the Judge's text I wasn't sure that the mention of the robed men necessarily applied to the 2nd camp only.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4394 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 22:25
  • msg #110

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 109):

OOC: Jake's assessment is his own; however, it is a reasonable one. If the professor were to borrow Jake's field glasses, he would probably come to the same conclusion.
Travis Sunday
player, 2673 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 16 Aug 2016
at 23:47
  • msg #111

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 106):

Let's check it out.
Kate Driscoll
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 00:09
  • msg #112

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 107):

Kate's sigh repeats. "Not well." She doesn't seem to care to elaborate, although her demeanor indicates that she appreciates Trayne's interest.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1131 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 21:13
  • msg #113

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 108):

Oh! I misunderstood! I thought you meant they were all Chinese... Very well, let's see what we can learn.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1669 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 17 Aug 2016
at 22:52
  • msg #114

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 111):

After you.
Cole Trayne
player, 1967 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 02:19
  • msg #115

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Kate Driscoll (msg # 112):

Momentarily glancing at Coop, the wrangler shakes his head slightly. Clearly, now is not the time for introductions.

With a sympathetic frown, Cole walks up to Kate and places a supportive hand on her shoulder.

I'm right sorry to hear that. If there is anything you need, or anything I can do, let me know.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:19, Thu 18 Aug 2016.
Kate Driscoll
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 12:15
  • msg #116

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 115):

"You could stick around for a spell. I could use the company," says Kate, a hopeful note in her voice.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4395 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 12:18
  • msg #117

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: The Judge needs some narrative description from both of the pairs exploring the basin, as to how they approach towards the respective encampments ahead. The degree of detail of that description is up to the PCs; the Judge will take that into account as he continues the narrative.
Jake Richardson
player, 1194 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:22
Thu 18 Aug 2016
at 14:59
  • msg #118

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Judge Messalen:
OOC: The Judge needs some narrative description from both of the pairs exploring the basin, as to how they approach towards the respective encampments ahead. The degree of detail of that description is up to the PCs; the Judge will take that into account as he continues the narrative.


"Let's think this through a mite, Perfesser, afore we go trapisin' up an' mayhaps a-tract the eyes uhv every Heathen in their camp."


OOC: Judge, how close are the fishermen's camp and the camp occupied by the Chinese? Having broached the issue of ENS and him strolling over and speaking to the fishermen, Jake will want to give some thought as to minimizing how obvious the two newcomers will be to the eyes of those in the "Chinese" encampment.

Is there a particular line of approach that will provide some measure of cover (e.g., approaching the fishermen's camp from behind a line of sand dunes) or otherwise render ENS's and Jake's approach a bit less noticeable to anyone in the Chinese encampment?

Judge Messalen
GM, 4396 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 00:11
  • msg #119

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 118):

OOC: As best as Jake can tell from here, it's a long-range rifle shot twixt the two camps. There ain't much cover on the beach itself, chances are good that the celestials at the farther camp could spy Jake and ENS if they decide to engage with the fisherman at the closer camp-site . . . iffin them celestials care more than a mite about anyone making tracks around the basin.
Travis Sunday
player, 2674 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 00:37
  • msg #120

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 117):

Travis remains attentive as he enters the camp.  The shotgun remains broken open and balanced across his left elbow.  He is careful not to approach any to closely or act in a threatening manner.  He moves Through the camp looking with a practiced relaxed eye, and moving as if was an invited but respectful guest.
Cole Trayne
player, 1968 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 02:25
  • msg #121

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Kate Driscoll (msg # 116):

Without hesitation, the wrangler firmly replies.

I could surely do that.

Turning back towards Coop, Cole remarks.

Coop, do me a favor? Have Luke come fetch me when Jeb is ready.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 19 posts
Fri 19 Aug 2016
at 11:48
  • msg #122

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 121):

Coop raises an eyebrow, making a puzzled face. It appears as if he is about to question Cole's request, and then thinks better of it.

"All right," he answers, turning to leave.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4397 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 20 Aug 2016
at 01:23
  • msg #123

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: The Judge is waiting a little longer for narrative from JEB and ENS in regard to the approach to the respective encampments. Jake and Travis provided useful content, but the Judge is reluctant to move ahead without the other PCs giving input.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1670 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 20 Aug 2016
at 13:15
  • msg #124

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 123):

JEB approaches openly but cautiously until he determines if the encampment is occupied.
Cole Trayne
player, 1969 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 21 Aug 2016
at 03:50
  • msg #125

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 122):

Cole answers with a confirming nod.

Coop, thanks.

As Coop leaves, Cole turns to Kate.

Talk to me, Kate. Tell me what's happened...
Jake Richardson
player, 1195 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:22
Sun 21 Aug 2016
at 17:29
  • msg #126

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

"If'n you're int'rested in us speakin' to the white men 'bout them Heathen," Jake said after a moment, "I'm a-thinkin' that we oughtta do our best to blend in to the eyes of anybody lookin' our way from the Heathens' camp. If'n them boys who are fishin' are mostly wearin' hats, we keep ours on. If'n they ain't we take ours off -- that kinda thing. An' I'm plannin' on keepin' my long-arm in its holster 'less sumpthin' I ain't expectin' happens."

"Also, I'm a-thinkin' that these are men who are livin' on the ragged edge, so to speak -- that's why they're campin' out here on the beach, whaere thaere ain't nobody a-chargin' 'em room-rent -- an' eatin' fish to stay alive. They most likely ain't the sort to help us outta the goodness o' their hearts, so I'm a-thinkin' that we might oughtta be pre-pared to grease a palm or two with some coin. Only . . . we don't want to flash too much around, 'less some hard-cases decide that they need it worse'n we do."

"An' finally, we'd best be ready in case somebody asks us why we're nosin' 'round, askin' 'bout them Heathens. Got any good ideas as to what our answer oughtta be?"

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1132 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 21 Aug 2016
at 20:54
  • msg #127

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 126):

Your plan sounds good to me Jake. I suppose we could actually be a bit honest and say we're investigating smuggling without any specifics... I would doubt the white men would hold any allegiance to the Chinese, right?
Jake Richardson
player, 1196 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:22
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 02:56
  • msg #128

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 127):

"I duno," Jake muttered, scratching his chin-whiskers.

"To my ear, sayin' that we're investigatin' smugglin' makes us sound like we're somehow tied in with John Law . . .  Pinkertons, maybe."

"Which I 'spect ain't gonna win us no friends amongst them boys."

Kate Driscoll
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 13:33
  • msg #129

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 125):

Watching Coop walk away, Kate turns back indoors, allowing Cole to follow.

"There is nothing to tell. You know that Uncle is bed-ridden."

Kate summarizes her night caring the old man, and getting little rest herself. Cole can see weariness in her eyes.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4399 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 22 Aug 2016
at 13:54
  • msg #130

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 120) and James E. Beauregard (msg # 124):

The two pards stroll along the shoreline, passing through the rocky point and finding better footing as they move north-northwest. While both men had spent time in San Francisco before, neither was much inclined to nautical affairs, and so this trek was somewhat new for both of them.

As they draw closer, the nature of the encampment becomes more clear. When they were farther away, neither had been certain whether the camp was presently occupied although each had ideas of his own as to the likelihood. Now, closing to within, say, 75 yards, signs of activity appear. Several men congregate on a sheltered shelf a few dozen yards from the shore where the beached longboat rested; a few more bodies gather below near the gentle slope leading up to that shelf.

A small, well-tended fire burns atop the shelf, possibly used for cooking with a dutch-oven or similar apparatus. At this range, a quick count indicates roughly a dozen total men, dressed like laborers, fisherman or the like.

Travis continues to walk towards the encampment as if he expected men to be there and they expected him to amble along this morning, although JEB slows down a mite when he spies the men. Quickly, it is obvious to each of the pards that they need to coordinate their final approach . . . are they continuing to walk toward the shelf as if invited as Travis had in mind, or do they continue closer to the shoreline as if passing through, or have they some other notion that needs at least a brief discussion as they close the final stretch
James E. Beauregard
player, 1671 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 02:35
  • msg #131

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 130):

Orientals or white men? Armed?
Cole Trayne
player, 1970 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 03:02
  • msg #132

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Kate Driscoll (msg # 129):

As the wrangler listens to Kate speak of her long night, his face clearly betrays his concern.

He's lucky to have you...

Lacking the words to comfort her, Cole simply sets about helping tend to the store.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4400 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 16:12
  • msg #133

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 131):

OOC: Can't tell from here, at least without a Spot check.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1133 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 19:26
  • msg #134

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 128):

ENS rubs his chin.

Well, the only other play I can think of is to play dumb and try to steer the conversation towards illegal activities... I wish Randy were here, he could pull off that act, but I'm not sure I could... How about you Jake?

ENS looks a little wistful at the mention of Randy, his first, mercurial friend at The Flat.
Travis Sunday
player, 2675 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 23 Aug 2016
at 21:17
  • msg #135

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 133):

Travis Sunday rolled 7 using 1d20+4.  Spot Check.
Jake Richardson
player, 1197 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:22
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 14:31
  • msg #136

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 134):

"Naw, I ain't much good neither, when it comes to that kinda fie-naglin'," Jake replied to ENS with a rueful shake of his head.

"Let's us talk as we walk," the Texan added, starting to amble towards the white men's camp. "I do bee-lieve that we're likely to ae-tract some measure of attenchunn by just standin' in one spot an' jawin'."

"Reckon we oughtta just play it straight -- leastways, mostly so -- since neither one of us is much good at flannel-mouthin'. Like I said afore, I'd be surprised if'n we don't need to grease a palm or two at some point in the pro-ceedin's -- an' if'n them boys start askin' too many questchunns, we oughtta jest take the hard line that our bizness is our own, an' us that's a-payin' is the ones who git to ask the questchunns."


OOC: Edit: Corrected typo (in a word that Jake's drawl did not cause me to intentionally  misspell). :)
This message was last edited by the player at 14:52, Wed 24 Aug 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1134 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 18:39
  • msg #137

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 136):

ENS starts walking with Jake.

Sounds good Jake... I am doing research for my university, I suppose we could use that as an excuse. And it wouldn't even be a lie; I fully intend to include what I learn from this effort in my writings!
Judge Messalen
GM, 4401 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 21:11
  • msg #138

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg #136) and E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 137):

The rifleman and the professor continue their conversation as they walk towards the first encampment. As Jake had noted, he and ENS had stood there for a goodly few minutes jawin'. And as they now approach the campground, it seems clear that the people there have taken notice of the pair.

The fishermen -- the most apropos term for the group of men in the camp even if it might not be true of every last body -- continue to watch the movements of Jake and ENS. There is no sign among them of expecting any danger, they simply remain aware and alert to the approach as they continue whatever they were doing. At least two of them hold long arms but none readied nor aimed. To Jake's eye, the men with the guns don't even constitute a guard of any kind, just men going about their business, much as they were before.

When it becomes clear that ENS and Jake intend to engage the fishermen in some way, as opposed to just passing by, several of the men take a more direct interest, getting to their feet or moving to a different position. One or two of them appears to have a mind to call out, but no one has done so yet. A quick count indicates roughly a dozen men.

Only 15 or 20 yards of earth now separate the pair of pards from the fishermen.
Jake Richardson
player, 1198 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:22
Wed 24 Aug 2016
at 23:20
  • msg #139

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 138):

"That's  fine idea, Perfesser," Jake answered with a quick nod, raising his voice a little for the benefit of any of the men in the camp who might be trying to overhear what the two newcomers were discussing.

"I feel sure that some a' the men here has got the answers to yer quesschunns."
Judge Messalen
GM, 4402 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 12:19
  • msg #140

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 135):

The gunslinger and the tin star take a moment to scan the secluded camp site ahead. The fishermen, laborers, malingerers or whatever-they-may-be remain content in their resting positions on (or near) the hill's shelf. At least as far as JEB and Travis can tell.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1135 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 21:09
  • msg #141

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 139):

Seeing the group gather, ENS will turn towards them in order to meet; he'll stop a few yards from them to greet them.

Good morning gentlemen, I wonder if my associate and I may ask you a few questions about this area?

OOC: I assume Jake will follow, but I'd like to allow him to object prior to ENS's statement if he desires.
Jake Richardson
player, 1199 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:21
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 23:05
  • msg #142

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 141):

Jake stayed at ENS's shoulder, and silently crossed his arms across his chest. He wore his Spencer in its leather sling across his back, and left it in place.

His eyes scanned the men at the camp, and the camp itself. And even though he would be limited to what he could see with his naked eye,  he glanced over towards the Heathens' camp every now and again.  His eyes were busy, even if he stood stock-still otherwise. The Perfesser'll be busy parlayin'. Even though I ain't expectin' no trubble, I reckon that it's my job to be the look-out.

OOC:

18:55, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 26 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 19. Spot Check.

18:57, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 5 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 5,2. Action Points (Add to Spot Check).

Spot Check Total: 31.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1672 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 25 Aug 2016
at 23:26
  • msg #143

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 135):

You think they might know anything? If not, no sense in wasting time.

Travis Sunday
player, 2676 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 26 Aug 2016
at 00:48
  • msg #144

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 143):

Can't hurt to walk through.  There's a boat. Who knows maybe they'll know something.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4403 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 26 Aug 2016
at 12:34
  • msg #145

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 141) and Jake Richardson (msg # 142):

As ENS speaks and gets a reply, Jake visually inspects the site and its occupants. The rifleman notes that there are a total of fourteen men scattered around the site. As far as he can tell there are no women here at all.

Three of campers are standing near the water, appearing to have little or no interest in the pair's approach--or at least keeping their focus on something else, probably fishing. Two men rest near a small fire; one of them appears to be asleep. A single rifle, the likes of a Sharps, leans against a rock near one of those two men.

The other nine campers have formed a wide, rough semi-circle with their backs to water, to observe the approach of Jake and ENS, and now to hear the latter's introduction. Most of them stand, although two of them squat on their haunches. Jake notices that one of the men to his left holds a rifle by its barrel, stock planted in the sand. Another holds a scattergun, open and resting in the crook of his arm. Iffin any of them have sidearms, Jake can't tell. Several of the men have some manner of hunting knife on their persons.

A couple of the men glance at each other when hearing the professor's foray. Shrugging, one of them (having no long arm) speaks.

"Cannot stop ye from askin'. What brings ye here, anyhow?" he counters, glancing around at the landscape as if wondering what might be of interest to a rifleman and a feller who looks like he might belong behind a desk.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1673 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 27 Aug 2016
at 01:36
  • msg #146

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 144):

After you then.
Travis Sunday
player, 2677 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 27 Aug 2016
at 19:31
  • msg #147

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 146):

Travis walks into the camp.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4404 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 27 Aug 2016
at 21:19
  • msg #148

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 146) and Travis Sunday (msg # 147):

The gunslinger forges ahead, turning inland slightly to approach the bivouac after covering roughly half of the distance. His pard, the tin star, follows a few paces behind.

When Sunday closes within 20 or 25 yards of the men near the shelf, some matters begin to become more clear.

The dozen men, eight of them atop the shelf and four of them standing below, are all Chinese. Dressed in the garb of white men with hats covering most of their faces and bodies huddled close to the hillside in the shadows of the morning sun, that fact was durn near impossible to discern from a distance. Now, as Travis has reached a point almost 20 yards from the men and the slope blocks some of the sunlight that had previously impaired his vision, he takes all of this in.

His first thought is that none of the men have taken up arms, or shown any sign of alarm. His second thought, at least for this passing moment, is anyone's guess.

OOC: Travis must post first. He will see this one round before JEB. If Travis decides to take any manner of combat action, both PCs should roll initiative and Travis should state his single action for the fast draw round (JEB will not get an action in the fast draw round). If Travis decides not to make any sort of combat action, he should provide a narrative to describe what he does in the next few seconds.
Travis Sunday
player, 2678 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 28 Aug 2016
at 14:08
  • msg #149

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 148):

Travis pivots and walks around to the other side of the camp maintaining and increasing when he can his 20 yard distance from the Chinese.  He does not look into the camp. Travis' pace is steady and he moves along as if the camp was a slight obstacle to his destination further along the shore.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4405 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 28 Aug 2016
at 15:29
  • msg #150

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 149):

In front of JEB, Travis Sunday pivots suddenly to his right, away from the bivuoac. At that moment the tin star gets a glimpse of the men standing below the shelf, now that the angle of the sunlight is no longer directly in eyes. He sees that the four men appear to be Chinese, though dressed in white men's garb.

OOC:  JEB should post a brief narrative describing his reaction Sunday's pivot and his initial impression of the campers.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1136 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 28 Aug 2016
at 18:15
  • msg #151

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 145):

ENS smiles at the man.

Well sir, my name is Professor Ringgenberg from a University out east, but I'm here doing some research on how the Chinese live here in the US... My associate and I have heard that the Chinese have sometimes operated out of this basin, do you men know anything about that?
James E. Beauregard
player, 1674 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 29 Aug 2016
at 02:44
  • msg #152

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 150):

Realizing they may have found what they were looking for, JEB mimics Sunday's trajectory and follows his angle.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4406 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 29 Aug 2016
at 13:43
  • msg #153

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 151):

A couple of the men standing in the semi-circle quickly lose interest in the conversation, after ENS speaks. They start to withdraw, moving towards the fire to join the men resting there.

The group's de facto speaker scratches his head.

"Operatin', you say? We seen 'em fishin', I guess. Anyhow, it ain't none of our business long as they is mindin' they own."

Several of the men nod or shrug at the man's response.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4407 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 29 Aug 2016
at 13:54
  • msg #154

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 151) and James E. Beauregard (msg # 152):

With Travis still a few paces ahead, he and his pard continue their newly altered path towards the shoreline. The men find their journey uninterrupted by those Chinese near the shelf and within a minute or so they find themselves passing by the encampment.

OOC: BTW, the judge made some detail-level mistakes in his previous narrative comments, that is, the way in which the effects of the morning sunlight were described was flawed, but the general situation and result are still reasonable and logical in-game, so it's of no consequence. Sorry for any confusion those details may have caused. Looks like the Judge picked a bad week to stop huffing paint fumes.
Travis Sunday
player, 2679 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 19:08
  • msg #155

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 154):

Travis just keeps on walking.  He never looks back.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4408 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 20:22
  • msg #156

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 155):

Travis and JEB advance past the encampment until they are certain they are far enough north to avoid being seen.

OOC: Now what?
Travis Sunday
player, 2680 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 21:41
  • msg #157

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 156):

So those look like our guys.  Chinese, with a boat, doing nothing, dressed in the local tradition.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1675 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 30 Aug 2016
at 23:02
  • msg #158

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 157):

I concur. Time to round up the men,
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1137 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 01:13
  • msg #159

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 153):

ENS rubs his chin.

To be more specific, we have heard that smuggling may have occurred here... have you ever observed ocean-going ships being unloaded by Chinese here?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4409 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 02:11
  • msg #160

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 159):

"Cannot say as I have," says the spokesman. He looks to the other men as if polling for a different opinion but none the men offers one.

"Howsomever, it ain't like none of us been hangin' our hats here for a home. Them Celestials showed up here yesterday morn and they stuck to themselves mostly."
Judge Messalen
GM, 4410 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 13:32
  • msg #161

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 157) and James E. Beauregard (msg # 158):

OOC: Please post narrative descriptions, actions, destinations and routes for the Judge to adjudicate. It is approximately 10 a.m. and roughly 90 minutes into the 3 hours which JEB suggested the group of 4 basin explorers re-join.
Travis Sunday
player, 2681 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 31 Aug 2016
at 23:26
  • msg #162

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 158):

Let's play out the walk and meet up at the agreed time.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1676 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 01:50
  • msg #163

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 162):

Agreed.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4412 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 12:07
  • msg #164

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 162) and James E. Beauregard (msg # 163):

OOC: Please post narrative descriptions, actions, destinations and routes for the Judge to adjudicate. It is approximately 10 a.m. and roughly 90 minutes into the 3 hours which JEB suggested the group of 4 basin explorers re-join. I probably should have said this earlier.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:08, Thu 01 Sept 2016.
Travis Sunday
player, 2682 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 1 Sep 2016
at 21:46
  • msg #165

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 164):

Travis continues to stroll the basin until he judges that he has completed a walking tour of the upper basin. Then he moves inland and returns to the Albion on the surface streets.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4415 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 11:38
  • msg #166

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 165):

Sunday takes the lead, continuing north-northwest along the upper basin. JEB follows silently.

The town ahead grows after some twenty minutes of walking. The two men have seen nothing else of interest, although the frequency of seeing folks along the shoreline increases. A man and woman walking hand-in-hand, shoes in the other hand. A fisherman with two young boys. Another small camp with four men squatting around a fire. On a morning other than a Sunday, the men could see this stretch of shoreline being a more active locale.

Notably, the pards had detected no sign of tunnels, something for which they had set out to find, although the encampment of Chinese could have sheltered a tunnel unseen to the passing duo.

JEB estimates another twenty minute walk, assuming the gunslinger and the tin star move west along the southern edge of San Francisco, and then take a more inland route southward to the Albion. That will bring them back to the brewery more than thirty minutes early. No harm in that, but the men realize they have a little extra time to attend to any other tasks they might have in mind, iffin they do in fact have any such notions.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1138 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 18:33
  • msg #167

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 160):

ENS nods.

I see... are the Chinese fishermen like you gentlemen? Or have they just been staying there as if waiting for something?

Also, you men probably know this area, right? Have you every heard of or observed any sort of tunnels leading from the shore around here in towards the city?

OOC: Not sure if this is appropriate, but...
12:26, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 20 using 1d20+4.  Gather Information.
...I know this is more of a "go out and get info" roll, but I suppose it could apply to a conversation with a group of men?
Jake Richardson
player, 1203 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:21
Fri 2 Sep 2016
at 23:27
  • msg #168

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 167):

Jake stood quietly and listened to ENS's questions and the replies that were given. Thus far it didn't much sound as if they had found the smoking gun that they were hoping for, but then the Perfesser wasn't done, yet.

The Texan was mightily tempted to raise his field-glasses and study the men at the Heathens' camp, but it had occurred to him at some point that the Heathens themselves might have one or more field glasses or telescopes available to them. Such a thing would come in mighty handy when it came to spotting ships out on the ocean at a distance, or seeing any signals that the men aboard-ship might be making.

And Jake had a mind's-eye image of seeing a Heathen looking at him through a telescope or field-glasses if he took a look through the lens of his own binoculars -- and such a thing would reveal ENS and himself as men who were taking more of an interest in the Heathens than the Heathens might wish.

And so, for the moment at least, the rifleman stood silently and continued to listen, and observe the goings-on in the white mens' camp . . .
Judge Messalen
GM, 4416 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 00:50
  • msg #169

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 167):

"Cannot say as I have spent much time thinkin'bout it. They done some fishin' . . . " the spokesman reiterates.

After a slight pause, with the fishermen glancing at each other or even in the direction of the Celestial camp, the man standing with the rifle chimes in.

"There's known to be caves and tunnels hereabouts. Seen more than one myself, I reckon." He points with his chin, southward and in the general direction of the Chinese, keeping one hand at his side and the other on the upright barrel of the Sharps. "Not far south of them there."

"Never traipsed into one. Most is filled with water, likely."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1139 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 17:03
  • msg #170

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 169):

ENS looks in the direction indicated momentarily, then looks back.

Well thank you sir... I'd like to offer you all ten dollars for your trouble, perhaps you can purchase some beer at the Albion yonder! If you'll indulge me, I think I'll chat with a few of your group to see if anyone has unique information.

OOC: I believe this would be a good opportunity to use the Gather Info roll?
Travis Sunday
player, 2683 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 3 Sep 2016
at 19:36
  • msg #171

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 166):

Travis cleans his weapons.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4417 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 4 Sep 2016
at 14:00
  • msg #172

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 170):

A number of the fishermen seem more than a mite interested in Professor Ringgenberg's proposal, and perhaps even more amused by his manner of speech. As Jake listens, he realizes he himself has become accustomed to the easterner's way with words, although he would wager that times come few and far between when a high-falutin' feller comes to the beach to jaw with a group of common folks scratchin' out a livin'. Especially with sweeteners thrown in the pot.

A couple of the fishermen murmur to each other, or exchange looks as if to inquire whether this stranger's offer was on the up-and-up.

Finally, the spokesman resumes his role. And the nods and general reaction of his peers seems to indicate that he does indeed speak for them, at least in regard to the matter at hand.

"Seems a mite odd, all in all," he begins, "but I reckon no man would turn down the kindly offerin' of a beer or two, even on the Lord's day. Iffin' ye could bring a passel of bottles down here, I figure plenty of us would pop a cork, squat and jaw with ye the livelong day."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1140 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 5 Sep 2016
at 18:07
  • msg #173

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 172):

ENS grins at the man.

Well, unfortunately my friend and I must meet with someone fairly soon, so I'd rather chat with you fellows now... but I would happily leave the money with you all to get the beer on your own later?

With that, ENS fishes a ten dollar bill out of his pocket.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4418 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 6 Sep 2016
at 01:14
  • msg #174

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 173):

A murmur rolls throughout the camp. As quickly as the enthusiasm had swept through the fishermen during the talk of Albion beers, it ebbed when ENS held out the ten dollar bill while telling them he didn't have time to make the arrangements as suggested by the spokesman.

To both the professor and the rifleman's surprise, as the spokesman hesitates, the man with the Sharps steps forward to take the bill from ENS. He holds it up to the sunlight, turning it over twice and inspecting it as if he had a notion about the differences between authentic and counterfeit currency. His activity draws the attention of the other fishermen, who quiet down to see what he might have to say.

"All right, Professor Ringburg," he says, putting the bill in his pocket. "It so happens that I have a bottle of decent whiskey in my haversack. Been holdin' it back for a fittin' occasion."

Sharps moves toward said satchel, producing the promised tongue oil as the fisherman gather around the fire. Sidling up to the professor, he pulls the cork with his teeth and proffers the newly opened bottle to ENS.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1141 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 7 Sep 2016
at 19:10
  • msg #175

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 174):

ENS grins at the man again.

Don't mind if I do!

He takes a decent swig from the bottle then hands it back. He then goes to his shirt pocket and pulls out two cigars, proffering one to the spokesman.

Kindness must be met with kindness... especially on the Lord's Day!
Judge Messalen
GM, 4419 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 12:13
  • msg #176

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 175):

The spokesman takes the cigar, lighting it with a piece of kindling from the fire. He takes a few puffs and passes it along.

The man with the Sharps takes a pull from the bottle, passing that along.

The fishermen and the newcomers settle in around the fire.

OOC: Jake and ENS should describe their posture and any activities (obvious or subtle) during the time spent on the beach. The Judge is looking for a general summary, but it should include any specific things ENS is trying to learn or anything Jake desires to address. The Judge's understanding is that the professor is spending time and money on the Gather Information check, and intends to take that up to the point that he and Jake need to return to the Albion (which is roughly an hour hence).

Once the pair have posted their summary of their time on the beach, the Judge will advance with a narrative post back at the Albion, which will include any information gleaned in the time with these fishermen.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4420 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 12:19
  • msg #177

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 171):

OOC: Seeing as Travis posted an activity that would take place after returning to the Albion, and JEB posted no activity, the Judge is assuming the men returned to the Albion early, waiting for the return of their other two pards. The Judge will include narrative about that time when posting the narrative fade-to-black / fade up after ENS' party on the beach.
Jake Richardson
player, 1204 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:20
Thu 8 Sep 2016
at 22:55
  • msg #178

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 176):

"'Preciate it," Jake muttered when the bottle of whiskey was passed to him, and he nodded to the man who handed it to him. He took a pull at the bottle, wiped his mouth with the back of his sleeve, and passed it along to the next man.

At some point during the conversation, Jake asked "Any of y'all ever notice any ocean-goin' ships comin' in close to shore along this stretch of the beach?" It was the same sort of question that the Perfesser had been asking, although it was worded perhaps in a more roundabout fashion.

At another time when ENS was conversing with the fishermen, he casually strolled about, never getting more than two or three steps from where the easterner stood. When he judged that he was screened somewhat from the direct line of sight of anyone staring in their direction from the Heathens' camp, he took a look at the men gathered there and the camp itself through his field glasses.

Otherwise, Jake stood silent while ENS continued his inquiries, casually looking back and forth between the easterner and the men with whom he was conversing.

OOC: 18:44, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 19 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 12. Spot Check re: Heathens' Camp.

18:45, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 2,6. Action Points (Add to Spot Check).

Total for Spot Check: 25

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1142 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 01:13
  • msg #179

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 178):

ENS settles in with the men, talking casually with them about how much time they spend here and what they do, but also steering the conversation back to any direct witness of the Chinese engaging in illegal activities here and the existence and nature of any tunnels leading from the beach. He'll also express his dislike of the Chinese use of young girls in the sex trade; any man who expresses similar dislike will be asked discretely for more direct information about it.

Being the man he is, he has his notebook and pencil out for notes, and is as interested in the men's own stories as he is in the information he is seeking.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4421 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 13:20
  • msg #180

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

More than an hour had elapsed, ENS noted, looking at his time piece. And just as it was getting more interesting, he thought. With two pulls at the bottle warming his innards, the professor realized that he and Jake were already behind schedule for their return to the Albion.

He could have used another hour, easily, to dig deeper into what he had learned. Assuming that there was more to learn. The fisherman as a whole remained circumspect. Friendly, but wary in their responses, at least at first. After the bottle had been passed and men were taking a second pull, the men relaxed and some talked. Some drifted away, back to the fishing or sleeping. A group of seven lingered and talked with Jake and ENS.

The answer to Jake's roundabout question became clear enough to him. Ocean-going ships could be seen in the area, mostly across the shore in Oakland, but sometimes deeper into the bay. As for any coming close to the shore along the basin, no, not a man in the company could remember ever seeing that, and a couple of the men had made a living fishing in this area for a few years.

The professor's more probing approach affected the men in different ways. Interestingly, a disagreement arose over the general topic of the Chinese, sparked by Ringgenberg's questions and comments, near the passing of an hour. It proved revealing in various ways. One man spoke against their presence at all, calling for complete removal of all of the heathens. Another corroborated rumors of the slave trade moving through the basin, sometimes by land and sometimes by sea; as one of the men who expressed dislike of the practice, ENS focused on this man for a spell. Unfortunately, the man had no specifics about their operations and had never seen them doing anything suspicious. Still, when pressed, he, like the man with the Sharps, talked of tunnels. The man with the Sharps himself countered those who argued for removal of the Chinese, saying freedom meant nothing if it didn't apply to all. Meanwhile, one fisherman looked a mite sheepish at the mention of Chinese whores, as if he had some first-hand experience. He remained quiet. After barbs tossed back and forth unrelated to the information that the professor sought, they returned to his questions, all but confirming that no one had first-hand information, beyond the fact that there was a cave entrance not far from the Chinese camp, and that those celestials had started arriving yesterday afternoon, fishing until daylight was spent.

And so, as it was getting a little more interesting, Jake and ENS had little choice but to make double-time for the brewery. Jake had been able to steal glances at the celestials camp with his field glasses in the last 15 minutes, but he didn't learn much more about its occupants. They seemed entirely content in their minimal activities . . . resting, fishing, mending clothes and . . . perhaps . . . watching the white men gathered and passing a bottle.

However, one thing Jake did see is something he relates to his pard the easterner as they walk back to Albion castle. He didn't have time to study it closely, but he witnessed the cave spoken of by the man with the Sharps and others, some 30 or more yards past the celestials. The mouth of the cave appeared to open more to the south, but from his angle, Jake thought he could see water pooled around the opening.

All of this they related to Travis and JEB upon their return. JEB had been dozing in a hard wood chair in the small chamber atop the castle, but revived himself when the others returned. Travis sat near the window, in the only other chair, cleaning his hoglegs while keeping watch as he had the day before. It had occurred to him that this room didn't have a view far enough to the north to spy the camp of Chinese that he and JEB had discovered. It did have a good view of the southern basin, and the gunslinger had witnessed Jake and the professor at the fishermen's camp, even though he didn't recognize them initially as they were sitting around the fire and blending in, until Jake had stood and stretched his legs. By the time the two pards had arisen and started back toward the brewery, Travis was able to trace their movements, even if he lost them now and again as they moved along the sloping basin shoreline.

JEB had noted upon their return that no one was at the brewery this day, except for the dogs and Edgar. The latter was occupied in the brewery itself and out-of-earshot. After Jake and ENS had relayed their findings, JEB and Travis shared theirs. Each group had found a camp of Chinese; each thinking that they had probably discovered that for which they had set out to find. Now, hearing each other's reports, the relevance of each camp seemed uncertain.

It is at this point, in the top floor room of the Albion castle, that the four men find themselves entering a discussion.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:24, Fri 09 Sept 2016.
Cole Trayne
player, 1971 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 9 Sep 2016
at 16:26
  • msg #181

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The wrangler places a supportive hand on Kate's shoulder.

Kate, I've got a thing that needs takin' care of. You take care of yourself and I'll see you soon.

With that, Cole heads out.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1143 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 10 Sep 2016
at 18:56
  • msg #182

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 180):

ENS paces a little while rubbing his chin in thought.

It seems that we have a conundrum gentlemen... two separate groups of Chinese, both with suspicious airs. Could one of the groups actually be here against the other?

OOC: Just to summarize:
North camp - 12 Chinese, wearing western clothes, and a longboat.
South camp - how many Chinese (was Jake able to determine)? in Chinese garb, with a few small skiffs (how many of these and about how many could each hold?), and a cave near them.
Jake Richardson
player, 1205 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:20
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 00:01
  • msg #183

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 182):

"Waal," Jake drawled in response to ENS's comments, "you'll re-member that some o' the men we spoke with was talkin' about some tunnels near that Heathens' camp that we was close to. An' I did catch a glimpse of at least one tunnel or cave when I took that last look-see with my field glasses."

Turning to Travis and JEB, Jake asked, "Did y'all ob-serve any tunnels nearabouts the Heathens' camp that y'all found?"

OOC: I'll defer to the Judge as to what sort of a head-count of the Celestials Jake was able to make on his most recent (Spot Check Total: 25)
Judge Messalen
GM, 4422 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 02:22
  • msg #184

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 183):

Jake's observations have no obvious conclusions. Iffin' he had to wager a guess he would say the Celestials were intentionally trying to mask their numbers. Iffin he had to double that bet he would say there were as many 15 of 'em.
Cole Trayne
player, 1972 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 03:14
  • msg #185

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

As the wrangler exits Kate's store, he glances up into the sky to gauge the time. He pauses a moment and considers.

Subsequently, Cole heads to the brewery to meet the others.
Travis Sunday
player, 2684 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 12:46
  • msg #186

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 183):

There could have been one there, but we were carrying longarms so I didn't want to spook them and come too close. They were dressed like we are, not like Chinese. They had a boat and seemed to be waiting for something. They may have been covering up an entrance where they were sitting.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4423 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 14:07
  • msg #187

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 185):

Cole Trayne is greeted by two barking dogs as he approaches the brewery. He then sees a man in overalls who is watching the wrangler's approach, most likely after being alerted by the hounds.

Having never been to the Albion castle before, Cole knows only that his pards have a room on the top floor. He knew of their plans to scout the basin in the morning, which has now passed, although he has no idea whether they have returned to the Albion, are still outdoors, or what-have-you. The only sensible thing to do would be to talk with the man in the overalls.

Having done so, Cole learns from the man, whose name is Edgar, that his pards are inside the castle. Edgar shows him the way and the wrangler finds himself ascending a stairway up to the top floor, to rejoin the foursome in the small guest room overlooking the India Basin.

OOC: For convenience sake, Cole shows up during the conversation at whatever point Cole posts again. The Judge will assume that other PCs catch him up on their findings along the basin shoreline. It is now 12:55 p.m.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1677 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 11 Sep 2016
at 16:03
  • msg #188

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 186):

How far apart are the camps? Can we stake out both or must we choose?
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1144 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 12 Sep 2016
at 22:32
  • msg #189

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 188):

Well, from your description, the north camp was a fair ways up the shore past a rocky part... and I'm not sure about hidden tunnels up there, the men we talked to seemed familiar with the area and they never mentioned any. The south camp is visible from up here since Travis noted it last night.

ENS rubs his chin

We may just have to wait and see where the ship pulls in... and hope to God that two don't arrive!
Cole Trayne
player, 1973 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 04:30
  • msg #190

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 189):

Cole's face takes on a mild appearance of confusion.

I gotta say, I'm not rightly sure how they are going to bring those females into town? Maybe I'm missing something?

I can see using a cave to keep them out of sight, for a short while. But, I expect they will have to take them out of the cave and load 'em into a few covered wagons. I can't believe they would walk them into town, for everyone to see. And, I find it hard to believe the caves are actually tunnels that lead all the way into town.

So, I'd rightly appreciate it if someone would tell me what I've got wrong?

Jake Richardson
player, 1206 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:63 MDT:14 A:20
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 18:13
  • msg #191

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake glanced over at Cole as he was speaking, tilting his head as if he were a dog hearing an odd sound. He was silent for a while after the wrangler finished his comments, and the Texan had a thoughtful look on his face.

After a few moments, Jake spoke up. "You raise some int'restin' points, Cole. An' no, I don't think that you've got it wrong."

"When it gits right down to the short-rows, 'bout all we know is that these wimmin are off-loaded from a ship an' taken somewhaere to a market. Do we even know for a fact that they are taken into a cave? That could be the caese, but it could be that they are walked up a trail into the hills an' loaded into some waitin' wagons."

"Or, hell -- mayhaps they are taeken into a cave, an' sold right then an' thaere -- meanin' that the market's right here near to the beach, an' it ain't somewhaere back in the town a-tall."

"We just don't know them sorts o' dee-tails."

"I'm beginnin' to think that the Perfesser's got the right idea. We find us a cental poe-zishunn, where we can move down to the beach right quick. Then we watch to see whaere the big ship drops anchor. After that we'll have some time to git into firin' poe-zishunn whilest thay're usin' boats to git the wimmin' from the big ship to the beach."


Jake paused for a moment, and smiled. "'Course, like Cole says, thaere could be sumpthin' I'm missin'."
Alfred Coopwood
player, 20 posts
Tue 13 Sep 2016
at 21:06
  • msg #192

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Footsteps are heard again on the stairs leading to the top floor of the Albion castle.

The man known as Coop appears on the landing, glancing about for the sounds of the men having their discussion and thus locating the rented room and the five men he has come to know fairly well over the last two months.

After exchanging greetings, the small chamber has become crowded now with six men. Enough space for all to sit or stand, but none to move about. Certainly not enough to stretch one's legs, unless a feller wants to go out in the hall or traverse the staircase.

By way of courtesy, Coop asks if the men would prefer to leave the chamber door open. Then Conway's man leaves it open or closes it as per the general consensus, telling them to continue; he figures to catch up on the reconnoiterin' as the jawin' goes along.
Cole Trayne
player, 1974 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 15 Sep 2016
at 03:41
  • msg #193

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 192):

Cole motions for Coop to close the door behind him.

Turning towards Jake, Cole responds in a lower voice.

Jake, seems to me the cave would be an odd place to sell those young'uns. I expect the buyers would be more of the upper crust type. Don't rightly see them going to a cave to conduct business. 'Sides after a long boat ride, I expect they would need to be cleaned up proper to get top dollar.

How easy would it be to get a wagon down there, near those caves? I figure the wagons would need a team of at least two horses to haul a bunch of young'uns, with their handlers, out of there.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1145 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 15 Sep 2016
at 22:43
  • msg #194

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 193):

ENS had been listening thoughtfully to the conversation, having had to stop pacing as the room filled.

I guess my money is on the longboat crew... the other group only had a few skiffs and they weren't very big, it would take them quite awhile to get any number of girls to shore.

ENS turns to Coop.

Mr. Coopwood, have you talked to Mr. Conway recently? Could the group with the skiffs be something Mr. Xu arranged? And for that matter, does Mr. Conway have a plan for what should be done with the girls once we have them?
Travis Sunday
player, 2685 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 01:22
  • msg #195

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 194):

Travis listens intently.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 21 posts
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 10:52
  • msg #196

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 194):

Coop, who had been listening intently, looks up while displaying surprise that anyone was asking his opinion.

"What now? 'Course I have spoken to Mr. Conway." He muses for a moment, having only recently picked up the thread regarding the two camps of Chinese. "Seems right likely one o' them camps is connected to Mr. Conway and Mr. Xu. Which one did you say was further south?

OOC: In the previous meeting with Conway at the apartment, there was narrative text saying that he and Mr. Xu were formulating plans for the safety of the women after their liberation. He had suggested that Coop would be a runner for any necessary communication between the heroes and Conway/Xu.
Jake Richardson
player, 1207 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:21
Fri 16 Sep 2016
at 15:24
  • msg #197

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 193):

"I 'spect that you're right that the buyers theirselves is most likely men -- or wimmen, if'n thaey're cat-house madams -- of some sub-stance," Jake replied to the wrangler's comments.

"But thaey could be sendin' lower-level ae-jents to this here shindig, so the market whaere they buy an' sell the wimmin don't have to be all the waey in town."

"An' I also 'spect that that you're right that they cain't taeke wagons right down near to the beach. But the wimmin can be marched up a trail to meet the wagons on some level ground up above the beach."

"Or, it could very well be that none o' what I'm saeyin' is happenin'. My point is that all we know is the very first step o' the prah-cess -- the off-loadin' from the big ship -- so that's what we need to base our plannin' ae-round."

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1146 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 17 Sep 2016
at 20:53
  • msg #198

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 197):

Right you are Jake, take them on the beach... especially since we don't have horses to chase wagons! It would be best if we could get the drop on them as they approach shore.

ENS looks over to Coop

The camp to the south looks more like a fishermen group with a few small skiffs. The camp to the north has the longboat and the Chinese in western garb... It would be very helpful if we could confirm which group, if any, are with Mr. Conway and Mr. Xu.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 22 posts
Sun 18 Sep 2016
at 15:28
  • msg #199

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 198):

"Mr. Conway said I should look for him or Mr. Xu north of the Albion," said Coop. He paused, as if recollecting the instructions. "He said to look for a long boat, with red oars."
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:28, Sun 18 Sept 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1147 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 19 Sep 2016
at 21:12
  • msg #200

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 199):

Ah, well that totally reverses my previous supposition; given that information it's the group to the south that is presumably with the Tongs.

ENS rubs his chin for another moment.

We still have time and light... I propose that we have two groups go out again. One to check with the group to the north to see what they intend and another to go inland around the camps to the south and then approach the shore for a careful look at that cave to determine if they can actually use it. Thoughts gentlemen?
Jake Richardson
player, 1208 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:21
Tue 20 Sep 2016
at 16:11
  • msg #201

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 200):

Jake stroked his chin whiskers thoughtfully, then rubbed the new growth of beard on his neck where he hadn't shaved for a couple of days.

"I don't know as I'd mess with them Heathens that we think are the hard cases," he replied to ENS's suggestions.

"Not 'cause they're hard-cases, but 'cause I think we're better off not bein' seen as taekin' a big int'rest in their doin's."

"Thaey maey already be a mite susspishuss of us, but if'n thaey spot us nosin' 'round them agin, I'm afeared that we'll lose any possibility of sur-prise respectin' this upcomin' shindig."

Cole Trayne
player, 1975 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 21 Sep 2016
at 02:34
  • msg #202

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 201):

I gotta be with Jake on this. If we keep nose-ing around, we will get noticed. If this thing is gonna work out, we gotta surprise 'em. We gotta be in position to hit 'em fast and hard. We gotta  cover any reasonable ways out. We gotta make sure no girls get hurt.
Travis Sunday
player, 2686 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 22 Sep 2016
at 03:09
  • msg #203

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 202):

My only worry is that if they have more than one boatload of girls we will need to wait until they are all together before we move in. As long as our plan has some flexibility, I'll defer to your good judgement.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 23 posts
Thu 22 Sep 2016
at 15:26
  • msg #204

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Coop had waited until the other men had spoken their piece. Sensing a pause, he joins in.

"It ain't up to me whether you do any more nosin'round the southern camp. But I am ready to go to the north camp if that helps. That's what Mr. Conway told me to do, anyhow."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1148 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 22 Sep 2016
at 23:07
  • msg #205

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 204):

ENS listens thoughtfully to all the men.

Very well, I still think at least one of us should accompany Mr. Coopwood in order to coordinate plans. I guess we'll just have to be ready to cover that possible exit when the time comes... perhaps station some men on the ridge behind it in order to cut that avenue off?
Cole Trayne
player, 1976 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 23 Sep 2016
at 04:17
  • msg #206

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 205):

Professor, I agree with you. Someone should go with Coop and have his back. Now, I've not been down there, so I don't know what the land is like. Is there any trail down there wide enough for a wagon? I'm thinking that maybe getting a few horses to block any way out, or to run folks down, might be a good idea. I not fond of the idea of running folks down on foot. That's what horses are for.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 24 posts
Fri 23 Sep 2016
at 12:26
  • msg #207

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 206):

"I do not need help. I trust Mr. Conway's instructions." Coop shrugs, taking a breath and glancing at Cole and the professor.

"'Course, he never said not to travel with one of you lot, so whatever you decide is all right by me."
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:27, Fri 23 Sept 2016.
Travis Sunday
player, 2687 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 24 Sep 2016
at 12:18
  • msg #208

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 207):

I'll go if with Coop if we fear for his safety.
Jake Richardson
player, 1209 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:21
Sat 24 Sep 2016
at 13:58
  • msg #209

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 208):

"Sounds like we only got one group uhv Heathens to worry about, an' most likely we figured out which one it is. We're makin' prog-gress," Jake drawled.

"Seems to me that you oughtta go along with Coop, Travis. I doubt that y'all'll run into any trubble, but I'm in favor uhv doublin' up on any pah-trolls we send out, seein' as how thaere's hoss-tiles about an' we got the man-power available to do so without strainin' ourselves none."

"Seems like the quess-chunn that's left is how to best to go at them bastards when the time comes, so as to pry the wimmin free an' keep our losses to a min-imum."

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1149 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 26 Sep 2016
at 22:31
  • msg #210

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 209):

ENS looks to each man as they speak, then shakes his head.

Let me clarify, I don't think Mr. Coopwood needs the security, though it never hurts... I'm more concerned that we learn what Mr. Conway and that group intends to do when the ship arrives. They've got a longboat, so do they intend to raid the ship before the others can get the girls? Are they going to try to cut off the other boats and force them to a certain point on the shore?

I don't think we should set any plans in stone until we know what Mr. Conway's group intends to do.

Alfred Coopwood
player, 25 posts
Tue 27 Sep 2016
at 01:53
  • msg #211

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 210):

Coop clears this throat after the professor's clarification.

"Mayhaps I can help with that one, pr'fessor. I do not know all the facts about Mr. Xu's plans, but Mr. Conway said Mr. Xu's men are there to take those girls away after you lot set 'em free. The way I heard, it is your job to free the women, it is Mr. Xu's job to take them to safety afterwards."

He pauses. "And it's my job to run between."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1150 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 29 Sep 2016
at 14:37
  • msg #212

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 211):

Alright... then what is the longboat for?
Alfred Coopwood
player, 26 posts
Thu 29 Sep 2016
at 16:44
  • msg #213

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 212):

"I do not know." Coop scratches his head. "Maybe to take the women to safety?"
Jake Richardson
player, 1211 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:21
Fri 30 Sep 2016
at 16:00
  • msg #214

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

"Left to my own dee-vices, I'd like to do a little scoutin' up along the high ground nearabouts to the Heathens' camp," Jake drawled, "an' see if'n I can pick out some firin' poe-zishunns for later."

"I 'spect that anyone wanderin' along the sky-line of the hills like that will be pretty evi-dent to anyone down on the beach, so I reckon I oughtta try an' look like I'm doin' sumpthin' other'n what I really am."

"But it still might -- or it might not -- make them Heathens more suss-pishuss. What do y'all think?"

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1152 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 30 Sep 2016
at 18:12
  • msg #215

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 214):

That's what I suggested earlier... including a look at that cave, though that would definitely expose us. Okay, how about this. Jake and another longarm shooter go scout the top of that ridge while staying out of sight as best you can; if you see a way to get a look at that cave then good, otherwise leave it.

I and one other will accompany Mr. Coopwood to the other camp for a brief parley with Mr. Conway and then return here.


ENS pulls out his watch

JEB, what time are you meeting those additional men?

OOC: Time check?
James E. Beauregard
player, 1678 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 30 Sep 2016
at 18:54
  • msg #216

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 215):

Two hours before sundown.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4427 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 30 Sep 2016
at 18:59
  • msg #217

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

E.N.S. Ringgenberg:
OOC: Time check?

It is half-past 1 o'clock.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1679 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 2 Oct 2016
at 15:48
  • msg #218

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 215):

I'll scout with Jake.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1153 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 4 Oct 2016
at 20:37
  • msg #219

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 218):

Very well JEB. Travis, Cole, do you both want to go to the north camp with Mr. Coopwood and I? It shouldn't take long... let's all meet back up here in an hour alright?
James E. Beauregard
player, 1680 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 4 Oct 2016
at 23:27
  • msg #220

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 219):

JEB leaves the shotgun in the room.
Travis Sunday
player, 2688 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 7 Oct 2016
at 01:42
  • msg #221

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 220):

Sounds good.
Cole Trayne
player, 1977 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 7 Oct 2016
at 16:00
  • msg #222

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 219):

The wrangler nods.

I'm in.
Jake Richardson
player, 1213 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:21
Fri 7 Oct 2016
at 17:07
  • msg #223

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 219):

"Yep, that'll work, Perfesser," Jake replied, with a nod.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4432 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 8 Oct 2016
at 17:10
  • msg #224

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

JEB and Jake had both spent time at the Albion. Enough time to have learned the general landscape to the south through their field glasses. Now, with JEB's skills at navigation and Jake's keen eye in scouting terrain, the pair take to the ground along a ridge some distance away from the shoreline.

Some fifteen minutes later, the two men find themselves with a decent view of the beach where Jake and ENS had jawed with the fishermen.  They stand roughly 200 yards west of the shore above a rolling slope. It is likely that the fishermen below could see the two pards, iffin they were looking this direction. At the same time, there is no sign of the Chinese on the beach from this vantage point. That is at least partially because the terrain prohibits a good line of sight from here. And perhaps because the celestials are taking cover. Perhaps both.

In any case the consensus assessment is that they could continue south along the ridge, looking for places to set up as Jake had described back in the room, while avoiding detection by the Chinese. Shortly, they Intersect a gully that cuts toward the water. The two men turn west to follow the natural path, coming to a small plateau that overlooks the shoreline. From, here, perhaps 150 yards from the water, they scan the area below for a time, locating the celestials once again.

Clearly, this area could support the long range firing for which Jake had campaigned. Some cover could be had, although it was unlikely that they would remain undetected during a battle. For now, staying low and observing, the men believe they have escaped notice.

It appears that they could continue their trek farther along and possibly get a more direct view of the cave. It would take a meandering path to avoid being seen or heard, looping around to view the cave from further down the shore. It may also take longer than the professor's hour to scout the cave and return.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 27 posts
Sat 8 Oct 2016
at 17:30
  • msg #225

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis, having recently walked this very path a few hours ago, leads the group to the north.

Before long they reach the rocky point where Travis had told JEB that he looked ridiculous. The going here is much slower than most of the basin's shoreline. The four men pick their way around the point, cursing now and again as the footing becomes unstable or just plain uncomfortable.

Several minutes later, they found themselves approaching the stretch of shoreline where the longboat is beached. Something Travis hadn't noticed before--it was of no consequence--the rowboat has a set of oars painted red halfway from the shaft to the paddle.

Coop asks the men to wait. "More of us than they might be expectin'. Let me go first." He glances among the men, waiting for their response to his suggestion.
Jake Richardson
player, 1214 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:21
Sun 9 Oct 2016
at 17:27
  • msg #226

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

As JEB and Jake strolled towards the bluffs overlooking the beach, the Texan said, ”When it comes to our scoutin’ – yours an’ mine, I mean – you reckon we oughtta go sneakin’ about an’ try to stay outta sight, or just look like we’re s’posed to be thaere?”

“I’m kinda in-clined to be bold about it an’ not go slinkin’ ‘round, on the thee-ry that tryin’ to hide an’ maybe gittin’ spotted is worse’n just goin’ ‘bout our bizness. That ain’t to say that we cain’t dis-gize what we’re doin’ a mite – like pointin’ out to sea from time to time or some such, an’ mayhaps lookin’ like we’re traipsin’ a-long to enjoy the view, or such-like. ‘Course, if’n we manage to stay outta sight all to-gether, that’d be fine, too.”

“What do you think?”


Edited to correct a misunderstanding on my (OOC) part).
This message was last edited by the player at 16:48, Mon 10 Oct 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1155 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 9 Oct 2016
at 17:29
  • msg #227

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 225):

Very well Mr. Coopwood, we shall remain here.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4434 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 10 Oct 2016
at 15:09
  • msg #228

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 227):

Nodding to the professor, who had for most intents and purposes become the leader of this enterprise, and hearing no objections to his suggestion from the others, Coop turns on his heel. He makes a direct path towards the gathering of men on the shelf inland from the longboat with the red oars.

Meanwhile, Cole, Travis and ENS linger some 30 or 40 yards from the longboat, near the shore. From here, it is difficult to make out the composition of the group of men that Coop is approaching. Still, the wrangler and the professor now understand the nuances of Sunday's description -- the one he and JEB offered back at the Albion. On inspection, it becomes clear that these are Chinese dressed like westerners. What they are doing here, aside from waiting for something, is unclear.

The celestials allow Coop to advance. The men hear the faint indications of conversation, in English, between Coop and one of the men. The content is scattered on the wind, but those two voices can be discerned if nothing else.

The three pards glance at each other, realizing they have a moment to converse before Coop returns. Or take to some other action, such as listening to the conversation or looking around the beach, iffin it such a notion were to cross a man's mind.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4435 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 10 Oct 2016
at 15:13
  • msg #229

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 226):

OOC: The Judge is taking the speech to JEB as happening BEFORE the men had set out; the Judge's narrative post # 224 essentially addresses the scouting from this conservative perspective. And now the Judge is waiting for Jake and JEB to determine whether they care to attempt the scouting of the cave, continue to scout this general area for other spots that afford good lines of sight for ranged firing, or to do something else.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1681 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 11 Oct 2016
at 00:22
  • msg #230

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 226):

We should stay out of sight.

Jake Richardson
player, 1215 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:21
Tue 11 Oct 2016
at 19:47
  • msg #231

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 230):

"All right," Jake replied.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1156 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 11 Oct 2016
at 21:26
  • msg #232

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 228):

ENS looks over to the longboat, trying to discern if there is anything else in it besides the oars.

15:24, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 18 using 1d20.  Spot Check.
15:25, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 5 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Spot Check.

Total = 23

Jake Richardson
player, 1216 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Wed 12 Oct 2016
at 17:29
  • msg #233

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

”Let’s git to it, then,” Jake remarked as the twosome neared the area above the beach where the Texan expected to pick out some advantageous spots from whence they could fire on the men down on the beach.

”First off, let’s us find some likely firin’ poe-zishuns. Then, if’n them Heathens don’t appear to be keepin’ a good watch, we might con-sider seein’ what we can see ‘bout that cave.”

OOC:

13:10, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 21 using 1d20+10 with rolls of 11.  Spot Check.

13:11, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 6,2.  AP: Spot Check.

Spot Check Total: 27

13:13, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 21 using 1d20+9 with rolls of 12.  Hide Check.


13:14, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 6,6.  AP: Hide Check.

Hide Check Total: 27

Cole Trayne
player, 1978 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 13 Oct 2016
at 03:00
  • msg #234

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 228):

A look of concentration appears on Cole's face as he attempts to catch any bit of conversation from Coop and the group of Chinese folk in his vicinity.

Listen: 19
Judge Messalen
GM, 4436 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 13 Oct 2016
at 20:04
  • msg #235

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 232) and Cole Trayne (msg # 234):

The professor eyes the longboat. From his current vantage point, it seems a solid craft, but it is certainly not laden with supplies or much else. He can't see much below the lip of hull, so he casually takes a few steps to gain a better view. Now, he notices what appear to be a few bundles, perhaps blankets or clothing, or both, stacked on one of the rower's planks. As far as he can tell besides those, the craft is unburdened.

Meanwhile Cole concentrates on the conversation between Coop and the Chinaman. He finds it very difficult to make out the words, but he does get a sense of the tone--that is, he hears what sounds like a casual conversation, no indication of secrecy or disagreement. He catches a few words that seem to indicate an accord of some kind, and finally, Cole hears Coop's final words as the man turns back towards beach . . . "be back directly" is what it sounded like to the wrangler.

Coop approaches the men.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:08, Thu 13 Oct 2016.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4437 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 15 Oct 2016
at 13:24
  • msg #236

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 233):

Jake Richardson picks his way along the ridge, doing his best to remain hidden from the Chinese, or anyone else who might be spying his and JEB's movements. The lawman followed without further comment.

The rifleman stops at three places as he worked his way closer to a path leading to a cave. There is no doubt in his mind that any of these three would meet their purposes. Jake and JEB share their observations and tactics regarding each of the three.

One is close to the beach maybe a 50 yard shot, and so Jake didn't even approach that entirely, rather, he spotted it as the two man searched the landscape. That had an excellent view and a relatively easy range; but carried with it the risk of being seen even before they might open fire.

Another is the first place that the two men had stopped and briefly conversed about whether to push towards the cave. Twice the distance of the short range position, it affords good cover and lines of sight. Jake felt certain that they could hunker down here without being seen, although he expects that once they fired, their position would be easily discerned.

The third is the farthest up the slope. It has the advantage of excellent lines of sight, even better than the other two, especially with field glasses. However, it affords less cover and the distance itself, mayhaps 200 yards, is a consideration. Jake happens upon this area near the beginning of what would be a looping path towards the cave -- assuming the men would want to remain unseen if they do decide to push on for a better view of the cave.

OOC: The Judge edited to clean-up some typos/missing words. No content change in the narrative.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:24, Sun 16 Oct 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1157 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 15 Oct 2016
at 16:35
  • msg #237

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 235):

Once he sees Coop approaching, he turns towards him and waits until he gets close.

Well, Mr. Coopwood, shall we all go over and talk now?
Alfred Coopwood
player, 28 posts
Sat 15 Oct 2016
at 17:56
  • msg #238

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 237):

"All right, then," says Coop. "They do not know much. They were told to watch for me. And they await Mr. Xu and Mr. Conway, in the next hour or two. We can approach if you want to, professor."
James E. Beauregard
player, 1682 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 16 Oct 2016
at 02:20
  • msg #239

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 236):

JEB makes sure to supplement the scouting with his military tactics knowledge.

Tactics roll = 27
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1158 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 16 Oct 2016
at 23:57
  • msg #240

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 238):

Ah, I see... still, better than standing apart.

ENS will wait for Coop to lead the way.
Cole Trayne
player, 1979 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 17 Oct 2016
at 02:34
  • msg #241

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 240):

Cole glances at both men, then turns his gaze upon the group of men Coop just left.


Reckon so, professor.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 29 posts
Mon 17 Oct 2016
at 11:11
  • msg #242

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 240) and Cole Trayne (msg # 241):

Turning again on his heel, Coop leads the other three men towards the group of Chinese dressed as westerners. It is a brief walk. The Chinese watch the approach, without giving much indication about their thoughts, that is, they remain where they stand, squat or sit as the men arrive at the small enclave and shelf where most of Chinese have planted themselves.

For several moments, there is awkward silence. Coop shrugs.
Jake Richardson
player, 1217 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:20
Mon 17 Oct 2016
at 17:46
  • msg #243

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 239):

Jake nodded to JEB as the Missourian explained his thoughts, based upon a knowledge of tactics that seemed to run much deeper than the Texan's, in spite of his lengthy service in the War.

After JEB had finished, Jake nodded again, this time indicating the looped trail that seemed to promise a good look at the cave near the heathens' camp. "So far, so good. I do believe that I'll include that cave yonder in our scoutin'."

"Why don't you hang tight up here on the bluff. From what you an' Travis said back in the apartment, y'all were already spotted nosin' 'round the heathens' camp earlier today. Could be that if'n you were spotted again, it might get them High-Yallers down yonder a-thinkin', whaereas that might not be the case with me -- leastways, maybe not so much as with you."


OOC: 13:28, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 22 using 1d20+10 with rolls of 12. Spot Check (Cave).

13:29, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 3 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 1,3. Action Points (Add to Spot Check).

Spot Check Total: 25

Travis Sunday
player, 2690 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 17 Oct 2016
at 19:46
  • msg #244

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 243):

Good plan.  I'll stay right here.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1159 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 17 Oct 2016
at 22:18
  • msg #245

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 242):

ENS looks over the Chinamen in a friendly way, then bows towards them and addresses them in Chinese.

I would like to thank you men for participating in this honorable task. Has Mr. Xu told you about your part in this effort?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4438 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 18 Oct 2016
at 00:09
  • msg #246

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 244):

OOC: Travis isn't with Jake and JEB; he is with ENS, Cole and Coop. See previous narrative messages #225, #228, and so forth. Either Travis replied to the wrong post, or the player has forgotten where Travis is.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1683 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 18 Oct 2016
at 20:57
  • msg #247

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 243):

JEB remains on the bluff.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4439 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 19 Oct 2016
at 02:08
  • msg #248

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake Richardson steals away from the Missouri lawman, beginning a circuitous route towards the cave and the shoreline. As he had surmised earlier, he clings to the idea that this is his best bet to avoid being noticed and still get a gander at the cave area. No use in wishin' he had coppered his bet at this stage of the game.

-------------------

JEB loses sight of the rifleman after a few minutes. He figures to pick him up again at some point, while he continues to watch over the Chinese camp a ways down the slope toward the water. Although, JEB muses, Jake seemed adept at staying out of sight, so perhaps the rifleman would remain unseen until his return to the bluff.

-------------------

Stopping amidst a patch of pickleweed, Jake has come as close as he figgers possible. A few minutes earlier, during his descent towards the shore, he had seen two of the celestials moving south, on the south side of the cave, along the edge of the water. They hadn't seen him, he was certain, so he had pressed on in his endeavor to get a better view of the cave once they had turned back to their camp. He noted that they had taken a route that lead them over the cave, rather than in front of it. Inevitably, getting a glimpse of the cave meant getting closer to the water in the rifleman's estimation.

And now, squatting on his hams amidst these bushes, he could see the opening where it met the water. As Travis had postulated in one of their previous meetings, and the fishermen on the beach had described, it looks like the entrance is accessible by waterborne craft. Perhaps, and Jake would need to get even closer to know for sure, it would be difficult to enter the cave on foot. For the moment he studied what he could, aware now that the Chinamen traverse this side of the cave and could return at any time.
Jake Richardson
player, 1218 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Thu 20 Oct 2016
at 03:10
  • msg #249

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 248):

Time to head back an' re-join JEB, Jake decided.

Them heathens has got 'em some paterrollers out, an' I don't much care for the odds for tryin' to git closer to the cave. I ain't too damn sure that I could inside that place on foot any damn-way. I'm gonna fold up tents an' maeke my waey back up that trail loop.

Rather than risk being spotted by the heathen patrol when he tried to sneak closer to the cave-mouth -- which might not be accessible on foot any way -- Jake headed back up the trail ...
Judge Messalen
GM, 4440 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 20 Oct 2016
at 10:46
  • msg #250

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 249):

Time passed as Beauregard awaited Richardson's return. He had seen what appeared to be regular activities by the Chinamen below. Some fishing, some resting, some walking about. He did notice that a pair of the celestials had walked south, possibly beyond the cave, but they provided no indication of seeing the rifleman as they did so. For that matter, neither had JEB, even though he had alternated his attention between the Chinese and the trail that Jake had set out on. Finally, the lawman caught sight of Jake ascending back toward the bluff, at nearly the same point at which the rifleman had disappeared on the way down.

So JEB isn't surprised when Jake returns, although he found himself admiring the man's ability to sneak about.

As Jake communicated the details of his reconnaissance, the men realized that they had already used the full hour that the professor had suggested. They would be late in returning to the Albion, but if they were to depart presently, they could make it back within 15 minutes at a brisk walking pace.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1160 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 20 Oct 2016
at 16:45
  • msg #251

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 245):

ENS engages the Chinamen in conversation (in Chinese to make them comfortable), attempting to learn what he can in a friendly way.

10:42, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 10 using 1d20.  Diplomacy.
10:42, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 2 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Diplomacy.

10:41, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 19 using 1d20.  Sense Motive.
10:42, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Sense Motive.


OOC: ENS would like to find out what their role is supposed to be, if they know anything about the expected ship or crew, and what, in general, will be done with the girls (Diplomacy = 12 total). He also tries to detect if they are trying to hide info or outright lying (Sense Motive = 25 total).
Judge Messalen
GM, 4442 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 20 Oct 2016
at 18:08
  • msg #252

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 251):

ENS quickly realizes that there is a single voice among the Chinese; the same man that Coop had spoken to earlier.

The conversation remains courteous throughout. The spokesman, who calls himself Li, takes time to compliment ENS on his proficiency in Mandarin. The professor gets a distinct sense that Mr. Li is being open and honest. Nothing in his mannerisms, speech or the content of his replies gives ENS any reason to suspect attempts to hide information or mislead.

Professor Ringgenberg gleans the following:
  • These men are working for Mr. Xu.
  • Their role is to take the women to safety, in the longboat, once ENS and his men liberate them from the slavers. Mr. Li repeated this during the conversation, stressing that it is what Mr. Xu asked them to do. And that he instructed them to remain here until he arrives, today. They expect him in the next hour or two.
  • They don't know where they will take the women. Only Mr. Xu knows that fact. Li offers his own opinion, which is that he sees no reason to question Mr. Xu's plan; it is important for the safety of the women that the location is kept secret.
  • They don't know anything about the slave ship. Mr. Li repeats: they await Mr. Xu's arrival for further instructions.


EDIT: typos and clarification
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:44, Thu 20 Oct 2016.
Jake Richardson
player, 1219 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Fri 21 Oct 2016
at 16:19
  • msg #253

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

After glancing at the pocket-watch that he had purchased at York & Meyers in The Flats -- it seemed like a very long time ago now -- Jake slipped the timepiece back into his pocket.

"Reckon we oughtta git ourselves a wiggle on, JEB," he remarked to his pard.

"It ain't dig-nified for men uhv our age to run flat-out, but even if'n we set a right brisk pace, I cal-cu-laete that we'll be a mite tardy for meetin' back up with the others."

"No real harm done, though, I reckon. We won't be near as late as Longstreet at Gettysburg."

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1161 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 21 Oct 2016
at 20:06
  • msg #254

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 252):

As their conversation tapers off, ENS bows to Mr. Li.

(in Chinese)Thank you Mr. Li... I'm sure we will be successful in this endeavor!

ENS will relay the info to Travis, Cole, and Coop before pulling out his watch and giving it a glance.

Well, if we have to wait the whole two hours one of us will need to return to the Albion at the hour mark so JEB and Jake won't get worried... I'd like to stay to talk with Mr. Conway and Mr. Xu and I believe Mr. Coopwood needs to stay, how about you gentlemen?

OOC: My post assumes that our group has not gone through as much time as JEB and Jake have.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:07, Fri 21 Oct 2016.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 30 posts
Sat 22 Oct 2016
at 17:04
  • msg #255

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 254):

"My part is to run 'tween 'ere and the Albion as needed," Coop replies to the professor's open question. "Mr. Conway told me to meet him 'ere, but to do whatever you asked otherwise. If you need me to run to find the others, or stick 'round, give the word."
Cole Trayne
player, 1980 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 23 Oct 2016
at 03:43
  • msg #256

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 254):

I'm not rightly sure if Travis and myself will do much more good here, professor. I think we should head back and meet up with the others. So, unless you think otherwise...

Cole starts to leave unless the professor suggests otherwise.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1162 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 23 Oct 2016
at 16:44
  • msg #257

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 256):

ENS nods towards Cole.

Very well Cole, I will return as soon as I have talked with Mr. Conway.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1684 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 23 Oct 2016
at 23:13
  • msg #258

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 253):

I'll at the pace you set.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4445 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 25 Oct 2016
at 11:10
  • msg #259

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis and Cole, the steadfast pards who had a met a dozen years ago after fighting for different sides in the war, make a quiet return to the Albion castle. They arrive before Jake and JEB, who were scouting the Chinese camp to the south. Nothing to do but wait, at least for now. Sunday resumes his position near the window on the third floor, alternating the use of his naked eye and the field glasses in an attempt to spot them.

Meanwhile, the rifleman and the lawman maintain a brisk pace back to the Albion, returning via the high ground same as they set out, in order to avoid the notice of anyone down by the shore. This fact results in Sunday failing to find them until they are within 100 yards of the brewery, upon which he informs Cole that JEB and Jake would arrive soon.

When the four men had reconvened at the Albion, time pieces read 2:50 p.m. Each pair relates to the other the findings of their follow-up reconnaissance to the north and south. It seems that the professor will be waiting another hour or so at the northern camp -- assuming that Mr. Li's estimate holds true. Knowing that and doing a bit of arithmetic, the men figure they won't see the professor before 4 p.m. Meanwhile, the collecting of the posse is scheduled for roughly 5 p.m.

Since the night that Mr. Xu hired the men, time has remained a factor in their calculations. Now, it is an acute consideration. As the hour approaches now 3 p.m., the men mull over their options.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1163 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 25 Oct 2016
at 19:11
  • msg #260

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 259):

His friends having left, ENS walks about the small camp, eventually wandering over to the longboat to get a better look at it and any of its contents.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4446 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 25 Oct 2016
at 21:13
  • msg #261

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 260):

Professor Ringgenberg passes the time amongst Mr. Xu's camp, eventually making his way over to the shoreline, where the longboat remains beached. As he saw before, there is very little cargo, so to speak, inside of the craft. Essentially, a single oarsman's bench is the only occupied part of the boat, with what ENS can now tell for sure are two distinct bundles of cloth. One is clearly a pile of blankets. The other bundle must be clothing, with what appear to be robes, trousers, shirts and the like neatly folded and bound with two wraps of twine.

Just as the professor believes he has satisfied his curiosity, he notices a small sack under the bench. His quick assessment is that he would need to climb into the boat -- or at minimum crane his neck over the edge -- in order to get a better idea of what might be inside the burlap. However, it isn't a large satchel . . . and judging by the shape of it, it seems unlikely to contain anything bulky or pointy. Perhaps more clothes, or foodstuffs or other sundries.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1164 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 27 Oct 2016
at 20:13
  • msg #262

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 261):

ENS will lean over the edge of the boat to get a better look at the satchel, but he'll keep his hands clasped behind his back.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4448 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 28 Oct 2016
at 10:52
  • msg #263

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 262):

Ringgenberg gets a better view of the satchel under the rower's bench. He still cannot see what is inside of it, but his initial assessment seems true enough . . . it is too small soft-sided to contain anything like firearms or tools.
Xu Jie Jing
Fri 28 Oct 2016
at 12:52
  • msg #264

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 263):

The professor had waited patiently for the arrival of Mr. Xu and Mr. Conway. Even so, he could not shake a feeling of anxiousness as the hands of his timepiece reached quarter-past 4 p.m. He had loitered amongst the Chinamen, paced the shoreline and chatted with Coop or Li from time-to-time. Coop, for his part, mostly rested with his back against a flat piece of rock along the shelf where most of the celestials congregated.

Finally, ENS sees two men approaching from the north, towards the camp. He was the first to see them, as their appearance coincided with one of the professor's strolls along the water. After several seconds, as the pair draws closer, ENS recognizes one of them as Mr. Xu, despite his white man's garb, which is in contrast to the fine robes he wore during the meeting arranged by Charles Conway. For that matter, the second man is also dressed like the other celestial rowers here at the the camp. It is decidedly not Conway.

Mr. Xu approaches, nodding slightly to the professor without speaking. He turns towards the shelf and all of the rowers offer a slight bow as they begin to assemble near the Chinese businessman.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1165 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 30 Oct 2016
at 19:11
  • msg #265

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Xu Jie Jing (msg # 264):

ENS approaches the group and bows slightly to Mr. Xu. He waits for Mr. Xu to start the group's conversation.
Xu Jie Jing
Mon 31 Oct 2016
at 16:31
  • msg #266

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 265):

Mr. Xu addresses the group in Mandarin. His comments are concise and to the point. He thanks them all for their service in this noble endeavor, introduces Professor Ringgenberg and summarizes the remaining activities for the day.

He tells the men that the delivery is still expected for this night, after the sun has set. He encourages the men to continue resting until night fall, and then to be prepared to launch the longboat at a moment's notice. He reiterates, without detail, that their task is to collect the women after they are liberated, and deliver the boat to his intended location.

The man with Mr. Xu unwraps a package he was carrying, which contains food and water for the men. Mr. Xu tells them to fortify and enjoy, and then excuses himself, saying that he must speak with the professor. He invites Coop to join in with the others, until he and the professor are ready to give him additional instructions. He then moves towards the shoreline, expecting ENS to follow.

Assuming the professor does follow, Mr. Xu stops near the longboat. He speaks in Mandarin.

"Mr. Conway informed me that you and your men were doing more reconnaissance today. What have you found?"
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1166 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 2 Nov 2016
at 00:58
  • msg #267

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Xu Jie Jing (msg # 266):

Well, we had a look over the camp to the south, it's near a camp of white fishermen who told us the Chinamen arrived yesterday... there's about 15 of them with a couple of skiffs. Frankly, before we found out this camp's nature I thought it was the more likely camp of slavers... with the longboat and all.

There's also a cave a bit further south of them that seems to have water access, but we don't know how far in it goes... do you know anything about it?

This message was last edited by the player at 00:59, Wed 02 Nov 2016.
Xu Jie Jing
Thu 3 Nov 2016
at 01:12
  • msg #268

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 267):

Mr. Xu shakes his head. "No. Although I have heard about tunnels, I do not know anything specific about the cave that you have found." He pauses.

"I can understand why you suspected that my men may have been in cahoots with the slavers. Mr. Conway and I selected this place because it is somewhat hidden and not far from the city. It also provides a decent view of the bay."

"Now, we must discuss the details of the rescue. I assume that you and your men have a plan for liberating the women. My men will be ready to move when needed, to take the women to safety. We must determine how to coordinate our activities. Do you have ideas?"

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1167 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 3 Nov 2016
at 18:18
  • msg #269

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Xu Jie Jing (msg # 268):

Sheriff Beauregard and Mr. Richardson went to scout for shooting positions above the other camp and to hopefully get a better look at that cave... I am not a tactician, but I assume we will come at them from inland once all the women are ashore. It may be hard to tell when that occurs if they are using the skiffs to get the women... several trips may be required, but if the ship uses it's own longboat, it will probably be one trip. Do you have any idea how many women we're talking about here?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4451 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 4 Nov 2016
at 12:34
  • msg #270

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 269):

Mr. Xu remains stoic. "My estimate is two dozen. I have no way to verify that number."

After a brief pause, the Chinese businessman speaks again, while staring out into the water. "Are you certain that the skiffs are few? And that they have no other watercraft?"
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1168 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 7 Nov 2016
at 00:26
  • msg #271

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 270):


None that we saw... unless there's something hidden in the cave. We may have more knowledge of that later... may I ask what the longboat is for? Do you intend to take the women across the bay?
Xu Jie Jing
Mon 7 Nov 2016
at 13:23
  • msg #272

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 271):

The Chinese businessman replies in his constant matter-of-fact tone. "It is best if only I know the destination. Until the time for that event is upon us."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1169 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 8 Nov 2016
at 19:49
  • msg #273

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Xu Jie Jing (msg # 272):

ENS nods at the man.

As you wish, I would point out that if you are out in open water the slaver ship may try to intervene in the rescue... you should be prepared for that.

ENS rubs his chin for a quick moment before continuing.

As I've said, the final planning is yet to be done, but it seems the most straightforward course would be to cut off the gang members from any exit from the shore and separate at least most of them from the women... then your men can come in and try to spirit them away. I assume the longboat will remain out of sight, but there may be a way to get your men much closer while still remaining undetected.

I will need to confer with my associates before we can explore that possibility...

Judge Messalen
GM, 4453 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 9 Nov 2016
at 12:17
  • msg #274

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 273):

"Take Mr. Coopwood with you, and send him back with any updated plans," answers Mr. Xu.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4454 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 9 Nov 2016
at 12:18
  • msg #275

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Back at the Albion, the four men check their time pieces. It is 4:30 p.m. and the professor has yet to return.

JEB knows that it is roughly one-half hour before the time he told the posse that he would collect them.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1170 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 10 Nov 2016
at 21:43
  • msg #276

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 274):

One last thing Mr. Xu, I expected Mr. Conway to have arrived by now... do you know what's keeping him?

14:40, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 10 using 1d20+3.  Sense Motive.
14:41, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 3 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Sense Motive (reroll w/drop).

Total = 13

Xu Jie Jing
Fri 11 Nov 2016
at 00:40
  • msg #277

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 274):

Mr. Xu stares out into the bay.

"I cannot say," he replies.
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:42, Fri 11 Nov 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1171 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 13 Nov 2016
at 18:10
  • msg #278

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Xu Jie Jing (msg # 277):

ENS tilts his head a little.

That can be interpreted in different ways... you do not know? or you will not say? I ask that you be forthright with your information Mr. Xu... after all, my friends and I are the ones putting our lives on the line.
Xu Jie Jing
Sun 13 Nov 2016
at 19:53
  • msg #279

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 278):

"All of us are putting our lives on the line, Professor Ringgenberg. You yourself noted as much when you cautioned me about the the slaver's ship and my longboat's destination. If my role in this were discovered by the Tongs, all of my men would suffer. In this endeavor, no one bears more responsibility than I."

Mr. Xu remains as stoic as ever. "I hide nothing of importance from you. I cannot say what is keeping Mr. Conway."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1172 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 13 Nov 2016
at 22:28
  • msg #280

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Xu Jie Jing (msg # 279):

As you wish Mr. Xu. I'll collect Mr. Coopwood and return to my friends... We'll send him back with word of what we plan to do.

ENS will give a small bow to Mr. Xu and then depart with Coop unless Mr. Xu has more to say.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4455 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 14 Nov 2016
at 22:38
  • msg #281

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 280):

Having nothing to add, Mr. Xu simply nods.

ENS and Coop hasten their return to the Albion. The professor arrives to find the other four men still awaiting his arrival. They all take note of the time, which is now 4:50 p.m. JEB is scheduled to collect the posse in mere minutes, at least based on the instructions he gave them the night before. As it stands, he is likely to be a few minutes late, even if he were to depart immediately for the ranch.

--------------------

OOC: The Judge will be waiting for players to carry on conversation or state actions as desired. The Judge won't move on until the PCs have stated their actions. It is roughly two hours until sundown.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1173 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 16 Nov 2016
at 01:19
  • msg #282

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 281):

ENS fills in the group on his conversation with Mr. Xu, then finishes up.

Mr. Conway never showed while I was there... I get the distinct feeling that something else is going on between Mr. Conway and Mr. Xu, I don't think he's lying to us, just leaving something out. Do you have any insight into this Mr. Coopwood?
Alfred Coopwood
player, 30 posts
Wed 16 Nov 2016
at 12:20
  • msg #283

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 282):

"Not me. I saw Mr. Conway 'fore I came here. Just after he left the cathedral. He gave me marchin' orders and here I am."
This message was last updated by the GM at 12:20, Wed 16 Nov 2016.
Travis Sunday
player, 2696 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 17 Nov 2016
at 01:09
  • msg #284

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 281):

Travis awaits his orders.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1174 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 19 Nov 2016
at 22:14
  • msg #285

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 283):

ENS nods.

Hmmm, I have wondered why Mr. Xu has suddenly taken an interest in this cause, and why he was so adamant that we make the timing for this event...

My best guess would be that he somehow found out that a relative of his is in this group, and perhaps he has engaged Mr. Conway in special handling of this person.


ENS pauses a moment.

But that is just speculation and not really relevant to the task at hand... given what we know, what is our best course of action to accomplish this task gentlemen? As an overview, I would propose that we set ourselves up to cut off their exits from the beach and while they deal with that, maybe another group can come in from the side to rescue the women... perhaps from the other fishermen's camp? That seems logical to me, but I'm no tactician so I defer to you all.
Travis Sunday
player, 2697 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 01:02
  • msg #286

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 285):

Do you believe the women will be kept at their point of disembarkation until all of them are all ashore?
Cole Trayne
player, 1981 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 03:12
  • msg #287

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

One way or the other, today is the day. I expect we need to get Luke and the boys. As it is, we are already late. I'll go and fetch them while y'all work out the details.

The wrangler pauses a moment, clearing something is on his mind.

Unless y'all have any objections, I'm thinking it might be a good idea to bring a few horses back with us, in case some of us are needed to react right quick when the shootin' starts?
James E. Beauregard
player, 1685 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 03:39
  • msg #288

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 281):

JEB announces the time is now to meet the posse and departs immediately, traveling as fast as practicable.
Jake Richardson
player, 1220 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 04:58
  • msg #289

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

"I do bee-lieve that your idea 'bout the horses is a good 'un, Cole," Jake replied to the wrangler with a nod. "I don't feel con-fiedent that we got the Heathens' operaeshunn all figured out, so we need to be able to adjust on the fly if'n they do sumpthin' that we ain't expectin'."

"An' your thoughts is pretty much the same as mine, ENS. I'm thinkin' that we oughtta have some folks up on the bluffs with long-arms to keep 'em under fire an' try an' inter-rupt their plan, an' a group to close in an' grab the wimmin awaey from 'em."

"I'd normally say that I'd take me a poezishunn up on the bluff, but I don't know whether them boys that JEB re-cruited has got the sand for the close-in work. So I'm athinkin' that we oughtta put 'em up high, whaere it'll be less dangerous, an' we five oughtta be the ones doin' the close-in work."

"I don't know as I can trust them others to stick with it if'n things get hot, but I ain't got no such concerns 'bout ridin' the river with y'all."

Cole Trayne
player, 1982 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 22 Nov 2016
at 04:12
  • msg #290

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 289):

Cole nods in Jake's general direction, as he turns to keep up with JEB.

Reckon four or so horses, give or take, ought to do nicely.

The wrangler moves to keep pace with the lawman.
Travis Sunday
player, 2698 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 22 Nov 2016
at 15:30
  • msg #291

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 289):

I'll work in close. It won't be a problem.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4457 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 22 Nov 2016
at 22:12
  • msg #292

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 290):

Beauregard and Trayne make haste westward, towards the ranch where they had recruited Barnes, Hadden and the other ranch hands. When they reach the barn, they find the posse waiting for their arrival.

OOC: It's up to the players as to the level of RP here. Feel free to engage in conversation, or post narrative to cut to the chase, as desired. The Judge has provided combat-related stats to JEB for the 6 men (Barnes, Luke Hadden, Fritz, Lyman, James, Peter).
Jake Richardson
player, 1221 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Wed 23 Nov 2016
at 00:21
  • msg #293

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 291):

"Naw, not for you, I don't reckon," Jake replied, flashing the man from Michigan a quick smile.


"Reckon the folks on the receivin' end might not like it so much, though."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1175 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 23 Nov 2016
at 15:01
  • msg #294

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 293):

I suspect they'll wait until all the women are ashore before trying to move them inland, but that's just a guess... we'll have to keep on our toes!

ENS rubs his chin

We should go and speak to the fishermen's camp near the Chinese. If they will let us mingle with them until the event, we'd be in a good position for the side attack I think... maybe some of them would even join in? It would also be helpful if Mr. Xu's men could be there to collect the women quicker.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:02, Wed 23 Nov 2016.
Jake Richardson
player, 1222 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Sat 26 Nov 2016
at 02:40
  • msg #295

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 294):

"I ain't so sure 'bout askin' permiss-shunn, Perfesser," Jake replied, stroking his chin-whiskers thoughtfully. "I mean, what're we gonna do if the fishermen turn us down, an' say that they don't want no part of it, don't want us comin' nowhaere near to 'em?"

"Seems to me that we oughtta be like Sherman's bummers marchin' though Jawja. Did they ask, 'Ma'am, do you mind if'n we rape yer livestock an' burn down yer house?' afore they done it?"

"Waal -- maybe not that bad. But it seems to me that we oughtta just go 'bout our bizness without sayin' nuthin, an' tell the fishermen that it son't concern them, an' to mind to their own doin's if'n they get too damned nosey."

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1176 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 02:19
  • msg #296

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 295):

Perhaps, but we'd have to gather on the side closest to the Chinese don't you think? And if the fishermen raised a fuss it might draw undue attention.
Travis Sunday
player, 2699 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 13:18
  • msg #297

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 296):

Then again a few well heeled men might deter a fuss.
Jake Richardson
player, 1223 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Mon 28 Nov 2016
at 17:23
  • msg #298

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 297):

Jake smiled at Travis's comment.

Turning to ENS, he said, "In my oh-pinyon, Travis has the right uhv it."

"I reckon that out here in the west, men are less inclined to poke their noses into other folks' bizness than what you're used to back east."

"Mayhaps that's 'cause most uhv us out here have things that we're tryin' to leave behind us or for-git, for one reason or another. That's a large reason why some of us caeme west to begin with -- we was a-lookin' for a new start."

"Any ways, most folks out here respect that un-written rule, an' don't push too hard into another man's bizness."


The Texan smiled again. "An' like Travis said, it don't hurt none that we'll all be well-heeled an' loaded for bear."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1177 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 28 Nov 2016
at 19:11
  • msg #299

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 298):

I understand Jake, and you're probably right... but we shouldn't advertise our weaponry too much; if the Chinese camp sees a group of well-armed men it may spook them.

Regardless, if we're in agreement on the basic strategy then we should work out who of us will be near the camp and who will be inland. At least one of us should be with the other men up on the bluffs, but I guess we'll have to wait to see how many men JEB and Cole return with before we get the final count... How many men do you two think would need to be up on the bluffs with longarms in order to prevent the Chinese exiting?

Cole Trayne
player, 1983 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 29 Nov 2016
at 04:13
  • msg #300

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 292):

Cole immediately approaches Luke.

Luke, you or some of these boys have some horses to bring with? I'm thinking 2-3 might be might nice...
Luke Hadden
Tue 29 Nov 2016
at 17:47
  • msg #301

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 300):

"Nae me, pard. Cannae afford sech a luxury. Ye should ask Barnes."
Jake Richardson
player, 1224 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Tue 29 Nov 2016
at 23:14
  • msg #302

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 299):

Jake shrugged his shoulders at ENS's question. "Hard to say, Perfesser. We may not be able to hold 'em on the beach if'n they break an' run for the cover uhv that cave as soon as the firin' begins."

"I know that if'n I was caught out in the open like them Heathens is gonna be, with men firin' down on me from an ad-van-tageuss poe-zishunn, I'd most likely try an' find some cover my own-damnself."

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1178 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 30 Nov 2016
at 22:07
  • msg #303

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 302):

Hmmm, I would think trying to drag already frightened women towards gunfire would be difficult...

But I guess we should have a plan for if they try to collect the women near the cave opening as they're coming ashore... I suppose to prevent the Chinese from getting them into the cave, some of the men on the bluff should be prepared to descend and block the cave entrance?

Jake Richardson
player, 1225 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Thu 1 Dec 2016
at 22:23
  • msg #304

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 303):

"I s'pose that' one opshunn," Jake agreed.

"But like I been sayin', I don't know if'n them boys that JEB has re-cruited has got the sand to stand in close against them highbinders an' their axes."

"Might be that we'll have to go into that cave an' bring the wimmin out, if'n we cain't keep the Heathens out."

"Leastways, that's sumpthin' that we at least got to be ready for. Hard to say 'zackly what's gonna happen, once the lead starts flyin'."

Cole Trayne
player, 1984 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 2 Dec 2016
at 04:39
  • msg #305

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Luke Hadden (msg # 301):

Cole casts his eyes among all the recruits.

None of y'all can get your hands on a horse, then?
John Barnes
Fri 2 Dec 2016
at 11:10
  • msg #306

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 305):

All of the hands look to John Barnes. The gaunt foreman addresses Trayne.

"Our employer has a small remuda. None of us owns a kid, not himself. If you had asked earlier, Trayne, I might have had time to make some arrangements."

He continues, after a momentary pause. "Each of us here, we are putting our lives on the line. That is our choice. But I cannot take another man's horse without his permission . . . especially if it means that kid would be put at risk. Certainly, you can understand that."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1179 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 2 Dec 2016
at 21:37
  • msg #307

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 304):

ENS nods.

Well, I suppose we'll just have to wait until the Sheriff and Cole get back before deciding who will go where.
Cole Trayne
player, 1985 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 5 Dec 2016
at 02:27
  • msg #308

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to John Barnes (msg # 306):

The wrangler rubs his chin and inclines his head towards Barnes and the rest of the boys.

I rightly understand where you're comin' from. And me, JEB and the boys surely appreciate y'all joining up. I just figured it wouldn't hurt to see if any horses could be had. In fact, I can go and get Bess.

Cole then glances in JEB's direction.

Jeb, you think Travis might get his back up if we go and get Horse? Two might be enough. Reckon I should have asked him before we left...
Judge Messalen
GM, 4460 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 6 Dec 2016
at 13:29
  • msg #309

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 307):

As the conversation among the men at the Albion had ebbed, they waited for the return of their pards. In fact, the wait seemed to pass quickly as the sun continued its inevitable descent; JEB returned, just before 6 p.m., with the posse of ranch hands that he and Cole had assembled the night before. Cole would join them soon, after he had fetched the mounts.

In total, six men had agreed to serve the lawman from Missouri. It seemed clear to the experienced trailblazers, among whom was counted the easterner Ringgenberg, that these six were ordinary men. Men of integrity and grit, to be sure, but not seasoned gun-hands. After introductions, discussions about where to deploy the six, as well as their ownselves, resumes among those gathered.

Three of posse, Lyman, Fritz, and James appeared the youngest. Their slender, sun-tanned frames spoke of men who worked regularly in the out of doors. All three looked like they could ride out a bad storm if the need be. More muscular than the other two, James held a Loomis in the crook of his left arm and sported a Starr in a hip holster. Lyman had an old Colt Dragoon shoved into his belt, with a single-chamber Sharps rifle in his right hand. Friz wore a Colt on one hip and a large hunting knife on the other.

Luke and Peter had the air of some seasoning. A bit older than the other three hands, a bit more life experience under their belts, perhaps. Peter carried a Schofield, sans holster. Luke held a Sharps Carbine, with a holstered Colt on his hip.

Barnes, the ranch foreman, was definitely the oldest. His gaunt frame could make a man think of weakness, but his demeanor indicated a man capable of leading others -- and taking care of himself. Clearly, the other hands deferred to Barnes whenever something needed to be said for the group. His weapon of choice also spoke of his place in the pecking order--a shiny, well-kept Winchester '73. Barnes also wore a holstered Colt.

EDIT: further clarifications
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:59, Wed 07 Dec 2016.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1686 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 7 Dec 2016
at 03:50
  • msg #310

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 309):

JEB offered his shotgun to Peter,

"Here kid, you might need the extra powder."

Cole Trayne
player, 1986 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 7 Dec 2016
at 04:22
  • msg #311

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole quickly returns to the barn to pick up the horses. Upon arriving, he immediately moves to saddle Bess and Horse while looking about to find the stable owner.

Hey, is anyone here?!
Judge Messalen
GM, 4461 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 7 Dec 2016
at 13:03
  • msg #312

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 311):

A young feller, barely old enough to shave, responds from the loft above. He recognizes Cole.

"You takin' Bess, Mr. Trayne?"
Judge Messalen
GM, 4462 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 7 Dec 2016
at 13:15
  • msg #313

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 310):

The hand named Peter touches the brim of his cowboy hat as he accepts the Remington. "Shells?" he asks, in a respectful tone, breaking the scattergun at the breach and inspecting the single chamber.

Peter's reaction sends a signal: these men have come to terms with the possibility of danger, even loss of their own lives, in this affair.  Whether they stand their ground when the shooting starts is a question no one can answer in the comfort of Albion castle.

They await orders from JEB and his pards.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1180 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 7 Dec 2016
at 19:39
  • msg #314

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 313):

At some point during their wait, ENS uses binoculars to look out over the bay to see if he can determine if any ships are approaching. Other than that, he double-checks his medical kit and the poison antidote bottles, stating at one point (to no one in particular): We should stage a triage downstairs before we go... I'd hate to have to haul a wounded man up those stairs!

Once JEB arrives (and presumably catches them up on Cole) he briefly describes their previous discussions on plans (i.e., a longarm group on the inland bluffs and the rest setting up near the white fishermen's camp).

What do you think Sheriff?
Cole Trayne
player, 1987 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 8 Dec 2016
at 03:01
  • msg #315

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 312):

The wrangler responds while saddling the horses.

Yes indeed, young man. Could use a hand, in fact, as I got two horses to saddle. Would go quicker with a little help?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4463 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 8 Dec 2016
at 12:11
  • msg #316

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 315):

The youth disappears from the edge of the loft, reappearing a few moments later, climbing down a ladder from the loft to the ground floor of the barn. Cole remembers the boy as he approaches to help with the saddling of the mounts.

Thomas, as Cole now remembers his name, speaks as he helps Trayne. "Seems like yer in a hurry. Mind iffin' I ask why?"
Jake Richardson
player, 1226 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Fri 9 Dec 2016
at 14:45
  • msg #317

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 314):

Jake pursed his lips and looked a little puzzled at some of ENS's comments.

"You'll have to go a mite slow in this one for my sake, Perfesser. I ain't got yer book-learnin', but I'm your huckleberry when it comes to pickin' up new thaings."

"So, tell me -- what's a tree-ahhje?"


Edit: Changed the wording a bit, but not the substance.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:18, Fri 09 Dec 2016.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1181 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 9 Dec 2016
at 17:30
  • msg #318

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 317):

ENS looks up momentarily from his work.

A place where wounded men are gathered for medical assessment and emergency treatment... you must have never been seriously wounded during your time in the war Jake.
Jake Richardson
player, 1227 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Sun 11 Dec 2016
at 16:07
  • msg #319

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 318):

"Took pretty sick a couple o' times, but I was always able to fight through it," Jake replied to ENS's observation.

"I don't know 'bout the Yankees, but  oh-ver the course o' the War, I do bee-leeve that us Rebs lost more men to illness than in battle."

"So no, I don't reckon that I ever went to the saw-bones' tent -- not on account uhv my ownsaelf, any way. If'n I had, I reckon that I'd be missin' an arm or a laig."

James E. Beauregard
player, 1687 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 11 Dec 2016
at 17:41
  • msg #320

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 313):

JEB hands over all his shells to the shotgun and pats the cowboy on the shoulder.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1183 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 11 Dec 2016
at 19:22
  • msg #321

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 319):

ENS grins at Jake.

Well I'm glad for that Jake!
Cole Trayne
player, 1988 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 11 Dec 2016
at 22:59
  • msg #322

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 316):

As Cole continues to ready the mounts, he motions for the young'un to saddle Bess. In the meanwhile, Cole readies Horse.

Long story, and no time to tell.

Where is the boss? I might be able to use one more mount. Are there any to be rented?

Judge Messalen
GM, 4465 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 12 Dec 2016
at 14:19
  • msg #323

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 322):

"The boss is at home, I reckon, on a Sunday evening. He left me to see to things. I can let you borrow a gelding, seein' as you are a respected customer, Mr. Trayne. You could even take my saddle, iffin' you need it."
James E. Beauregard
player, 1688 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 13 Dec 2016
at 03:45
  • msg #324

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 314):

It's a good plan. Me, Jake and anyone else with a rifle will occupy the bluffs. The rest can gather at the camp. We need to see how many horses Cole brings. Riders will stay hidden perhaps behind the bluffs as reserves.
Cole Trayne
player, 1989 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 14 Dec 2016
at 03:56
  • msg #325

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 323):

That's mighty good of you, Thomas. I believe I'll take you up on your offer. And don't worry, I'll pay you a right proper fee for the loan.

Now, let's get to saddling up these horses. Time's a waste'in.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1185 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 15 Dec 2016
at 22:03
  • msg #326

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 324):

Very well, sounds like we're more or less in agreement then!

He turns to Coop.

Mr. Coopwood, I believe this is a good time for you to return to the other camp and report what we've decided. I also believe that the men from that camp could join us at the fishermen's camp in order to be closer to that action. It would be good for you to get any updates to their plans and then return here to let us know. Hopefully we'll have worked out any needed details by the time you get back.

ENS looks around the room.

Is there anything else that anyone wants to pass along or ask of the other group?
Alfred Coopwood
player, 31 posts
Fri 16 Dec 2016
at 17:45
  • msg #327

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 326):

Nodding his head to acknowledge the professor's instructions, Coop glances at the other men and awaits their responses, if in fact any of the men have additional thoughts about what he should relay to Mr. Xu's camp.
Jake Richardson
player, 1228 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 00:07
  • msg #328

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 327):

"Shoot straight, gentlemen," Jake added, glancing around at the men in the room.
Cole Trayne
player, 1990 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 18 Dec 2016
at 03:05
  • msg #329

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

As soon as the horses are properly saddled, Cole will gather up their reins and proceed to lead them out of the barn.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4467 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 19 Dec 2016
at 13:37
  • msg #330

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 328):

Hearing nothing more from the other men, Alfred Coopwood departs the Albion, following the orders of Professor Ringgenberg.

Some ten minutes later, Cole Trayne returns to the Albion with Bess, Horse, and a gelding. The castle's guard dogs make a ruckus at the approach of the mounts, but they calm down when Edgar recognizes Trayne and commands the hounds to quiet -- or at least to cease the barking.

Cole's pards hear the dogs alerting them to the wrangler's arrival. From their room, they see Trayne interacting with Edgar.

It is 6:40 p.m. Sunset creeps near.
Cole Trayne
player, 1991 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 03:58
  • msg #331

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 330):

Cole nods towards Edgar, silently thanking him for handling his hounds.

He pauses a moment, looking about for a hitchin' post.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1186 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 19:23
  • msg #332

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 330):

Hearing that Cole has arrived, ENS closes up his medical kit and picks it up.

Well gentlemen, shall we join Cole downstairs? It's getting crowded up here!
Jake Richardson
player, 1229 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 15:50
  • msg #333

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 332):

"Works for me, Perfesser," Jake replied with a nod.
Cole Trayne
player, 1992 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 22 Dec 2016
at 04:20
  • msg #334

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

After finding a spot to secure the horses, Cole turns to meet his friends.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4468 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 22 Dec 2016
at 13:45
  • msg #335

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Having secured the horses, Cole Trayne heads towards the castle entrance, as his pards descend from the top floor to meet him.

All told, eleven men fill the lower chamber of the castle. The hand named Lyman strikes a match and lights a candle, giving the room dim lighting as the sunlight recedes.

For some moments, all are silent. The professor gets the feeling that eyes are falling upon him.
Travis Sunday
player, 2702 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 23 Dec 2016
at 21:54
  • msg #336

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 335):

Travis eyes the Professor.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1187 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 26 Dec 2016
at 04:26
  • msg #337

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 335):

ENS sets his kit in the corner and turns to the others. Seeing all eyes on him, he clears his throat nervously and then lays out the general plan once more.

So it comes to the final tally gentlemen... who will be on the bluffs above the cave and who will be on the beach? Since I can't use a longarm well, I'll be on the beach.
Travis Sunday
player, 2703 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 28 Dec 2016
at 22:03
  • msg #338

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 337):

Professor you can't use a hogleg either.  Why don't we call you the reserves?

I'll be on the beach.

Cole Trayne
player, 1993 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 04:15
  • msg #339

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 337):

Me and two men will be on horseback. Any volunteers?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4469 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 15:59
  • msg #340

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 339):

OOC: The Judge doesn't recall anything in the Professor's plan regarding the positions or movement of mounted riders.

Of course, it isn't a problem and the PCs may do as they wish; however, the judge needs to know where everyone is, and what they are doing, including the placement of horses. So Cole and possibly others are mounted, the Judge needs to know where they are located (or where they are riding, if they intend to move about), as an element of the set-up.

Additionally, while there was general discussion about the positioning of men, the Judge requires an explicit roster and location for each and every man, including where amongst the bluffs anyone might take position. The Judge identified 3 distinct positions that would serve the PCs plans, during the scene where JEB and Jake scouted the high ground above the beach and the cave.

Positions can be labeled as follows:

Beach (assumes at/near the fishermen's camp)
Low Bluff
Middle Bluff
High Bluff

If any other location is used, please specify. If horses are being ridden, please specify the area (boundries) where the men ride during the watch for the slave ship.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:01, Thu 29 Dec 2016.
Jake Richardson
player, 1230 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Fri 30 Dec 2016
at 00:50
  • msg #341

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake grinned at Cole. "I can ride middlin' fair, but I'm prob'ly better with a long-arm -- so I'll take the bluffs, I s'pose."

"Hell, I figure Travis'll have things under control down on the beach, so's I can just settle in an' enjoy a chaw."


OOC:

Judge, I recall your mentioning the pros and cons of the three positions up on the bluffs. Do you have the number of that Message in your notes? If not, I'll scroll back until I find it. Thanks!

Judge Messalen
GM, 4470 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 30 Dec 2016
at 15:52
  • msg #342

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake Richardson:
OOC:
Judge, I recall your mentioning the pros and cons of the three positions up on the bluffs. Do you have the number of that Message in your notes? If not, I'll scroll back until I find it. Thanks!

OOC: It is msg 236 in this chapter.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1189 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 30 Dec 2016
at 17:31
  • msg #343

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 338):

ENS looks over to Travis with a grin.

I thank you for your concern Travis, but I can hold my own... and I think we'll need every gun we can get! I'll stand with you on the beach.
Travis Sunday
player, 2705 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 31 Dec 2016
at 21:48
  • msg #344

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 343):

Travis touches his brim in surrender.

Suit yourself.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4471 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 13:20
  • msg #345

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 340):

The Judge is waiting for the PCs to state their positions. Travis and ENS have stated the beach, which is sufficient, but JEB, Jake and Cole haven't provided explicit enough positions, yet.

Placement of the posse members is also required, especially in regard to which men are in the bluffs (and which Bluff as per msg 340).
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:24, Mon 02 Jan 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1232 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 23:04
  • msg #346

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 345):

OOC: Per the positions discussed in Msg. #236, Jake will choose the middle position -- twice the range of the closest firing position, but with good cover, and accordingly no chance of being spotted while moving into position.

Edit: It's probably not necessary, But I edited to add the OOC reference and text coloring. :)
This message was last edited by the player at 16:22, Wed 04 Jan 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1191 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 00:26
  • msg #347

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 346):

As the men speak, ENS moves to a seaward facing window (or doorway, if necessary) and scans the water with his field glasses. While looking he keeps an ear towards the conversation.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4475 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 9 Jan 2017
at 13:32
  • msg #348

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 347):

The professor's eyes adjust to the diminishing sunlight. There isn't much activity in the water at this time. It is 7 p.m. Darkness falls across the bay.

------------------

OOC: As per OOC forum post, attempting to move on even if things go slowly. The Judge asks for ENS to state position(s) for everyone the next time he logs in, for any PCs who haven't given explicit indication themselves. The Judge will also need to know at what time the PCs move to their positions.

So far we know:

Beach: Travis, ENS
Low Bluff: none
Middle Bluff: Jake
High Bluff: none
Horseback (position or route unknown): Cole

JEB will be in the bluffs, but he hasn’t stated which of three locations. Posse members having long arms with decent range are: Lyman, Sharps Rifle; Luke, Sharps Carbine; and Barnes, Winchester. They need to be specifically placed.

To recap the rest of the posse: Peter has JEB’s shotgun, and James has a Loomis, but the range on those scatterguns is no better than a hand gun. Fritz has a Colt.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:33, Mon 09 Jan 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1690 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 10 Jan 2017
at 03:01
  • msg #349

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 348):

JEB takes the low bluff.
Cole Trayne
player, 1994 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 10 Jan 2017
at 05:25
  • msg #350

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun


I'll take the horses and hide them behind the high bluffs, like JEB said. As soon as the action starts, we'll come fast.

Luke, you're with me.


He glances at the other members of the posse.

I can use one more man on horseback?
John Barnes
Tue 10 Jan 2017
at 12:00
  • msg #351

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 350):

"Tell us who you want, Trayne, answers Barnes, again speaking for his hands. "We are here to serve."

--------------------

OOC: These members of the posse are under the control of the PCs. The Judge prefers that the PCs give them assignments and then they will follow their orders. As noted in the OOC forum, the Judge doesn't want to play any of the PC party members, including the posse, during the battle. As JEB hasn't made any specific assignments, yet, it will fall to ENS to designate the posse members to their positions, assuming no one else does it before the Professor logs in again. If one of them is assigned to ride with Cole, then it probably makes sense for Cole to control that rider's movement, actions, combat rolls. Likewise, for any posse member assigned to a position on the bluffs with a PC, that PC could control that NPC's actions and rolls. The Judge provided battle stats for all 6 of the posse, to JEB in PM. If helpful -- and JEB agrees -- the Judge will post that same information publicly.

As for the position of Cole and the horses, the Judge will note that "coming fast" is a relative term. The high bluff doesn't provide easy access to the beach and cave area; really none of the bluffs provide easy access, while the sloping terrain is negotiable, it isn't easy, or fast, on foot or horseback. Riding straight down will be hazardous to the mounts. The most viable path would be to ride back to the north (towards the Albion) for a short time and then down to the beach along a less dramatic slope. There is nothing inherently wrong with the high bluff position, the Judge simply wants to set a clear expectation in regard to moving from that position, down to the beach, and the time it might take to do so. Obviously, horses are faster than humans, but the path downward from the high bluff is indirect. And based on Jake's scouting of the cave from the southern side, that is passable to horses, but any safe route would require some slow going along what begins as a foot-path down the ridges until it connects with  the rocky terrain on the southern side of the cave, a short ways off the map.

See the preliminary game map. The area of beach where the "white men's" camp resides is just off the north edge of the map further up the beach.

Edits: Fixing a few unclear statements, typos, missing words. And elaborating.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:32, Tue 10 Jan 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1691 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 11 Jan 2017
at 01:06
  • msg #352

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to John Barnes (msg # 351):

OOC: post posse stats publicly.
Cole Trayne
player, 1995 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 11 Jan 2017
at 03:16
  • msg #353

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

After pausing a moment, for a volunteer. Cole decides to make the call, himself.

Fritz, you're with me and Luke. I don't want to take any more rifles from the group. Jake might want to have one or two more rifles with him.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4476 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 11 Jan 2017
at 11:55
  • msg #354

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: Here are the stats for the posse. Combat stats for melee & ranged weapons already include ability bonuses and BAB.

(2) 1st level ordinary Tough (Fritz, Lyman)
Lyman
S: 12 +1  D: 8 -1   C: 15 +2   I: 10 +0   W: 14 +2  Ch: 13 +1
Grit: 7   MDT: 15   Init: -1   Def: 10   BAB: +0 (+1 melee; -1 ranged)
Fort: +3  Ref: -1  Will: +2
Feats: Simple, Personal Firearms

Fist +1 (1d3 +1 non-lethal)
Colt Dragoon +2 (2d6, range 40 ft; 6 loaded; 6 in extra cartridge, reload 4 rounds)
Sharps Rifle+2 (2d8; range 90 ft; 1 loaded shot, reload 1 round; 9 loose rounds)
Knife +1 (1d4 +1)

Fritz
S: 12 +1   D: 15 +2   C: 14 +2   I: 10 +0   W: 13 +1   Ch: 8 -1
Grit: 8   MDT: 14   Init:  +2   Def: 13   BAB: +0 (+1 melee; +2 ranged)
Fort: +3  Ref: +2   Will: +1
Feats: Simple, Personal Firearms

Fist +1 (1d3 +1 non-lethal)
Colt New Model Army Revolver +2 (2d6, range 30 ft; 6 loaded; 1 loaded cylinder, reload 4 rounds ; 3 loose rounds, reload 3 rounds per bullet)
Bowie Knife +1 (1d4 +1)

——————————

(1) 1st level ordinary Strong
James
S: 15 +2   D: 13 +1   C: 14 +2   I: 8 -1   W: 10 +0   Ch: 12 +1
Grit: 8   MDT: 14   Init: +2   Def: 12   BAB: +1 (+3 melee; +2 ranged)
Fort: +3    Ref: +1   Will: +0
Feats: Simple, Personal Firearms

Fist +3 (1d6 +2 non-lethal)
Starr Army Revolver +2 (2d6, range 30 ft; 1 extra loaded cylinder (reload 4r); 6 loose rounds, reload 3 rounds per bullet)
Loomis Side-by-Side +2 (2d6; range 20 ft; 8 shots (reload 6r per shell)

——————————

(2) 2nd level ordinary Tough (Luke and Peter)
Peter
S: 12 +1   D: 13 +1   C: 15 +2   I: 10 +0   W: 14 +2   Ch: 8 -1
Grit: 13   MDT: 15   Init: +1   Def: 13   BAB: +1  (+2 melee, +2 ranged)
Fort +4   Ref +1   Will +1
Feats: Simple, Personal Firearms

Fist +2 (1d3 +1 non-lethal)
Schofield +2 (2d6, range 30 ft; 6 loaded (reload 1r); 12 loose rounds)
Club +2 (1d6 +1)
JEB's Remington Single Barrel +2 (2d8, range 30 ft; 1 loaded (reload 1r); 19 loose rounds)

Luke
S: 12 +1   D: 14 +2   C: 15 +2   I: 10 +0   W: 8 -1   Ch: 13 +1
Grit: 13   MDT: 15   Init: +2    Def: 14   BAB: +1 (+2 melee, +3 ranged)
Fort: +4   Ref: +2   Will: -1
Feats: Simple, Personal Firearms

Colt New Model Navy +4 (2d4, range 30 ft; 6 loaded; 6 in extra cylinder, reload 4 rounds) (includes weapon +1)
Sharps Carbine +2 (2d8; range 80 ft; 1 loaded (reload 1r); 9 loose rounds)
Bowie Knife +2 (1d4 +1)

————————

(1) 3rd level ordinary Tough
Barnes
S: 8 -1   D: 10 +0   C: 15 +2   I: 12 +1   W: 13 +1   Ch: 14 +2
Grit: 24   MDT: 15   Init: +0    Def: +2   BAB: +2 (+1 melee; +2 ranged)
Fort: +4   Ref: +1   Will: +2
Feats: Simple, Personal Firearms, Toughness

Colt New Model Army +2 (2d6, range 30 ft; 6 loaded; 1 loaded cylinder, reload 4r; 3 loose rounds, reload 3 rounds per bullet)
Winchester 73 +2 (2d8, range 70 ft; 17 loaded; 6 loose rounds, reload all 6 in 1 round)
Knife (1d4 -1)
Judge Messalen
GM, 4478 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 11 Jan 2017
at 12:13
  • msg #355

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 348):

OOC: Updated positions. Four posse members still need assignment.

Beach: Travis, ENS
Low Bluff: JEB
Middle Bluff: Jake
High Bluff: Cole, Luke, Fritz (with 3 horses)
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1193 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 11 Jan 2017
at 23:25
  • msg #356

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 355):

ENS turns away from the window and faces the men in the room.

Sounds like almost everyone is accounted for... Barnes, why don't you join Jake and the sheriff on the bluffs... take the high one. The rest of you men will join Travis and I on the beach.

He rubs his chin for a moment in thought.

Cole, I wonder if it would be better if you men on horseback go to the beach south of the cave, taking the long way behind the bluffs. If you stay out of site until the shooting starts you could then ride in to cut off access to the cave and open another attack flank... what do you think?
Cole Trayne
player, 1996 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 12 Jan 2017
at 04:32
  • msg #357

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 356):

A barely detectable expression of disappointment momentarily appears on the Wrangler's face. After a few moments, he shrugs.

Well, I reckon me and the boys could do that. I gotta say though, I was looking forward to ridin' down that there high bluff.
Travis Sunday
player, 2707 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 12 Jan 2017
at 23:01
  • msg #358

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Abilities: Str 10 (+0), Dex 18 (+3), Con 12 (+1),Int 14 (+2), Wis 10 (+0), Cha 15 (+2)
Initiative: +11 (+4 dex, +1 GL, +1 Double Action, +4 imp init, +1 Hair Trigger)
Speed: 30 ft.
Base Attack Bonus: +4/+3
Action Points: 26 (last update 9 April)
**Defense: +23, touch +23, flat-footed +23 (+10, +4, +8, +1 dodge)
Saving Throws: Fort +4, Ref +9, Will +4
MDT: 15 (12 +3 IDT)

Attacks:
Fists +8 (1d3 nonlethal; Crit: 20)
Starr +15  (+7 BaB, +4 dex, -1 double action; +1/+1 inside 30 ft,+3 Masterwork, +1 Weapon Focus) (2d6; Crit: 20; Range: 30 ft; Ammo: 44P)
Spencer Carbine +13 (+7 BAB, +4 Dex, +2 Custom Sights) (2d10, crit 20, Range 70 ft, ammo .52R)
Remington Double Derringer: +11 (+4 dex, +7 BAB)(2d6, crit 20, range 10 ft, ammo .41R)
Knife  +4 (1d4P; Crit 19-20; Range 10ft)

Feats (# is level acquired)
Simple Weapons Proficiency (1)
Point Blank Shot (1)
Improved Initiative (1)
Personal Firearms Proficiency (0)
Quickdraw (3)
Defensive Riding (4)
Double Tap (2)
Improved MDT (6)
Quick Reload (7)
Heroic Surge (9)
Dodge (9)
Jake Richardson
player, 1234 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Fri 13 Jan 2017
at 00:11
  • msg #359

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake glanced at ENS and Cloe as the two discussed having a mounted patrol on the south side of the cave.

"If'n you chose to try that, you'll have to be mighty careful not to git spotted by the heathens, Cole."

"A mite earlier I took me a little look-see on that side of the cave, an' found that they got 'em a two-man pah-trol walkin' 'round the cave -- I reckon them paterollers might spot men on horseback. I was one man afoot, an' I still shied away from gittin' too close, for fear uhv tippin' 'em off that sumpthin' was up."

"Whilst I was thaere, I noticed that boats can most likely go into the cave. Don't know if'n that'll in-fluence what ye're thinkin' uhv doin'."

Cole Trayne
player, 1997 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 13 Jan 2017
at 03:35
  • msg #360

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 359):

Cole gives Jake a curious look, then returns his gaze to the professor.

There ain't no place to stay out of sight south of the beach, but still within gunshot hearin' range?
Jake Richardson
player, 1235 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:19
Fri 13 Jan 2017
at 14:34
  • msg #361

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 360):

Jake chuckled at Cole's way of putting things. "Waal now -- hold on a second. Gunshot-hearin' range is a mighty longish way."

"Sure, I 'spect that you can find some cover that'll serve within that kinda range. All's I'm sayin' is that you cain't 'spect to git real close -- not with horses, an' with them heathens doin' their paterollin'. An' at least part of that time that thair walkin' pateroll thaey'll be elly-vated up -- meanin' walkin' on a little trail up above the mouth of the cave -- so's thaey'll have thairselves a pretty good look-see from up yonder."

"But this ain't the first time ye've seen the elephant, an' if'n ye use yer eye for cover to pick a good spot -- an' don't move in too close 'til the dance starts up good an' proper -- I reckon that thair's a good chance that what yer con-tem-platin' can be done."


OOC: I edited Jake's ". . . this ain't yer first rodeo . . . " to read ". . . this ain't the first time ye've seen the elephant . . ." Without researching it, I suspect that the reference to "your first rodeo" might be a more modern turn of phrase than is appropriate for our game's time period.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:01, Fri 13 Jan 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 1998 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 14 Jan 2017
at 04:11
  • msg #362

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 361):

Well, reckon there is only one way to find out.

Me and the boys will try and find a half-way decent spot south of the cave entrance, as close as we can, without being seen. If that don't work out, we'll head back for the bluffs like JEB here suggested and lay low until the shootin' starts.


Cole pauses a might, his eyes staring beyond Jake's shoulder. Clearly, a thought has crossed his mind. In time, a subtle, but noticeable, smile appears on the wrangler's face.

Just might get a run at that bluff after all...
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1194 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 15 Jan 2017
at 17:48
  • msg #363

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 362):

I'm glad you mentioned that Jake, it had slipped my mind! I guess you'll have to use your best judgment Cole...

The cave is a big question, how will they use it, if at all? I doubt that they will walk the women into town so it seems that they'll either use the cave if it's a valid path or a cart... you men on the bluffs will need to keep an eye out for a cart rolling up behind you.

I'm guessing that the ship will use its own boats to bring the women ashore, but what then? The camp has a few skiffs, will they use them to travel in the cave?

Regardless, it seems to me that our best bet is to catch them on the beach and not let them get to the cave or any wagon that might arrive... any thoughts gentlemen?

Judge Messalen
GM, 4479 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 16 Jan 2017
at 19:52
  • msg #364

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: Updated positions, as best as the Judge understands:

Beach: Travis, ENS, Lyman, James, Peter
Low Bluff: JEB
Middle Bluff: Jake
High Bluff: Barnes
South of the cave: Cole, Luke, Fritz (with 3 horses)

As per ENS' previous post, the PCs still seem to be finalizing their plans. It is now 7:15 p.m. Night has fallen. As noted earlier, the Judge will need to know the time at which the heroes intend to take their planned positions. Until then, the Judge is waiting for the PCs to complete any discussions.
Cole Trayne
player, 1999 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 16 Jan 2017
at 19:57
  • msg #365

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 363):

Yup, keep 'em out of the cave. As soon as we see 'em hit the beach, we go at 'em, fast.

I'm thinking that we pretty much got a plan. We're fixin' to have men spread out, coverin' as many options as we can. We don't have all the answers, we just need to be a might flexible when we see how things play out.

Time to put our cards on the table, and see who has the best hand.

Jake Richardson
player, 1236 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:18
Mon 16 Jan 2017
at 22:11
  • msg #366

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

"I just now thought of sumpthin' else that trubbles me a mite," Jake said.

"Just like we spotted them bluffs as havin' cover an' lines uhv fire down on them as is down on the beach, I'm thinkin' that the Heathens has prob'ly figured that out for theirselves."

"If'n that's the case, they maey have put paterolls up in the bluffs tonight, thinkin' to keep anybody from doin' just what we're plannin'. JEB an' me an' the others as are thinkin' on taekin' up poe-zishunns on the bluffs maey have a fight on our hands when we start movin' in."

"It maey not shaeke out thatawaey, but y'all shouldn't be sur-prised if'n ye hear firin' up on the bluffs. An' I reckon that calls into questchunn how soon we oughtta start tryin' to taeke our spots up above the beach. We might not be able to just settle in an' wait, like I was kinda thinkin' uhv doin'."

James E. Beauregard
player, 1692 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 17 Jan 2017
at 03:32
  • msg #367

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 366):

We need a signal then, in the event one of us gets in trouble.

Positions are established, but what is the sequence of battle? And who will give the order for the mounted men to engage?

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1195 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 17 Jan 2017
at 22:13
  • msg #368

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 367):

ENS rubs his chin.

How long do you think it will take to get into position on the bluffs from here? We could all wait here until we see some sign of the expected ship and then move out... Cole and his group should be able to get to the south quickly on horses and the beach group on foot should only take a few minutes to get into position... maybe the horsemen could also ride the riflemen to the backside of the bluffs?

I was also thinking some sort of signal is needed. Since Travis and I's group will be closest, we should probably sound it... how about we have Peter here fire the sheriff's shotgun once. You'll definitely hear that and it should momentarily shock the Chinamen too!

Cole Trayne
player, 2000 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 18 Jan 2017
at 01:49
  • msg #369

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 368):

Signal? Like I said before, as soon as I hear a gunshot me and the boys will ride in, hard and fast.
Jake Richardson
player, 1237 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:18
Wed 18 Jan 2017
at 15:18
  • msg #370

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 368):

"That'll be fine, Perfesser," Jake replied.

"So then . . . JEB an' me will hang back on top of the bluff 'til we hear your signal, so as not to bump into any heathen paterollers walkin' the bluffs."

"Once we hear it, we'll start movin' down the bluffs -- we may or may not have to fight our way into poe-zishunn, dependin' on whether them paterollers is really thaere."


The Texan paused for a few seconds, stroking his chin-whiskers thoughtfully. After a moment, he continued, "JEB, dependin' on how the timin' works out, I maey just ease on down to that lower bluff with you. Range'll be closer from down thaere, an' the reason I was athinkn' 'bout stoppin' on the middle bluff-line was to maeke it less likely for me to be spotted whilst I was amovin' into poe-zishunn. But it sounds like me gettin' spotted by them down on the beach ain't likely to be so much of a worry at that point."
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 15:31, Wed 18 Jan 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1693 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 19 Jan 2017
at 00:34
  • msg #371

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 370):

That's probably best. Low bluff gets us better range and accessibility in case we're needed at the drop point.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1196 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 19 Jan 2017
at 19:34
  • msg #372

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 371):

Hmmm, perhaps you all should stay together there on the bluffs... you could take turns watching your backs for patrols.

One other thing, the weather is clear for now and there is a quarter moon... is that enough light for long range shooting? Also, what will you do if a fog moves in?

This message was last edited by the player at 19:34, Thu 19 Jan 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4480 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 20 Jan 2017
at 13:48
  • msg #373

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

 In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 370) and Jake Richardson (msg # 371:

OOC: Please remember that the existing instruction to Barnes is to take the top bluff. The Judge would say that the actions of Barnes need to be handled, primarily, by JEB and Jake based on the most recent discussion. Please include statements about Barnes during the continuing narrative, whenever Jake & JEB move.

This would apply to other PCs controlling NPCs. A blanket statement of "they follow until stated otherwise" is fine, but the Judge asks that the PCs include the NPCs in all narrative that has movement or activity (other than talking).

Based on the latest PC posts:
JEB and Jake handle Barnes.
Cole handles Luke & Fritz.
The Professor handles Lyman, James, and Peter. And possibly Travis, since the player posted his stats publicly, which the Judge took to mean that the player is granting option #4 access to his character if needed to move things along.

Poe-zishunns:
Beach: Travis, ENS, Lyman, James, Peter
Low Bluff:
Middle:
High Bluff: JEB, Jake, Barnes
South of the cave: Cole, Luke, Fritz (with 3 horses)

Time to take poe-zishunns:
Undecided. (It is currently 7:23 p.m.)
Travis Sunday
player, 2708 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 20 Jan 2017
at 17:41
  • msg #374

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 373):

Travis is available to be remote controlled should my grace period elapse.  I intend to fully participate though.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4481 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 20 Jan 2017
at 19:41
  • msg #375

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 374):

OOC: Glad to read that, Travis. For the record, the Judge has no problem with Travis controlling any of the NPCs on the beach, as needed, in conjunction with ENS.
Cole Trayne
player, 2001 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 22 Jan 2017
at 01:43
  • msg #376

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 372):

Ok, boys. Seems to me we got more questions than answers. Some answers ain't gonna get answered until we are in the thick of it. Reckon at some point, we just gotta open the barn door, let the horses out, and see where they run.


The wrangler pauses a moment, then continues...

Then react.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1197 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 22 Jan 2017
at 23:50
  • msg #377

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 376):

Another item, I brought my medical kit and the antidote that I mixed up... if anyone is injured, especially with one of their damned poisoned axes, they should make their way back here and I will tend to them after we all get back... the antidote doesn't have to be administered right away, but the sooner the better.

So are we in agreement that we will all wait here until we see some sign of a ship coming in?

James E. Beauregard
player, 1694 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 23 Jan 2017
at 03:48
  • msg #378

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 377):

Agreed.
Travis Sunday
player, 2709 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 23 Jan 2017
at 21:32
  • msg #379

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 377):

I'm along for whatever is decided.
Jake Richardson
player, 1238 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:18
Tue 24 Jan 2017
at 00:05
  • msg #380

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 377):

Jake nodded at the ENS's statement about maintaining a vigil until the ship bringing in the cargo of young women was sighted, then taking up positions.

"Sounds 'bout right to me, Perfesser. I'd pre-fer to pick a good spot out on the bluffs an' settle in early, but like I said, I'm a-thinkin' that thaere's a good chance that JEB an' me'll run into paterollers -- in which caese we'll be the ones startin' off this shindig."
Cole Trayne
player, 2002 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 24 Jan 2017
at 02:14
  • msg #381

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 380):

Sounds like we have a plan.

Cole draws his weapons, deliberately inspecting them while making sure they are fully loaded. He then returns them in their rightful places, waiting expectantly for the others.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4482 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 25 Jan 2017
at 14:07
  • msg #382

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Having reached some decisions about how they will proceed this night along the bay, the men share an awkward pause.

Dusk has settled in over the water. From the bottom floor of the Albion, the view over the bay is less advantageous. From the top floor, with the moonlight, the professor expects to be able to spot the ships with field glasses. From here, the odds are diminished.

The eleven men cannot help but find it a little crowded for an extended wait. Better than all being squeezed in together on the small room on the top floor, as the professor had pointed out when they all descended and met Cole on the lower floor, but not much conducive to what could turn out to be an hours-long wait followed by a sudden run to the beach or the bluffs.

The men with timepieces absentmindedly check to see that it is now 7:30 p.m.

---------------------

OOC: The Judge understands that the men are waiting for sighting of a ship. However, the ground floor of the Albion isn't an ideal waiting place to spot any ship. Also, as established earlier, the distance to the beach and bluffs is roughly a brisk 15 minute walk. It can be done faster but would require double-time or even running.

The Judge prefers some set-up narration by one or more of the PCs as to where the group waits (in general) and for how long they wait before changing their plan. Also what each PC might be doing while waiting would be helpful, and who is "on-watch" for the ship and where the on-watch person(s) position themselves for the vigil.

The Judge could simply jump ahead making some assumptions, but that is not my preference.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1198 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 25 Jan 2017
at 14:39
  • msg #383

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 382):

As the men settle in, ENS stands up.

Well gentlemen, I'll volunteer for the first watch for the ship from upstairs... I'd appreciate it if someone relieves me in an hour or so.

ENS picks up his field glasses and, unless there's an objection, goes upstairs to assume the watch.
Cole Trayne
player, 2003 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 26 Jan 2017
at 03:55
  • msg #384

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 383):

I reckon I'd best check on the horses. Someone just give me a high sign if it's time to saddle up.

With that, the wrangler heads out
Judge Messalen
GM, 4483 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 27 Jan 2017
at 13:11
  • msg #385

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and ENS depart the main floor of the Albion; the other men linger aimlessly.

Cole checks out the horses. He had left them saddled previously, not knowing how long they might be waiting. That fact hadn't changed; he still didn't know how long. If they were expecting a quick deployment, keeping them equipped made the most sense. On the other hand, if the waiting were to extend for hours, the kids would be less well rested for any possible hard ride. For now, he left the kids saddled and ready-to-ride.

ENS makes his way to top floor, resuming the watch over the bay. Things haven't changed much. The fisherman keep their camp on the beach. Further south a fire glows dimly near the cave. ENS sees only two or three of the Chinese lingerers. There is little activity on the water.

The hour passes. ENS has seen no sign of a ship. The fisherman seem to be settling in for the night's sleep. The few Chinamen, the same.

Travis relieves the professor's watch.

------------------------

OOC: Neither Cole nor ENS included any NPC actions in their posts. The Judge has requested that PCs include some mention of the activities of NPC they are controlling in their posts. And since no one else posted actions, the Judge makes the next assumption.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:13, Fri 27 Jan 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1199 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 27 Jan 2017
at 22:06
  • msg #386

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 385):

OOC: Sorry, I assumed that since we're mostly just waiting that they would wait as well... Let's say they check their weapons and then sit and chat with the others or catch a nap as they desire. Cole can note anything specific since he's with them for the 1st hour.
Travis Sunday
player, 2710 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 28 Jan 2017
at 15:59
  • msg #387

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 385):

Travis relieves ENS.
Jake Richardson
player, 1239 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:18
Sat 28 Jan 2017
at 21:15
  • msg #388

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The waiting put Jake in mind of sitting around before some of the battles during the war, waiting for the fight to get under way. The infantry was not usually the first to engage -- that task fell upon the artillery more often than not, with the batteries growling at each other in anticipation of the conflict to come.

As usual before a fight started, Jake was fidgety. Back during the war he had seen some men who were so familiar with what was happening that they would make themselves comfortable and grab a little shut-eye while they still could.

Waal, I never did git quite that com-fortable with what was fixin' to happen. Some folks who was the re-ligguss types figured that it was all in God's hands, an' they reckoned that whatever was s'sposed to happen, would. Me, after I'd been through a couple of bad fights, I reckoned that thaere warn't no grand plan -- not from God, nor nobody else, neither. Never could de-cide whether that made it better or worse.

So Jake set about checking his firearms and their loads. He was certain that everything was as it should be, but it gave him something to do while he waited.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1200 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 28 Jan 2017
at 22:53
  • msg #389

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 387):

Ah Travis! Very good! I haven't seen anything yet... hopefully you'll have better luck.

ENS joins the others downstairs.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4484 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 29 Jan 2017
at 13:19
  • msg #390

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Another hour passes; it is now 9:30 p.m. Travis sees no sign of the slaver's ship. He awaits his relief on the watch from the upper floor of the Albion.

Some of the men find the ability to relax, even snooze, during the wait, now more than two hours long. Others, including Jake Richardson, busy themselves with routine tasks.

Outside with the mounts, Cole feels the temperature changing, gradually. Some light fog drifts along the landscape. Not unusual for San Francisco and nothing more than a haze, at least for now.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1695 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 29 Jan 2017
at 22:10
  • msg #391

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 390):

JEB takes the field glasses and next watch.
Cole Trayne
player, 2004 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 30 Jan 2017
at 01:52
  • msg #392

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

After tending to the horses for about an hour or so, Cole returns to join the others.

Upon arriving, he glances at Luke.

Why don't you go tend to the horses? Leave em' saddled, for now. Fritz will spell you in an hour. I want to make sure the horses are not left alone.
Luke Hadden
Mon 30 Jan 2017
at 13:33
  • msg #393

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 392):

"Aye ken," says Luke, taking his orders without protest. Fritz follows the Scot to the courtyard.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:33, Mon 30 Jan 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4486 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 31 Jan 2017
at 13:28
  • msg #394

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Another hour passes. Most of the men have succumbed to the need for sleep, napping in fits and starts as the waiting continues . . . which now totals some three hours since they had finalized their plans. Richardson, having checked his weapons thrice over the hours, was among those who had drifted off after JEB had assumed the watch upstairs. Luke and Fritz remain stationed in the courtyard, with each man coming indoors for a spell now and again to ward off the chill of the San Francisco night before rejoining his pard on the watch over the kids.

On the top floor of the Albion, JEB feels his eyelids growing heavy after this long day. It is not so much fatigue that tasks him, although that itself is real enough, but more so the tedium of the wait within the relative quiet of the castle. Nonetheless, the cigar-chomping lawman fights off the urge to catnap. Nearing the end of his turn with the field glasses and waiting for his replacement, JEB spots a three-masted ship gliding southward into the bay. Moonlight illuminates the sails, raised on two of the three masts, but the lawman cannot make out any details about its crew. Just as he is thinking to raise the alarm, he sees the glow of a small orange-red lantern at the bow.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1203 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 4 Feb 2017
at 01:09
  • msg #395

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 394):

Posted for JEB

Being a thorough man, JEB watches the ship for a few more minutes to ascertain where along the beach the ship seems to be headed. He then heads down to the others and informs them of what he has observed.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1204 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 4 Feb 2017
at 01:23
  • msg #396

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 395):

ENS had been dozing when JEB came down with his news. He was somewhat surprised how relaxed he was considering what was likely ahead of them... perhaps he was getting used to this life after all; he wasn't sure if that was good or bad.

He shakes off these thoughts and rises to gather his equipment.

Well gentlemen, it seems the time is here... I was hoping Mr. Coopwood or Mr. Conway would have gotten back by now; we may need to deal with the women ourselves if they don't get here soon.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1696 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 4 Feb 2017
at 03:08
  • msg #397

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 396):

It's time gentlemen, take your positions with haste.

Alfred Coopwood
player, 32 posts
Sat 4 Feb 2017
at 12:00
  • msg #398

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 396):

As if on cue, Alfred Coopwood bursts into the courtyard of the Albion, breathing heavily from his recent run. Spying the men and horses already in the courtyard and then seeing some of the men exiting the castle and loaded for bear, so to speak, Coop stops and looks for the professor.

"Professor . . . this is it. I figure you seen the ship. Mr. Xu and his men are ready." He pauses, panting.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4489 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 4 Feb 2017
at 12:12
  • msg #399

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: The Judge requires action statements from the players (and don't forget the NPCs). This should include statements of rates of travel (game terms, e.g. 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x) a re-statement of each character's destination and any other actions or anything else the PCs want to specify while moving to take positions.

As always, feel free to post narration, but please include the combat action format that we have used in this game for your posts during this encounter.

All characters should make an initiative roll. For players controlling NPCs, rolls for those NPCs should also be done. Individual rolls for NPCs are good, although one roll may be made for each group that is heading to the same destination, if desired (i.e. Cole can make one roll that applies to Luke and Fritz; ENS or Travis can make one roll for Peter, Lyman and James; Jake or JEB should make a roll for Barnes).
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:23, Sat 04 Feb 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2712 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 4 Feb 2017
at 23:59
  • msg #400

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 399):

Travis heads to the beach, at a rate that will get him there in time.


Travis Sunday rolled 18 using 1d20+2.  James initiative.
Travis Sunday rolled 16 using 1d20-1.  Lyman initiative.
Travis Sunday rolled 4 using 1d20+1.  Peter Initiative.
Travis Sunday rolled 13 using 1d20+11.  Travis initiative.


Updated with NPC initiative modifiers.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:14, Tue 07 Feb 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1697 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 5 Feb 2017
at 00:29
  • msg #401

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 399):

JEB = 11
Barnes = 12

JEB and Barnes move double time to the low bluff.
Jake Richardson
player, 1240 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:17
Sun 5 Feb 2017
at 18:39
  • msg #402

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake nodded at JEB in acknowledgement of the Missourian's call to action, and rose up out of his chair. "Luck, gents," he said to his pards. "Shoot first, an' shoot straight."

The Texan double-timed it to the bluffs, then slowed to check for Heathen paterollers before following JEB and Barnes down to the lowest firing-position.


OOC:

13:23, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 10 using 1d20+8 with rolls of 2. Initiative.

13:24, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 6,5. AP bonus for Initiative.

Net Initiative: 16

Notes: Jake is wearing his leather duster, and is carrying both his own Spencer carbine (in hand) and Randy's [which he claimed when Randy's gear was divvied up (holstered  across his back)], plus his Colt (holstered). He carries extra ammo for his long-arms and his side-arm in the pockets of his duster.

Judge, please let me know if Jake needs to make a Spot Check in reference to his checking for Celestial patrols on the bluffs.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4492 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 5 Feb 2017
at 23:28
  • msg #403

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 402):

OCC: Yes, a Spot check is required.
Cole Trayne
player, 2005 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 6 Feb 2017
at 02:42
  • msg #404

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Initiative - Rolls

Cole - 10
Luke - 12
Fritz - 6

Cole gathers up his crew, assembles by the horses, and they all immediately mount up.

As soon as possible, they head south of the cave careful to keep out of sight.

Speed 2x
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1205 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 6 Feb 2017
at 22:59
  • msg #405

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 404):

Ah, Mr. Coopwood, just in time... why don't you join us on the beach. that way we can send you after Mr. Xu's group if needed. Where are they right now?

As he speaks, ENS, James, Lyman, and Peter follow Travis, matching his pace. Afte a moment, Coop joins them.

15:49, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 19 using 1d20+3.  Initiative.
15:50, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 4 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for initiative.

15:53, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 3 using 1d20.  Coopwood Initiative (wo bonus).


ENS initiative = 23
Coop initiative = 3 + 6 = 9

Edited for Coop's bonus
This message was last edited by the player at 14:10, Wed 08 Feb 2017.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 33 posts
Wed 8 Feb 2017
at 01:53
  • msg #406

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 405):

Coop nods at the professor's suggestion.

"Same place as b'fore," he answers, in reply to Ringgenberg's question. "'Cept the men are ready to row over here. Mr. Xu stressed the importance of timing; he's waitin'til the last possible moment to avoid tippin off the slavers."
Judge Messalen
GM, 4494 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 8 Feb 2017
at 02:39
  • msg #407

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 406):

Cole and his charges mount up and begin to ride along the ridge towards the south, as discussed earlier, in order to evade any notice and take their positions south of the cave along the shoreline. The pace of the horses easily outdistances the men on foot, even without spurring the kids unduly. The horses handle the current pace without incident, although Cole, the seasoned wrangler, senses that a faster pace -- even on these worn trails -- could prove more hazardous to the mounts. Not impossible: a charge or a gallop is viable as the horses have superior night-vision as compared to their riders, but such a pace would incur a greater risk, especially if they deviate from the trail and attempt to descend the slopes more directly. They pass by the high bluff and continue onward, without having encountered any Chinese patrols at this time. Still a ways to go to reach their intended position on this circuitous route; however, so far, so good.

Meanwhile, Travis and ENS move double-time down towards the beach occupied by the group of fisherman that ENS and Jake had engaged hours ago. Coop and three members of JEB's posse trail close behind. The gunslinger isn't sure how fast they need to travel, as he isn't sure when anything might happen, but walking seems too risky in regard to arriving in time, and running seems unnecessary, possibly even dangerous at this juncture.

The first quarter moon provides enough light to navigate the terrain at the current pace; running is certainly possible, but fraught with the possibility of a mis-step along the slope, on the descent, or even in the sandy ground along the beach. Now reaching the relatively flat stretch of the beach, the six men come into full view of the fishermen who appear -- at least at first glance -- to be asleep as their small fire flickers and slowly dies out.

Jake, JEB and Barnes make their way at a similar pace towards the high bluff as planned. They also find the footing safe enough at this pace . . . and potentially treacherous at a run. With the two heroes having been this way before, they easily navigate their way to the high bluff. As the lawman starts to descend towards the lower bluff, inviting the ranch foreman Barnes to join him, the rifleman stops and visually inspects the area, looking for any Chinese patrollers. He quickly spies a few of the Celestials near the rocky area of the shoreline, but none in the immediate vicinity, nor does he witness any of their prospective opponents on the lower bluffs at this time. As he knows that lower bluff provides some cover, it's quite possible that there are Chinese stationed there, he simply hasn't been able to spot any with his initial attempt.

-------------------------

OOC: See the main game map. Travis, ENS and the rest are still off-map, slightly to the north. Cole and his men are off-map heading towards the area south of the cave. Only JEB, Jake and Barnes are on the map at this time. Please state another round of actions. PLEASE use the combat format used in the past (Movement action/Attack Action).
Jake Richardson
player, 1241 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:17
Wed 8 Feb 2017
at 23:03
  • msg #408

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 407):

Given that Jake needed to divide his attention between watching the ground as he moved down-slope and keeping an eye skinned for patroling Heathens, he slowed his pace from his previous double-time to his normal walking pace. Also, if possible he didn't want to set off a dust-up with any Heathens on the slopes before Travis and ENS could get themselves into position. He wasn't worried about Cole and the mounted men reaching their positions in time, but he had walked the beach with ENS earlier, and knew that the men taking that route had a bit more ground to cover than JEB, Barnes, and he did.

Worried that JEB and Barnes might run into Heathens who were in cover if they kept their same pace down-slope, Jake called out in a low voice, "Hssst! JEB, 'ware possible heathens on the low slope."

Jake had his carbine ready, but he wasn't inclined to fire unless it was clear that any heathens that they saw had also seen them, and looked to be about to raise an alarm or attack the Texan or his companions.


OOC:

Free Action:
Speak to JEB.

Move: Normal movement rate down-slope.

Attack: Jake will ready an action to fire if the threesome is spotted by Celestials, and the Celestials appear to be about to raise an alarm or attack the rescuers.

Edit: Fixed a couple of typos. No substantive changes.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:18, Thu 09 Feb 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2714 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 9 Feb 2017
at 02:22
  • msg #409

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 408):

Free Action: None
Move Action: 2x to the beach
Attack Action: None

James E. Beauregard
player, 1698 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 9 Feb 2017
at 03:26
  • msg #410

Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 408):

Free Action: JEB nods at Jake's warning and slows his speed to match.
Move Action: slow to 1x speed until reaching the low bluff.
Attack Action: spot check for celestials. Spot=17

Barnes matches JEB's movements.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:28, Thu 09 Feb 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4495 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 9 Feb 2017
at 13:33
  • msg #411

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday:
Move Action: 2x to the beach

Travis and ENS have reached the beach where the fishermen have camped. That was the stated "beach" destination for that group during the previous PC conversations. The Judge needs clarification as to whether Travis means to continue farther south along the beach to where the celestials were camped (the beach on the map as opposed to the beach where the fisherman were camped, just north of the map).
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1206 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 9 Feb 2017
at 22:34
  • msg #412

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 411):

As they get to the same line of the fishermen's camp, ENS motions to Travis to move further south at a walking pace. Once they are 20-30 yards past the fishermen's camp (i.e., just on the top of the map, which puts us ~120 yds N of the Chinese camp?), he'll motion to stop and then move close to Travis to speak in a whisper.

Do you think this is close enough?

Move Action: move to specified point at 1X speed.
Free action: whisper.
Attack action: none.
Travis Sunday
player, 2715 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 9 Feb 2017
at 23:00
  • msg #413

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 412):

Sure.  We can cover the distance pretty quickly as long as we don't get spotted.
Cole Trayne
player, 2006 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 10 Feb 2017
at 04:42
  • msg #414

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and his riders make their way towards the cave entrance to get within striking distance. They will get  as close as possible, staying behind cover to avoid revealing themselves. Once they find a suitable spot to conceal themselves, they will stop and wait for the action to begin.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1208 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 10 Feb 2017
at 21:44
  • msg #415

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 414):

Good, good... well... here we are again!

ENS feels the nervousness of anticipated conflict creep in, but suppresses it as best he can. He kneels down and motions to Coop, Lyman, James, and Peter to do the same. He raises his field glasses to take a look at the approaching ship and the Chinese camp (and for anything in between the two).

Free action: look with binos
Move action: kneel, motion to others
Attack action: none

For Coop, Lyman, James, and Peter:
Free action: none
Move action: kneel
Attack action: none
Judge Messalen
GM, 4498 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 11 Feb 2017
at 16:44
  • msg #416

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The professor and the gunslinger slow to a walking pace, carefully leading the posse members towards the area of the beach occupied by the Chinese. They approach the destination that Ringgenberg has in mind, when he realizes they are in danger exposing themselves more openly if they proceed any further. And, of course, the sound of gunfire to the south takes hold of their attention, pushing out thoughts of the precise distances to the Celestials.

On foot, in Cole's estimation, it would be fairly easy to find cover amongst the rocky shoreline; however, the wrangler surmises that three horses would be difficult to conceal, even if their riders aren't mounted.  In order to stay out of sight, Cole and his riders will need to stay at least 60 yards south of the main path leading to the cave. He reaches a bend in this narrower trail that he finds advantageous, when he sees two Chinese on-foot emerging from what has proved to have been an excellent hiding place and then moving quickly to the north among the rocky terrain. And, of course, the sound of gunfire to the north grabs Cole’s attention, as if to aid in the cover of the Chinese patrol.

Jake, Barnes and JEB continue down the slope, having reduced their pace to navigate more surely and perhaps spy any Celestials on the lower bluff. Carefully descending a steep section of ridge, they resume a walking pace, as the rifleman readies his trusty carbine and the lawman from Missouri scans the cover ahead in area of their destination. Before Beauregard sees anything, all three men hear movement between them and the bluff. Jake catches a glimpse of a the dark garb of boo how doy and pulls the trigger as he had readied for just such an occasion. It seems that a few of the highbinders are nearby, as all three men catch glimpses of movement under the light of the first quarter moon.

——————————————

OOC: State your actions for the next melee round. We are in true round-by-round combat now. As stated in OOC forum, msg #415 by ENS was premature (he had already posted actions for the round being adjudicated here). That post is essentially null and void.

The Judge took the liberty of applying the last action round to cover a few rounds (people were moving, trying to reach their chosen locations). Actions such as Spot and Ready were applied on the last round of that short time period, resulting in the above narrative and now starting a true round-by-round combat situation.

The Judge rules that Jake fires his weapon as per his Ready action at the end of the last round. Jake, please make a combat roll for that attack and the Judge will apply it as per last round. Then, Jake should also state his actions for the new round, following that shot, just like everyone else.

NOTE: There is a 10% to chance to miss with any ranged attack because of nighttime concealment. You must roll the “miss concealment” check along with any ranged attack.

EDIT: immediate afterthought to note, probably the last time it's needed, that the Game Map will have the updated round-by-round content.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:45, Sat 11 Feb 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1242 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:16
Sun 12 Feb 2017
at 19:38
  • msg #417

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

"Waal, shee-it," Jake muttered under his breath as he spotted a shadowy form that had to be a Heathen pateroller. He snapped off a quick shot that hit the man square, he felt certain.

He halted his movement and snapped off two more shots. He wasn't as confident about them hitting their target, though.


OOC:
Free Action: Speak.

Readied Action (Previous Round): 13:52, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 88 using 1d100 with rolls of 88. Miss Chance: Readied Action (1-10 misses). Success.

13:54, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 30 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 19. Readied Attack (Spencer Carbine).

13:57, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 13 using 2d10 with rolls of 9,4. Damage (Spencer Carbine).


Next Round:

Attack:
13:58, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 57 using 1d100 with rolls of 57. Miss Chance: (1-10 misses). Success.

14:00, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 13 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 2. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

14:01, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 3 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 1,3. AP Bonus for Attack.

Total Attack Roll: 16

14:15, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 14 using 2d10 with rolls of 5,9. Damage (First Shot, Second Round).

Second Attack (Full Round Action): 14:02, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 22 using 1d100 with rolls of 22. Miss Chance: Second Shot (Full Round Action). Success.

14:03, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 12 using 1d20+6 with rolls of 6. Second Shot (Full Round Action).

14:19, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 15 using 2d10 with rolls of 10,5. Damage (Second Shot, Second Round).

Move: None.

Free Action: None.

Notes: I am unsure of the range. If the Point-Blank Shot bonuses apply, please add +1 to both his Attack and Damage rolls.

If the highbinder falls after his first (or second) shots, Jake will shoot at another target. I was unsure whether the shots that were fired in the Second Round would hit, but I rolled damage for both of them.

Jake took a full round action to fire two shots in the Second Round. I was unsure whether taking a full-round action would prevent him from Dodging. If he is able to do so, please apply his Dodge bonus to the first attack against him. Also, please remember that he is wearing his leather duster, which will increase his Defense score.

Travis Sunday
player, 2716 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 12 Feb 2017
at 22:56
  • msg #418

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 417):

Travis tries to find the boat in the darkness. He hears the bark of a familiar rifle and caliber.

Free action: Sounds like Jake sees someone who shouldn't be here.

Move action: None

Attack: action none

Cole Trayne
player, 2007 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 13 Feb 2017
at 02:47
  • msg #419

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Upon hearing the gunshots, Cole raises his hand signaling his riders to hold their position.

In a whisper the speaks to his riders...

Let's give any patrols a little time to start moving in the direction of the gunshots. If they are out there they will likely come out of hiding to move the help their boys. Then we will hopefully ride them down from behind.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1699 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 13 Feb 2017
at 03:04
  • msg #420

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 416):

Free Action: none
Move Action: hold position plus concealment (kneel)
Attack: fire off first round at celestial first sighted
Roll = 28
Damage 10
Miss chance 81
Barnes 21
Damage 8
Miss chance 82

OOC: last miss chance roll was in error.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:05, Mon 13 Feb 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1210 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 13 Feb 2017
at 03:48
  • msg #421

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 418):

ENS motions for the other men to stop and then pulls out his field glasses while responding to Travis in a low voice.

Gott verdammt! I hope this does not stop the women's transport!

Free action: speak
Move action: motion to others, look with binos
Attack action: none

ENS will look to the ship first then scan towards shore, looking for a boat. He'll then look to the Chinese camp to see how they are reacting to the shots.

Coop, Lyman, James, and Peter stop their advance; the first three ready their respective sidearms, and Peter readies JEBs shotgun.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4499 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 13 Feb 2017
at 14:42
  • msg #422

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The report from Richardson's carbine brings this section of the beach and the hills to life. The rifleman's initial shot proved true, he felt certain, but the Celestial continued moving, along with his companions.

All three of the men, Barnes on the left, Richardson in the middle, and Beauregard to the right, pick out targets now moving rapidly toward their positions. The highbinders move as if they know well this terrain, covering ground quickly while making use of the initial cover around this bluff. At least three are approaching, perhaps another amidst the moonlit shadows. Jake maintains line-of-sight on the Celestial he had plugged a moment ago, firing two rounds from the Spencer as his target raced forward. The rifleman is unsure whether either of them found their mark as the boo how doy continues on a bending path that appears destined for the lawman to his right. Speaking of whom, JEB kneels and squeezes off a round from his own carbine at the southernmost highbinder as the black-garbed opponent picks his way forward whilst staying low himself. The cigar-chomping lawman believes the round found its target, but it fails to deter the attacker from his course. Meanwhile, Barnes also discharged a round from his Winchester; Jake hears him muttering something to the effect of "got'im" even though the Celestial seems materially unaffected by the shot.

Cole Trayne speaks to his two chosen riders over the continuing gunfire, while the heads of the two fleeing Celestials bob up and down amongst the rocky terrain, finally leaving field of vision of the wrangler and his men who wait around the bend to the south.

The three posse members under Rinngenberg's command acknowledge his orders by slowing down to a stop. Like the professor and the gunslinger, they glance around to take stock of the situation. Sunday looks out over the water, trying to adjust his point of view from his earlier shift on the upper floor of the Albion to this quite different view at the water level. It takes a moment for his eyes to adjust to long distance over the water before he locates the ship. At the same time, Ringennberg gets out his field glasses, also needing a few seconds to adjust to that method of viewing, locating the ship through its lenses. He and Sunday see essentially the same thing; the three masted ship -- with its glowing orange-red light now extinguished -- beginning to make a turn. ENS finds that his idea to to swing his vision towards the Chinese camp will have to wait; he realizes that he faces the choice now of trying to discern what is happening on the water or turning his attention to the Celestials in the next several moments. Not to be forgotten, a handful of the fisherman -- whose camp is now 20 or 30 yards to the northeast of the professor's group -- are stirring at the sound of repeated gunfire from the sloping terrain to the south. A few of those anglers have reached their feet and at least one is pointing towards the six men between them and the Chinese camp farther south along the beach.

----------------------

OOC: There were no attacks made by the boo how doy. They moved. All PCs should post another round of combat. If ENS or Travis want to see any details (or anyone else for that matter), then Spot checks are required.

The distance on the map is noted in the top left as 20 feet per square. You should be able to estimate distance for ranged combat based on that. Anytime the to-hit result is close enough for it to make a difference, the Judge will determine the exact range. In the round where all three men fired, it was about 120 feet for Jake and Barnes, about 100 feet for JEB. Closer now, obviously. (Dodge bonuses are still good during a Full Attack, unless Dexterity bonus for defense is negated for some reason.)
Jake Richardson
player, 1243 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:16
Mon 13 Feb 2017
at 23:16
  • msg #423

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 422):

Jake now fought silently, concentrating on keeping sight of the black-clad man whom he was shooting at. He took a step to his left, to give himself a better line of fire on his target (who seemed to be moving towards JEB).

He fired off two rounds in quick succession, working the lever on his Spencer smoothly


OOC:

Move:
Jake will take a five-foot step to the northwest (towards the ocean), in order to maintain a better line of fire on his target (the middle of the three boo how doy (BHD).

Attack: (Two shots, fired as a Full-Round Action).
1. 17:35, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 36 using 1d100. Miss Chance: (1-10 misses). Success.

17:36, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 18 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 7. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

17:39, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 4 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 2,4. AP (First Shot).

Total for first Attack: 22

17:40, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6* using 2d10, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 2,6. Damage (First Shot, Spencer).

*Note: The damage for this Attack should be 8. I forgot to delete the command to drop the lowest die from my previous AP roll. As noted above, a 2 and a 6 were rolled on the 2d10.

17:37, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 87 using 1d100 with rolls of 87.  Miss Chance: Second Shot (Full Round Action). Success.

17:38, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 22 using 1d20+6 with rolls of 16. Second Shot (Full Round Action).

17:41, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 10 using 2d10 with rolls of 9,1. Damage (Second Shot, Spencer).

Notes: Jake's first shot will be fired at the man who was his target the previous round (the middle of the three BHDs). If that man falls after his first shot, his second shot will be aimed at the northernmost of the BHDs.

Jake has now fired five shots from this magazine.

Edit: Added the Miss Chance for the second shot. It was made and was in the Dice Roller, but I originally neglected to cut and paste it to this post.

This message was last edited by the player at 23:22, Mon 13 Feb 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2717 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 13 Feb 2017
at 23:53
  • msg #424

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 422):

Free Action: Under his breath...Christ.. Travis looks at the Anglers pointing at him. He holds his hands up in surrender. STOP SHOOTING! We'll give you our money!

Move action: None

Attack action: Ready action. Draw and fire if attacked at close range.

This message was last edited by the player at 01:51, Wed 15 Feb 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1211 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 14 Feb 2017
at 00:54
  • msg #425

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 424):

ENS tries to concentrate on the task at hand since he hasn't heard a shot.

Free action: none
Move action: Spot with binos
Attack action: none

17:52, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 14 using 1d20.  Spot check.
17:52, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Spot.


Total spot check = 20
Cole Trayne
player, 2008 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 14 Feb 2017
at 03:53
  • msg #426

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun


Cole and his riders ride into the dust-up.

Free Action: Time to ride, boys.

Move Action: Ride towards the action, in the general direction of ENS and Travis - 2x

Attack Action: None
James E. Beauregard
player, 1700 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 15 Feb 2017
at 03:25
  • msg #427

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 422):

Free: none
Move: remain kneeling and fire at approaching enemy
Attack: 27 fire, 12 damage; 22 fire, 13 damage. Miss chance rolls exceed 10%
James E. Beauregard
player, 1701 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 15 Feb 2017
at 03:29
  • msg #428

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 422):

Barnes
Free: none
Move: none
Attack: nearest approaching enemy
Fire 9, damage 5
Fire 15, damage 9
Judge Messalen
GM, 4501 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 15 Feb 2017
at 14:47
  • msg #429

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Ringgenberg ignores the commotion amongst the fishermen, keeping his focus through the lens of his field glasses and surveying the area around the slavers ship.  At the same time, his pard Sunday draws attention to himself, calling out to the befuddled fishermen just to the north. Coopwood follows Sunday’s lead, showing his hands, while the other three members of the posse stand stock still, apparently as bewildered as the fishermen. A couple of the fishermen keep their heads, exchanging a few words unheard over the continuing gunfire to the south.

The professor spies a longboat on the water moving away from the three-masted slavers ship, which continues its tacking maneuvers. ENS hasn’t had time to discern any details, but clearly there are men rowing the longboat towards the India Basin.

Trayne calls out orders to his two riders. The three horsemen begin their approach to the cave area, sticking to the animal trail through this rocky stretch of the beach. They hear the echoes of increasing gunfire, with several shots echoing throughout the hills around the basin. The wider path in front of them comes into view. It slopes gradually upward between the rocks to the area just above the cave. There is no navigable path to the front of the cave from this position, at least on horseback. The good news is that the path is wide enough for a full mounted charge by a single rider, perhaps even two abreast if skilled riders hold the reins.

Jake Richardson continues to act first among the men fighting furiously on the slope above the Celestials cave. He maintains his aim on the same highbinder that he had plugged initially, as the Chinese fighter closes in on JEB’s position. The rifleman’s shot hits the target, Jake believes, but it doesn’t take down the opponent. A moment later, JEB, still kneeling, fires a round from his Spencer, a round that he also believes found purchase in the other fast-moving boo how doy. As Jake’s target closes to melee range with Beauregard, he swings a highbinder hatchet but fails to make substantive contact with the steel edge. Both Jake and JEB fire another bullet from their carbines, each taking out his opponent finally, with JEB feeling the warm spray of human blood on his face and arms from one—or both—of the now fallen boo how doy. Meanwhile, the third and only remaining opponent making the charge slows his pace, setting himself in front of Barnes and firing a sawed-off scattergun at the ranch foreman, while Barnes himself fires another round from his Winchester. Unfortunately for JEB’s recruit, the spread of the buckshot finds its mark, while his Winchester’s bullet sails wide of the Celestial. JEB and Jake sense movement from behind, although in this instant they are unsure whether it is friend or foe.

—————————————————

OOC: State another round of actions.

Travis, ENS and their men are still just off the north edge of the map. Cole and his riders are 20 yards off the southern edge … at the current 2x pace they will enter the map next round. Barnes gets only one shot per round; he isn't high enough level to get additional attacks as part of a full attack.

To be clear, the two BHD fired upon by Jake and JEB, respectively, are now down. The one in front of Barnes is still fighting. JEB and Jake cannot act on the presence of the arriving BHD behind them until they can visually find those men and that won’t happen until sometime during the upcoming round. Essentially, the Judge is ruling that Jake and JEB, as high-level heroes, are aware of bodies approaching from behind, but won’t know where they are and whether attacks will become available until each man spends an action that would lead to locating them. It might be possible to execute a full attack this round, but that will depend on how the PCs state their actions in relation to what the approaching opponents are doing. So state another round of actions with what the characters know at this time.
Jake Richardson
player, 1245 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:14
Thu 16 Feb 2017
at 00:36
  • msg #430

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 429):

Jake heard the boom of a shotgun in counterpoint to the sharper report of Barnes' long arm, and his plan was to help out the ranch foreman. But something caused him to turn and look behind him. He couldn't say whether it was a sound, or just the sixth sense of a man who had seen his share of dust-ups.

"Behind us, JEB!" he called out to his pard.

Jake thought he saw movement in the shadowy landscape, and he snapped off a shot instinctively.


OOC:

Free Action:
Speak to JEB.

Attack: 18:52, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 68 using 1d100 with rolls of 68. Miss Chance (1st Shot). Success.

18:53, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 20 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 9. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

18:54, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 1,6. AP (First Shot).

Total for Attack: 26

18:55, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 10* using 2d10, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 4,10. Damage (Spencer Carbine).

Note: *Once again, I forgot to disable the "drop the lowest die" command after rolling for Jake's AP. His round did 14 points of damage.

18:54, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 1d100 with rolls of 6. Miss Chance: Second Shot (Full Round Action). Fails.

Move: None.

Notes: Jake is firing at the northernmost of the two BHD coming in behind JEB and himself. Based upon the information contained in the Judge's post (Msg. #429) I wasn't sure whether Jake would be able to execute a full-round action (two attacks) this round. I went ahead and rolled for a second attack (just in case), and failed the Miss Chance roll. I did not reference a second shot in my commentary, since I wasn't sure whether or not Jake will be firing once or twice this round.

If Jake fires twice, he will have fired seven shots from this magazine.

Edit: Re-arranged the paragraph spacing in the "Notes" and fixed minor typo. 

This message was last edited by the player at 04:57, Thu 16 Feb 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1702 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 16 Feb 2017
at 01:14
  • msg #431

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 429):

JEB instinctively swings around at Jake's warning and takes a moment to locate the enemy before firing a shot.

Free: none
Move: swing around
Attack: spot check 10 + 6 AP = 16

Free: none
Move: any small movement to adjust to attacker position
Attack: fire 12 + 5 AP = 17, damage 11
Miss chance 15 = success
This message was last edited by the player at 01:15, Thu 16 Feb 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2009 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 16 Feb 2017
at 05:00
  • msg #432

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Upon reaching the path, Cole and Luke ride side by side (4x) towards the area of the cave. Fritz follows about 10 feet behind.

Free: None
Move:4x
Attack: None
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1212 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 16 Feb 2017
at 22:48
  • msg #433

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

ENS continues kneeling and watching the longboat as he speaks to Travis.

It looks like a longboat is coming in... I think we should stay here until it gets ashore. Just ignore the fishermen unless they come over here or start shooting!

Free action: speak to Travis
Move action: continue watching longboat through binos (another Spot check needed)?
Attack action: none


For Coop, Lyman, James, and Peter:
 Free action: none
 Move action: hold positions, keep an eye on the fishermen
 Attack action: none
James E. Beauregard
player, 1703 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 18 Feb 2017
at 00:59
  • msg #434

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 429):

Barnes
Free: none
Move: back up
Attack: roll 8, damage 12, miss chance success
This message was last edited by the player at 01:00, Sat 18 Feb 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2718 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 18 Feb 2017
at 21:07
  • msg #435

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 433):

I agree. Should we wait for the longboat to head back before we move?

Free:Speak
Move: None
Attack: As previous.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4504 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 19 Feb 2017
at 04:01
  • msg #436

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole Trayne urges Bess forward and the other riders spur their mounts in turn. The trio races up the path between the rocks, ascending towards the top of the cave. They see a sole runner in front of them, still on the path. And the three riders detect movement among the rocks, probably other highbinders, although the speed of the horses makes more than a glance difficult. Cole and his friend Luke react to sounds of repeated gunfire to their left, up the slope.

ENS keeps his gaze on the longboat, through the field glasses, while he and Travis converse. It isn’t easy -- that is, talking reasoned-tones -- with the gunfire continuing to echo around these hills near the India Basin. Still they take each other’s meaning well enough. The other four men stay still, waiting to see if the fisherman make their assessment of the situation clear by way of action. As it happens, some of the fisherman begin to back off, at least the few who have held their own brief confabulation while others awoke and scanned the beach and the water to orient themselves to the commotion. Importantly, ENS estimates that it will take at least a few minutes for the longboat to reach the shoreline.

Jake spins around reflexively, firing his carbine at movement in the shadows without regard to who it might be. He picks out a target and plugs him with the first bullet. The highbinder stops moving, electing to fire a Colt Dragoon at the rifleman. The ball from the aging Colt flies high over Jake’s head he figures. Not only that, but out of the corner of his eye, Jake sees two dark shapes moving towards his and JEB’s position. In fact, the lawman turns and finds one of those two targets, discharging a round from his Spencer and hitting the on-rushing form.  Barnes and his opponent move and fire in an odd sort of rhythm, the former backing up until he stumbles slightly on the upward slope, the latter following and stopping when they fire their weapons in unison. Once again, Barnes misses and the Celestial hits, discharging the second barrel of his scattergun. Throughout it all, Jake’s aim remains trained on the highbinder with the Dragoon and he squeezes off a second shot, but it sails high. Just a moment later, both the lawman and the rifleman bear the brunt of a charge by two of the boo how doy, both armed with hatchets that catch a glean of moonlight as they swing through the air at the climax of their charge. Fortunately, the hatchets fail to connect with either of the Spencer-wielding white men. Unfortunately, both of them find themselves engaged in melee combat with these highbinders, their ranged advantage with the carbines suddenly diminished.

-----------------------

OOC: State another round of actions. Don't forget the map. Barnes has taken 16 points of damage total.
Jake Richardson
player, 1246 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 20 Feb 2017
at 03:43
  • msg #437

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Shorely is a shit-load uhv these baastards, Jake thought to himself as heathens seemed to be popping up from behind every rock and out of every little ravine. Reckon that mayhaps all the shootin' is pullin' 'em to us. Hopefully that'll lighten the load a mite for the others.

Makes for a hard road for JEB an' me an' Barnes, though.


To drive that point home, Jake found himself in close-quarters combat with a heathen armed with a hatchet. The Texan managed to twist out of the way of the blade, and fired his Spencer from what seemed like a couple of inches away from his attacker's chest. It seemed impossible to miss from such short range, but Jake knew that he had rushed the shot a little.

Knowing also that his carbine's magazine was dry, Jake plunged a hand into a pocket of his duster and pulled out a pre-loaded magazine, working smoothly to replace the empty one.


OOC:

Attack:
22:13, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 18 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 6. Ranged Attack (Powder Burns, Point-Blank Shot).

22:14, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 3 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 1,3. AP Bonus for Attack.

Total Attack Roll: 21

22:15, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 15 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 4,10. Damage (Point-Blank Shot).

Move Action: Reload carbine. 22:19, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 24 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 12. Concentration Check (Reloading).

Notes: Due to the "Powder Burns" feat, Jake does not suffer the usual -4 penalty for firing a long arm in close-quarters combat. He also benefits from the Point-Blank Shot feat (+1 to Attack and Damage. I ignored the first die roll, since it was made in error -- I pressed the wrong button, and inadvertently rolled without intending to, with no modifiers or description.

Per the rules, it looks like a Concentration Check would be needed for reloading under the stress of combat, so I rolled one.

Cole Trayne
player, 2010 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 20 Feb 2017
at 04:22
  • msg #438

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and his riders continue at their current pace. For the moment, then just bear down on the runner in front of them, but do not shoot.

Free Action: No shooting until I start!
Move Action: Ride 4x
Attack Action: Only if fired upon
James E. Beauregard
player, 1704 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 21 Feb 2017
at 03:36
  • msg #439

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 436):

JEB fires two rounds at the attacker. Barnes dodges.

Free: none
Move: none
Attack: roll 1 = 26, damage 10
Roll 2 = 19, damage 7
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1214 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 21 Feb 2017
at 22:08
  • msg #440

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 439):

ENS keeps a watch on the longboat while answering quickly.

Once the women are off we should move... I don't think they'll keep them on the beach long! Can you send Coopwood back to get Xu's group moving?

Free action: speak to Travis
Move action: continue watching longboat through binos
Attack action: none


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
 Free action: none
 Move action: hold positions, keep an eye on the fishermen
 Attack action: none

Travis should direct Coop per ENS' statement above.
Travis Sunday
player, 2719 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 24 Feb 2017
at 21:34
  • msg #441

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 440):

Travis quickly complies getting Copwood in motion.  He begins to worry about the activities on the bluff as it sounds like it's a real skirmish.

Free action: Speak to Copwood
Move action: Adjust 5 foot to speak
Attack action: none

Judge Messalen
GM, 4510 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 25 Feb 2017
at 15:41
  • msg #442

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

ENS maintains his focus on the longboat, gripping the field glasses. He speaks rapidly, trying to say a mouthful in a few seconds. Neverthless, Travis comprehends the professor's intent, ordering Coop to run back to Mr. Xu. Coopwood, pauses for only a moment, a perplexed look coming over his face, but he heeds orders and takes off at a sprint northward. Two of the fishermen work to extinguish the remains of their fire, while others continue to pull back, in the same direction that Coop is now running . . . Travis Sunday sees that all of the fishermen are now awake and on their feet, scrambling as the gun fire continues farther down the beach near the cave guarded by the boo how doy.

In fact, unknown to the men on the beach, most of the weapon reports come from the carbines operated by the rifleman and the lawman on the slope leading to the cave. Each of the men, fully engaged with a highbinder, continues to use his long arm in the fight with the boo how doy, who, as far as Jake is concerned, are popping up like prairie dogs. At least for a moment, that phenomena seems to have ceased, as Jake, JEB and Barnes continue to fight the remaining four Celestials without perceiving any additional opponents. Before either Jake or JEB can discharge a round, each of the highbinders takes a swing with his hatchet. Again, they fail to cut into their targets and so both the rifleman and the lawman squeeze off a shot, each man believing the close up shot has found purchase. And yet, nothing seems to deter this pair of Chinese fighters, as they swing again with their hatchets, and again miss their mark. Considering the highbinders skill in movement, tactics and their trusty weapons, both of the white men thank their lucky stars that the highbinders' hatchets -- most likely coated in some manner of poison -- have missed their marks repeatedly. JEB fires a second round that misses, as the highbinder twists away from the end of the barrel in these close quarters. Jake steels his mind despite the second swing by the highbinder, switching out a new cartridge of seven rounds for his carbine.

Meanwhile, Barnes goes on the defense, gaining better footing along the slope and attempting to evade the attack of the pressing highbinder. It is the one who had fired two barrels from the sawed-off scattergun, but who now closes in for hand-to-hand attacks. He strikes Barnes with an elbow to the forehead, eliciting an audible groan from the ranch foreman, a guttural expression of pain that somehow pierces the night between the gunfire. A moment later, the groan is gone, as the fourth highbinder fires a round from his Colt Dragoon. Neither JEB nor Jake can tell whether the Dragoon's ball has found its target, but Barnes remains on his feet, now flanked by two of the highbinders.

Cole Trayne leads his two riders up the sloping path, towards the top of the cave. The boo how doy running ahead on the path realizes that he may be trampled in mere moments; in an effort to avoid that fate, he moves a short distance and pushes himself up against the rocky lip over the cave. Luke's mount, Horse, is closest to the highbinder, and its rider -- having heard the orders of his boss Cole -- attempts to avoid trampling the man. In fact, Luke maneuvers Horse with ease, dipping in just behind Bess along the path. The riders continue at a gallop, falling into single file as the path turns, while seeing the heads of a passel of highbinders amongst the rocks and even slightly up the slope, and hearing repeated gun fire to their left and even further up the slope. Cole leads the men over the cave and down the other side, nearing the rocky beach below.

The wrangler sees three important things in these several moments of riding over the cave: roughly a dozen total Celestials, positioned in what appears to be a tactical formation to defend the cave; the rocks ahead, for which he gauges a need to slow the horses to navigate without risk; and a wide open stretch of beach ahead, where it will be easy to ride through once the rocky end of this path is negotiated, although probably slower going in the sandy terrain than along this hard-packed path. None of the highbinders attack. They all watch the riders moving quickly through this area, but they take no immediate action, other than to move slightly to improve their positions relative to the riders. The one thing that Cole doesn't see: any sign of ENS, Travis, Coop or the posse members he expects to be traveling towards this position along the beach. Either something has gone wrong with their approach, or they are simply out of sight from Cole's current position, even though he can see some 100 yards along the water's edge.

OOC: State another round of actions.
Jake Richardson
player, 1250 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:14
Sat 25 Feb 2017
at 17:49
  • msg #443

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 442):

Jake managed to twist out of the way of the hatchet that the heathen swung at him, and the Texan fired another round at his attacker, at point-blank range. Jake levered out the spent shell-casing, and quickly fired again.


OOC:
Attacks:
12:09, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 22 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 10. Ranged Attack (Powder Burns, Point-Bank Shot).

12:10, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 41 using 1d100 with rolls of 41. Miss Chance (1st Shot). Success.

12:14, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 17 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 9,7. Damage (1st Shot, PB Shot).

12:12, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 15 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 8. Second Shot (Full Round Action).

12:12, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 1,6. AP (2nd Shot).

Total Attack Roll (2nd shot): 21

12:11, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 44 using 1d100 with rolls of 44. Miss Chance: 2nd Shot (Full Round Action). Success.

12:15, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 17 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 7,9. Damage (2nd Shot, PB Shot).

Notes: Jake will fire the first shot at the BHD who is attacking him with a hatchet. If the man does not fall, Jake will fire the second shot at him as well.

If the BHD attacking Jake falls after the first shot, Jake will take a five-foot step towards the BHD armed with the Colt Dragoon (who is attacking Barnes), and will fire the second round at him.

Having fired two shots from a freshly-loaded magazine, Jake has five round remaining in this magazine.

Edit: Fixed error in RPoL coloring protocol so as to highlight the die roll for Jake's second shot.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:54, Sat 25 Feb 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1216 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 26 Feb 2017
at 00:46
  • msg #444

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 442):

ENS turns to take a look (with the binos) at the beach where the longboat is likely to land; looking to see what reception is waiting.

 Free action: none
 Move action: look at beach through binos (see spot check)
 Attack action: none

17:44, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 10 using 1d20.  Spot check.
17:44, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Spot.



For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: hold positions, keep an eye on the fishermen
  Attack action: none
Cole Trayne
player, 2011 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 26 Feb 2017
at 04:50
  • msg #445

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Having come this far and not seeing what he expected, Cole immediately turns in the direction of the gunfire.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Reduce speed to 2x and turn upslope.
Attack Action: None
Travis Sunday
player, 2721 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 26 Feb 2017
at 23:34
  • msg #446

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

We might need to meet the boat the second it lands with all this gunfire.

Free action: Talk
Move action: None
Attack action: None
James E. Beauregard
player, 1705 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 27 Feb 2017
at 02:30
  • msg #447

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 442):

Knowing longarms are a liability in close combat, JEB uses the butt of his rifle as a melee weapon on the closest attacker.

Free:"Jake, help Barnes. I'll handle these two."
Move: none.
Attack: nonlethal attack roll 11+4=15 (used highest of 2 AP roll),  damage 13
            Nonlethal attack 2 roll = 23, damage 8
OOC: autocorrect error in dice roller.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4511 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 28 Feb 2017
at 04:33
  • msg #448

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake Richardson levers his Spencer as if it responds to his voice. He looks for a chance to fire again at close range, but the highbinder is faster — at least at this close range. The Celestial takes yet another swing with the hatchet. And misses yet again. Jake discharges another round from the carbine, plugging the hatchetman from close range. Instinctively, even if unsure whether he had dispatched the man, Jake turns his attention to the man behind Barnes — the one who held the Dragoon. By now, the gun man is in close quarters, flanking the ranch foreman as his countryman attacks with bare fists. Before the rifleman can fire again, he witnesses a brutal attack against Barnes, by each of the two boo how doy. Jake fires again as Barnes collapses. The rifleman puts a bullet through the mid-section of the Celestial with the Colt. Although Richardson can’t be sure, he believes he put to rest both of his targets. However, as that thought crosses his mind, Jake sees the remaining highbinder snatch the Winchester from the grip of JEB’s posse member.

The lawman himself, meanwhile, was calling out to the rifleman to no avail. Jake’s mind was set on his actions, and no words from Beauregard would change the sequence of events. Regardless of that fact, JEB turns his carbine to attack with the butt, switching tactics in an effort to save ammunition as well as avoiding provoking additional attacks by the hatchetman. His first attempt is unsuccessful, as is another swing of the hatchet by his adversary. JEB’s second attack connects, driving the highbinder back a step but failing to take him out of the fight. JEB hears two more reports from Jake’s Spencer, although he remains unsure of their effects. Of course, the reason for that is simple; the hatchet-weilding boo how doy in front of him demands his full attention.

Cole Trayne reaches the end of the path, slowing Bess and turning away from the rocky outcropping in front of the cave and the bay. He turns his mount around the bend, focusing his attention on the slope ahead. Both of his riders follow, separating slightly as they navigate the sharp turn. The boo how doy positioned in this area make small movements as the riders pass, but they show no aggressive inclinations of any kind. Cole scans the area quickly, attempting to discern a direct path towards the gun fire up the slope. He sees none in these brief moments. The moonlight is clear enough here along the water, but looking up the slope in the blink of an eye reveals only darkness and shadows. The wrangler believes he can follow his ears to the area of the combat; however, he has no idea of the peril involved in making that approach up this rolling slope. A small ditch could spell disaster for a galloping horse.

ENS and Travis continue to converse and watch the longboat. The fisherman continue their retreat. Gun fire echoes along the basin.

OOC: State another round of combat.

EDIT: fixing typos, missing words, repeated words (including a missing word in the first sentence)
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:21, Tue 28 Feb 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1251 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:14
Wed 1 Mar 2017
at 01:34
  • msg #449

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 448):

Jake was pretty sure that he had dropped both of the heathens that he had fired at, and he heard JEB tell him to help out Barnes -- that he would handle the heathens who were attacking him. The ranch foreman had just fallen, but the fact that one of the heathens who had attacked Barnes was scrabbling to pick up the man's long arm got the Texan's attention.

"Understood," Jake replied to JEB. He fired a round at the heathen who was picking up Barnes' rifle, then quickly levered in a fresh round and fired again.


OOC:
 Attacks:
19:50, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 56 using 1d100 with rolls of 56. Miss Chance (1st Shot). Success.

19:51, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 24 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 12. Ranged Attack (Powder Burns, Point-Bank Shot).

19:51, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 14 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 8,5. Damage (1st Shot, PB Shot).

19:52, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 39 using 1d100 with rolls of 39. Miss Chance: 2nd Shot (Full Round Action). Success.

19:53, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 16 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 9. 2nd Shot (Full Round Action).

19:54, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 3 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 3,1. AP (2nd Shot).

Total Attack Roll for 2nd Shot: 19

19:55, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 9 using 2d10+1, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 8,8. Damage (2nd Shot, PB Shot).

Note: Once again, I forgot to disable the "drop the lowest die" command after rolling for the AP. The damage for the second round should be 17.

Additional Notes: If Jake's first shot does not drop his target, he will fire a second shot at the same man. If the Celestial is still standing after Jake's second shot, Jake will take a five-foot step towards the man, assuming that his foe does not know how to maximize the use of a long arm at close quarters (in gaming terms, if the Celestial is still standing after both of Jake's shots, Jake is attempting to impose the -4 penalty for firing a long arm in close-quarters combat upon his foe).

If Jake's first shot fells his target, he will fire his second round at the BHD to the south of JEB.

At the end of this round, Jake will have fired four rounds from this magazine, leaving three cartridges available.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1706 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 2 Mar 2017
at 03:27
  • msg #450

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 442):

JEB continues using the rifle as a melee weapon.

Free: none
Move: none
Attack: roll 21, damage 5
Roll 16, damage 1
Cole Trayne
player, 2012 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 2 Mar 2017
at 04:09
  • msg #451

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole glances up the slope, pauses a moment, and makes his decision.

Free action: Boys, follow me. But, keep it safe. I'm going to run Bess up the slope
Move Action: Cole starts up the slope, 2x. Ride check: 30. The other riders 1x
Attack Action: None:
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1217 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 2 Mar 2017
at 19:39
  • msg #452

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 448):

ENS turns the binos back to the longboat while speaking.

Maybe, but the chinamen on the beach don't seem overly concerned... about a minute or so until the boat lands.

  Free action: speak to Travis
  Move action: look at longboat through binos
  Attack action: none


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
 Free action: none
 Move action: hold positions, keep an eye on the fishermen
 Attack action: none
Travis Sunday
player, 2722 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 4 Mar 2017
at 02:57
  • msg #453

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 452):

Travis nods.

No actions.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4514 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 5 Mar 2017
at 03:45
  • msg #454

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole Trayne calls to his fellow riders, who haven’t uttered a word along this brief ride, except perhaps for the curse issued by Luke Hadden as he narrowly missed the trampling of the running Chinaman. The wrangler spurs Bess to ascend the hill, navigating smoothly even in the moonlight, although rider and mount undertake a moderate pace to ensure success. Meanwhile, Luke and Fritz follow at a reduced pace, picking their path up the slope, deliberately. Cole pulls alongside two or three of the highbinders near the lower bluff, but they make no overt actions. Gauging the difficulty of the slope, Cole believes he could increase the pace of Bess, although the danger in footing remains a real concern. Trayne hears two weapon reports from further up the slope, in a rhythm that suggests the well-practiced use of a long arm. Soon, Cole believes he will ride into a line of sight for whomever continues to battle among the rolling hill at the edge of the India Basin.

Sunday, Ringgenberg and their charges maintain their positions. There has been no movement from the Chinese toward their position. The fishermen continue their retreat. The boo how doy in the longboat pull measured strokes with their oars, gliding toward the beach at the edge of the India Basin.

Jake Richardson levers another round in his trusty Spencer. The rifleman fires as the boo how doy moves . . . dives actually, in an attempt to take cover behind the bodies of Barnes and his fellow hatchetman. It matters not, as Jake knows that his first shot's aim is true. His second, however, is rendered ineffective by the highbinder’s tactics, as the Chinese uses the bloody body of the foreman Barnes as a shield against another ball from the rifleman’s carbine. Richardson convinces himself that the ball flew wide, as opposed to burying itself in the ranch foreman’s lifeless form.

Meanwhile the lawman from Missouri finds himself in a quandary. Firing the carbine invites attacks from the skilled hatchetman with whom he is currently engaged; using the butt of his rifle yields less effective damage. Choosing the latter, JEB looks for an opening, but finds the hatchet scraping the back of his hand in the process. It is nothing more than a scratch, but if these celestials have coated their weapons with poison as those had done back in the alley just yesterday, Beauregard will have more than a single enemy to resist. The lawman carries out his attack, smashing the boo how doy square in the face with the butt of his carbine and dropping the man to the shadowy earth. Striking again, to ensure the man stays down, JEB manages only a glancing blow against the fallen Chinaman.

OOC: JEB takes 6 points of damage and must make a Fort Save against the poisoned hatchet. Everyone should state another round of actions.

EDIT: some typos
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:47, Sun 05 Mar 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2013 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 5 Mar 2017
at 05:24
  • msg #455

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 454):

Ignoring the highbinders who have chosen not to engage him, Cole increases the pace up the slope to join his friends.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Increase speed to 3x. Ride:15 AP:3 Total: 18
Attack Action: None

The other riders follow Cole up the slope at their current pace.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:28, Sun 05 Mar 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1218 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 6 Mar 2017
at 02:06
  • msg #456

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 454):

ENS continues watching the longboat.

Free action: none
Move action: look at longboat through binos
Attack action: none


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: hold positions, keep an eye on the fishermen
  Attack action: none
James E. Beauregard
player, 1707 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 6 Mar 2017
at 02:59
  • msg #457

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 454):

Fort Save = 12 + 5 AP = 17
James E. Beauregard
player, 1708 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 6 Mar 2017
at 03:06
  • msg #458

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 454):

Free: speaking to the HB, "surrender or die!"
Move: advance 1x movement towards remaining HB
Attack: aim rifle but hold fire

OOC: spoken in mandarin if known. I seem to recall JEB learning a bit of the language.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:09, Mon 06 Mar 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1252 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Mon 6 Mar 2017
at 19:10
  • msg #459

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake's lips curved into a predatory, feral snarl as he saw that he had his opponent on the run. Well, not exactly on the run -- but clearly the heathen knew that he was in trouble, and was trying to shield himself from the lead that the Texan was sending his way by hunkering down behind Barnes' body.

The Texan could see that the heathen had gained a bit of cover, and took a split second to consider whether he was better off aiming his shot, or simply moving closer in an effort to give himself a better angle of fire on his target.

He heard JEB call out behind him, but since he seemed to be talking to the heathens that he was battling and not to Jake himself, Jake paid little heed to comments that weren't directed at him.

Making a quick decision, Jake moved stalked closer to his target, figuring that if he had to, he might be able to get in the heathen's face and jam him if he tried to fire Barnes' long arm.

He fired once, but didn't feel confident that he had inflicted much damage on the heathen.



OOC:

Move:
Jake will take a full move, and move 30 feet closer to his target.

Attack: 13:43, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 84 using 1d100 with rolls of 84. Miss Chance (1st Shot). Success

13:59, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 15 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 3. Ranged Attack (Powder Burns, Point-Bank Shot).

14:00, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 5 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 2,5. AP for Carbine Shot.

Total Attack Roll: 20.

14:02, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 4 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 1,2. Damage (PB Shot).

Notes: Jake has two rounds left in this magazine.

Travis Sunday
player, 2723 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 6 Mar 2017
at 20:55
  • msg #460

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 454):

No actions.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4515 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 7 Mar 2017
at 03:08
  • msg #461

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake Richardson pauses for a heartbeat before he advances on the highbinder taking cover behind dead bodies. He steadies the carbine, sighting as he walks. Meanwhile, JEB calls for the Celestials to surrender, beginning his own advance toward the remaining hatchetman that had taken down Barnes -- and snatched the ranch foreman's Winchester. The lawman's strong constitution proves itself as he seems to have resisted the poison from the other highbinder's hatchet as he moves up the slope. Suddenly, the highbinder scrambles to his feet, turning to run. His timing is good enough to start his dash, but not good enough to evade the rifleman's shot from his Spencer. Richardson scowls, believing his shot has plugged the running highbinder from behind but seeing that it has little effect . . . wa'al at least not the effect for which he had hoped . . . as the Chinaman continues his movement along the slope.

And immediately following the report of the rifleman's weapon, both Beauregard and Richardson hear another report, perhaps from the north or somewhere along the ridge. Although neither man feels the punch of a bullet, there is no way to be sure exactly from where the shot was fired, nor whether it came near its intended target.

At the same time, Cole Trayne spurs Bess to increase her pace up the slope. The mare responds, but after a few strides, she turns abruptly to the southwest, avoiding a rocky stretch along the ridge line and slowing down. While her rider's eyes had missed the jagged ditch, Bess senses it just in time to avoid injury . . . or worse. The experience wrangler, feeling his mount diverting from his intended path, allows Bess to find her own way at least for the moment, knowing that her instincts could well save them both. He finds himself headed away from the gunfire, but still within reach in several seconds if he can guide the mare around the ditch without further incident.

Travis and ENS continue their vigil on the beach as the fishermen's retreat is fully underway. Through his binoculars, the professor sees the Chinese rowers continuing their steady glide in the longboat, inexorably approaching the area of the cave to the south.

OOC: Another round. Cole must make another Ride check if he intends to continue up the hill.
Jake Richardson
player, 1253 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Tue 7 Mar 2017
at 21:29
  • msg #462

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 461):

Jake grimaced as he heard the sound of a shot that did not come from either his weapon or JEB's. He went down on one knee so as to present a smaller target, then snapped off a shot at the fleeing heathen. He would have let the man go if he could be sure that he would keep running and not get back into the fight, but he didn't want the little yaller bastard finding cover and starting to snipe at JEB and him with Barnes' rifle.

"See if you can spot who's firin'," he suggested to JEB.

The Texan didn't see any effect from his first shot, so he was pretty sure that he had missed. He fired a second time, with no better results. Wa'al, shit-fire! he thought disgustedly.

OOC:

Free Action:
Kneel (+2 to Defense against ranged attacks)

16:11, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 9 using 1d100 with rolls of 9. Miss Chance (1st Shot). Miss.

16:12, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 51 using 1d100 with rolls of 51. Miss Chance: 2nd Shot (Full Round Action). Success.

16:13, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 10 using 1d20+6 with rolls of 4. 2nd Shot (Full Round Action).

16:14, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 3 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 1,3. AP (2nd Shot).

Total Attack Roll: 13

Notes: I don't believe that a 13 will hit, so I didn't bother with a Damage roll (based upon the map it didn't look like Jake was still in range for a point-blank shot, so I did not apply the +1 to his Attack roll -- I doubt that it would have mattered with this roll, any way). The magazine of Jake's Spencer is now empty.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1219 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 8 Mar 2017
at 02:01
  • msg #463

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 461):

ENS continues watching the longboat; he tries to see if he can see the women while muttering to himself: Shisse... this wait is maddening...

Free action: mutter
Move action: look at longboat through binos
Attack action: none

19:00, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 9 using 1d20.  Spot check for women.
19:00, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Spot.
Total for spot: 15


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: hold positions, keep an eye on the fishermen
  Attack action: none
Travis Sunday
player, 2724 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 8 Mar 2017
at 22:30
  • msg #464

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 463):

Travis follows the leader.  He watches and mutters.

No action.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1709 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 9 Mar 2017
at 00:07
  • msg #465

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 461):

JEB kneels and aims his weapon north, searching for the source of the gunshot.

Spot = 7
This message was last edited by the player at 00:08, Thu 09 Mar 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2014 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 11 Mar 2017
at 02:16
  • msg #466

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole gives Bess an encouraging pat on her neck. Subsequently, he guides her around the problematic terrain and returns to their original path as quickly as possible.

Free action: Good catch, girl.
Move action: Evade the bad patch of ground and continue. 2x
Attack action: None

Ride: 19
Judge Messalen
GM, 4517 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 11 Mar 2017
at 03:58
  • msg #467

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Ringgenberg maintains his watch through the field glasses, muttering as the Chinese rowers power the longboat towards land. He sees that the craft is crowded, with numerous forms packed in amongst the oarsmen. Whether they are men, women or children, the professor cannot tell. All of the passengers are cloaked or robed, their faces hidden from view. Perhaps if he continued to watch, thinks the easterner, he might catch a glimpse of a face beneath the fabric. ENS hears Travis himself muttering a few feet away, but he fails to discern the gunslinger's words. The fishermen have nearly moved out of line-of-sight, to the north. Sunday notices the looks of uncertainty amongst the posse members, as all of Ringgenberg's party hears two more shots fired in the night.

And after the second ball from his Spencer misses, Jake Richardson curses. Having expended two full cartridges, mostly to good effect, he grimaces at the thought of the highbinder getting away. At least potentially. The Celestial had high-tailed it -- while Jake had aimed and fired the last two bullets in the second cartridge -- scrambling up the ridge and towards the path that he JEB and Barnes had followed just moments before. Jake reckons that the fleeing boo how doy has good cover now, in addition to distance and the running start.

Meanwhile, the lawman from Missouri drops to his knee again, scanning the shadowy slopes and ridges for the source of the bullet fired just moments ago. He sees glimpses of movement to the north and east but he fails to sight anyone who seems to be aiming a longarm or making any overt actions. That is, until he spies a mounted rider moving up the slope under the moonlight. Instantly recognizing his old pard Cole, JEB relaxes, marginally, while continuing his scan for attackers. No further shots are fired when Trayne reaches site of the battle.

Once Trayne and Bess had resumed their course, the wrangler had spied Richardson firing his Spencer. Letting Bess make her way, Cole surveys the area ahead, seeing a few bodies upon the earth near Richardson. It is then that he recognizes his pard JEB kneeling near the bodies, apparently ready to fire but pausing for the moment. Cole recognizes the highbinders' black garb amongst the nearest bodies as Bess reaches the edge of what is obviously the site of gun battle still echoing in the hills around the basin.

OOC: State another round of actions.

EDIT: Typos
This message was last edited by the GM at 11:20, Sat 11 Mar 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1220 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 11 Mar 2017
at 17:59
  • msg #468

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 467):

ENS maintains the longboat watch; he speaks so the others can hear him: Make ready gentlemen, the longboat should be making land in less than a minute.

Free action: spaek
Move action: look at longboat through binos
Attack action: none


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: hold positions, keep an eye on the fishermen
  Attack action: none
James E. Beauregard
player, 1710 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 12 Mar 2017
at 01:42
  • msg #469

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 467):

JEB reloads and moves under cover to check for any life in Barnes.
Cole Trayne
player, 2015 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 12 Mar 2017
at 04:31
  • msg #470

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole reins Bess and looks in the same general direction as JEB to see if he can see anyone doing any shooting. Meanwhile, Luke and Fritz join him as soon as their able.

Free action: None
Move Action: None
Attack Action: None

Spot: 18 - See hidden enemies.
Jake Richardson
player, 1254 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:11
Sun 12 Mar 2017
at 16:39
  • msg #471

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 467):

Jake approved of JEB's seeing to Barnes -- it was always best to check for signs of life -- but personally, he figured the man to be dead or dying. After four years of war and witnessing so much death and misery, the Texan now greeted such things with a stoic fatalism -- a man's time was up whenever it was up, although personally he  made every effort to avoid feeling the Grim Reaper's death-cold touch upon his own shoulder.

A younger Jake would have seen the Almighty's hand in such life-or-death decisions, but as the war wore on and more and more men died, he ceased to believe that -- now he felt that if indeed there was an Almighty, He, She, or It couldn't be bothered with the particulars of an individual man's life or death.

The Texan set about changing out the empty magazine of his Spencer for a fresh one, his fingers moving smoothly through the familiar motions as if they each had a mind of their own. Seeing the mounted wrangler approach, he called out conversationally "Howdy, Cole. Howdy, Bess. Good to see y'all."

"Thangs has been a mite busy hereabouts, but I do bee-lieve that we got the whip-hand now. How's thangs pro-ceedin' elsewhaere?"


OOC:

12:30, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 32 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 20. Concentration Check (Reloading).

Actions: Reload a fresh magazine, talk more'n a mite. Since Jake was kinda windy this round, I figured that these actions were probably all he would have time for.

Notes: LOL. After round after round of rolling in the single digits for Jake's Attack rolls, he rolls a natural 20 on a Concentration Check. Better'n a 1, I reckon.

Travis Sunday
player, 2725 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 12 Mar 2017
at 19:00
  • msg #472

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 467):

No actions.
Cole Trayne
player, 2016 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 12 Mar 2017
at 22:06
  • msg #473

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 471):

While remaining focused on being sure there is nothing else to shoot at, the wrangler responds to Jake.

Jake... Good to see you, too. In one piece! I don't rightly know what is going on down by the beach. But, on the way up here, me and the boys saw quite a few folks. Oddly enough, not a one took a poke at us as we rode right by. But, I gotta say, once I heard the gunshots, we came here as fast as we could. We didn't stick around to mix it up with anyone on the way here.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4519 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 13 Mar 2017
at 01:58
  • msg #474

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 473):

OOC: Just a note: Nothing wrong with Cole's dialogue, but that's a lot of words for six seconds (I count roughly 3 rounds worth of dialogue). Cole's speaking will continue into the next round, at least, essentially keeping Cole in this place for another round (no movement, although other actions could be taken).
Judge Messalen
GM, 4520 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 13 Mar 2017
at 02:46
  • msg #475

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

JEB moves to check on Barnes, intending to re-load but finding himself spending time, first, to assess the ranch hand's condition. Unfortunately, the lawman's initial conclusion is that Barnes has joined the choir invisible. He commences to re-load the Spencer, but it will take another several seconds to complete the task.

Meanwhile, Jake loads another cartridge into his carbine, speaking to Cole who still sits upon Bess, waiting for his two riders to catch up. The wrangler and rifleman converse, as the battle pauses. For the first time in more than a minute, the sound of gunfire ceases. Jake watches the highbinder, who had escaped up the slope, continue moving along the ridge above, until he disappears from view.

Travis, ENS and the others continue to wait. The professor continues his watch through the binoculars, although he has no insight into the occupants of the longboat -- aside from the boo how doy rowing the craft toward the shore. The absence of gunfire becomes conspicuous.

OOC: Although the combat has temporarily ceased, the Judge requests that the PCs continue to post only one round's worth of action per round. Things could change quickly, including the possiblity of further gunfire on the part of the highbinders, even if the PCs refrain from attacking. As noted in the previous message, Cole's speech from the previous round will take AT LEAST another round to complete.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1221 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 14 Mar 2017
at 20:42
  • msg #476

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 475):

ENS maintains the longboat watch; he speaks to Travis: Can you tell if the gunfire came from the beach or the bluffs Travis?

 Free action: speak
 Move action: look at longboat through binos
 Attack action: none


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: hold positions, check their weapons once more
  Attack action: none
Travis Sunday
player, 2726 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 14 Mar 2017
at 22:53
  • msg #477

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 476):

The bluffs. The beach will be uncleared, but there should be no reason not to coome ashore.

No actions
Jake Richardson
player, 1255 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Tue 14 Mar 2017
at 23:57
  • msg #478

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 475):

Jake nodded when Cole had finished his explanation. Marching -- or, in this case, riding -- towards the sound of the gunfire was the mark of a good, aggressive soldier. It told you that your comrades-in-arms were engaged with the enemy, and might need your help.

"'Preciate it," the Texan replied. "After all, they might've had us by the short-hairs up here."

He glanced over towards JEB to see if the Missourian had finished with his examination of Barnes -- and whether there was any need to tend to the ranch foreman's wounds.

OOC:

Actions this round:
Speak, look to JEB.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1711 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 17 Mar 2017
at 00:43
  • msg #479

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 478):

JEB shakes his head at Jake's inquiring glance as he mutters, "God's speed my friend" over Barnes' body.

JEB walks over to Jake and Cole declaring curtly, "kill them all."
Cole Trayne
player, 2017 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 17 Mar 2017
at 02:37
  • msg #480

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 479):

Cole glances in Jake's direction and nods.

Couldn't rightly let you boys fight it out without trying to help.

Turning towards JEB, the wrangler continues.

I'm with you, but first things first. We go get those women.

Cole then looks for his other riders, to see where they done got to... </Orange>
Judge Messalen
GM, 4522 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 17 Mar 2017
at 20:41
  • msg #481

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: The Judge is skipping ahead two rounds because of the volume of PC dialogue, while no combat on either side is occuring.

Re-loading as stated is done and Cole's two riders have joined the group.

ENS sees the long boat approaching shore. He estimates another 30 seconds, give or take.

Please state ONE round worth of actions. That includes short pieces of dialogue.
Travis Sunday
player, 2727 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 19 Mar 2017
at 00:01
  • msg #482

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 481):

All right professor. It's time.

Free Action: Talk

Move action: 1x towards the landing point

Attack action: Ready action. If attacked attack back

Cole Trayne
player, 2018 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 19 Mar 2017
at 02:00
  • msg #483

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole acknowledges his riders as soon as they arrive. Confident that things here with JEB and Jake seemed to have settled down a might, Cole turns his gaze in the general direction of Travis and the professor, looking for hidden enemies.

Free Action: Spot: 25
Move Action: None
Attack Action: None
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1222 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 19 Mar 2017
at 17:47
  • msg #484

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 482):

ENS stands and starts to follow Travis, motioning for the other men to follow.

Very well Travis, but lets go slow... we don't want to spook that boat out again!

Free Action: speak to Travis while motioning to the others.
Move Action: follow Travis at same speed.
Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: stand and follow Travis and ENS, closing distance
  Attack action: none
Jake Richardson
player, 1256 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Sun 19 Mar 2017
at 22:52
  • msg #485

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 481):

"Time to get a wiggle on," Jake drawled, motioning downslope with his head.

He started easing downslope towards the lower firing positions, crouching low and moving cautiously, with his Spencer at the ready.

OOC:

Free Action:
Speak.

Move: Standard movement downslope.

Action: Total Defense.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1712 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 20 Mar 2017
at 02:34
  • msg #486

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 485):

JEB keeps abreast of the Texan, 10 paces to the left, as he descends the slope cautiously scouting the area for hidden enemies.

Free: none
Move: 1x speed
Attack: none
Judge Messalen
GM, 4524 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 21 Mar 2017
at 01:33
  • msg #487

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday decides the time for action has come. He speaks to the professor and then all five men on the beach begin to move towards the area of the cave, further south along the beach. ENS stops his gazing through the field glasses, at least for the moment, as he needs to watch his step along the moonlit beach. At this pace, the professor estimates that the band of five men will be, roughly, halfway to the cave by the time the longboat reaches the shore . . . assuming the rowers maintain their current speed.

Richardson and Beauregard move away from the lifeless body of the ranch foreman named Barnes, moving at a deliberate pace down the slope towards the lower bluff -- their original destination before the gun fight ensued. Jake moves alongside the fallen highbinders, while JEB stays ten paces to the Texan's left.

Cole Trayne remains mounted upon Bess, staring out into the moonlit night while searching for hidden enemies. JEB closes to the point where he will need to go behind Cole's horse to keep pace with his pard Jake. Just then, Cole sees that shapes of a few boo how doy on the lower bluff moving further down the slope themselves, away from the wrangler's current position. A moment later, a rifle report rings out from the north. Neither Cole nor the others can discern exactly from where it was fired, although it stands to reason that it came from the middle bluff, where a previous shot had been fired, and the location to which the highbinder with Barnes' Winchester had fled not long ago. Shapes can be seen there, amongst the shadows, but Cole hasn't had time to determine how many.

OOC: Sunday, Ringgenberg and the three posse members are now on the map. Please state ONE round of actions. To reiterate, any speech must be brief--or it will continue into the next round at the Judge's discretion.
Cole Trayne
player, 2019 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 21 Mar 2017
at 01:49
  • msg #488

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and his riders hang back until Jake and JEB are well on their way, ensuring that no one gets it into their minds to attack his friends from behind. Once the others are clear, Cole and his men will ride south, and then turn northeast towards the cave entrance, timing their speed so that they will arrive at the beach shortly after his friends.

Free Action: We'll watch you back
Move Action: 2x
Attack Action: None
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1223 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 22 Mar 2017
at 01:20
  • msg #489

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 487):

ENS puts the field glasses into one of the large pockets of his coat while walking.

I think this is a good pace Travis.

Free Action: speak to Travis, pocket glasses.
Move Action: follow Travis at same speed.
Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: follow Travis and ENS, all within 10 feet
  Attack action: none
James E. Beauregard
player, 1713 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 22 Mar 2017
at 02:41
  • msg #490

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 487):

Free: "Pick it up, Jake."
Move: 2x speed at current trajectory.
Combat: none.
Jake Richardson
player, 1257 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Wed 22 Mar 2017
at 18:43
  • msg #491

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 487):

Seeing no immediate opposition and agreeing with JEB that they might need to hustle some in order to get into position before the boat carrying the women reached the shore, Jake also quickened his pace. Still and all, it was dark, and the Texan was not inclined to run flat-out down a slope that he was not familiar with.

OOC:

Move:
Continuing down-slope.

Attack: Convert to Move action, for a double move.

Cole Trayne
player, 2020 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 23 Mar 2017
at 02:36
  • msg #492

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole, and his riders, look for signs that the rifle fire is sending bullets in their direction. He raises his rifle.

Free Action: Cover fire gentlemen
Move Action: Defensive riding
Attack Action:Fire in the direction of the rifle shots

Cole: Attack role - 7
Fritz: Attack role - 19, Damage - 3
Luke: 3

Only rolled damage for Fritz, since it is unlikely Cole and Luke hit a target they can't see, with those rolls.
Travis Sunday
player, 2728 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 23 Mar 2017
at 10:33
  • msg #493

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 489):

Just out for a stroll

Free Action: talk
Move action: 1x towards cave
Attack Action: None

Judge Messalen
GM, 4525 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 23 Mar 2017
at 11:32
  • msg #494

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: Cole has stated two different sets of actions for the current round (#488 and #492). The Judge is ignoring the second post for the adjudication of the current round (#492).
Judge Messalen
GM, 4526 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 23 Mar 2017
at 12:14
  • msg #495

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Ringgenberg, Sunday and the three posse members continue their stroll along the beach. Ahead, they see signs of movement among the rocky area around the cave. ENS cannot be certain, but it appears that the rowers in the longboat have picked up speed.

Beauregard and Richardson increase their pace, moving faster down the slope towards the lower bluff. They haven't broken into a run, rather, they maintain a pace that allows them to navigate the moonlit terrain effectively. Moving any faster, they believe, would pose a risk. For the moment, no further gunfire is heard.

Trayne makes sure that JEB and Jake are well on their way towards the bluff, moving south at a canter with the intent to circle back towards the cave and meet up with both groups of their pards. The wrangler realizes that the timing is crucial; he cannot be sure how fast the men on the beach will advance, nor when and where JEB and Jake will stop or accelerate. At the current pace, Cole believes he can monitor events well enough to adjust as their current ride continues, but things may change and he may need to adjust their route and speed at any moment.

OOC: Please state one full round of actions.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1224 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 24 Mar 2017
at 00:27
  • msg #496

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 495):

ENS continues walking with Travis; he unholsters his Colt, but keeps it down low.

What's the chance, you think, that they'll just surrender?

Free Action: speak to Travis.
Move Action: follow Travis at same speed; draw Colt
Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: follow Travis and ENS, all within 10 feet
  Attack action: none
Travis Sunday
player, 2729 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 24 Mar 2017
at 10:42
  • msg #497

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 496):

Travis chuckles.  You're a funny man Professor.

Free Action: talk
Move action: 1x towards cave
Attack Action: None

Jake Richardson
player, 1258 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Fri 24 Mar 2017
at 21:44
  • msg #498

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 495):

Jake kept moving down-slope, halting at the edge of the nearest bluff-line and taking a moment to acclimate himself to his surroundings (including likely cover). By now he could see lots of the heathen scattered around on the beach below JEB and himself.

"Shorely is a lot of them bastards," he remarked to the Missourian.


OOC:

Move:
Jake will move down to the next-lowest bluff line.

Free Action: Speak to JEB.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1714 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 25 Mar 2017
at 01:09
  • msg #499

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 498):

JEB stopped alongside Jake and knelt in the weeds.
"A bit peculiar, I say. Why would it take thirty celestials to look after a bunch of little girls? I suspect they were expecting us."
Judge Messalen
GM, 4528 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 28 Mar 2017
at 12:07
  • msg #500

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 494):

After PM with Cole, the Judge is using Cole's post 492 as the actions for the round that I will be summarizing soon.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4529 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 28 Mar 2017
at 12:53
  • msg #501

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The professor and the gunslinger continue their ersatz stroll along the beach. The easterner draws his Colt as they walk. They see the longboat closing the distance to the area near the cave. ENS concludes that, in fact, the rowers had picked up speed for several strokes now, powering their way through a mist. The men hear a succession weapon reports from higher up the ridges to their right flank.

As Jake reaches the ridge line he finds a decent place to halt and take in the scene before him. Unknown to the rifleman, it is the same small ravine which Bess had skillfully avoided when Cole had approached from below. The only important thing now is that Jake deems it a decent position for cover, as is the area to his left that was abandoned recently by the Celestials. JEB slows down and closes in, kneeling near his pard as the two men exchange words. The lawman expresses a hypothesis, partly interrupted by the sounds of gunfire from Cole and his riders, as well as a shot fired from the bluff to the north. The highbinders from that position seem to be content with taking sporadic shots with their longarms, but so far their attacks have done no particular harm, at least as far either of the two men on this ridge line can determine.

Cole leads his riders south, telling them to fire their weapons -- despite the range -- to provide cover for their pards on the ridge line. Luke and Fritz comply as Cole himself fires his carbine. The wrangler has serious doubts about whether any of the three men struck their targets, with the distance and darkness increasing the difficulty of success, not to mention the difficulty in discerning any kind of detail from the distance put between the bluff as the riders move south toward the trail.

OOC: Remember that any ranged attacks must be accompanied by a concealment miss chance. It is a 10% chance of a miss for any ranged weapon attack, a roll made in addition to the normal attack roll.

Please state actions for the next round.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1225 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 28 Mar 2017
at 17:12
  • msg #502

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 501):

ENS continues walking with Travis; he looks back to speak to the others.

Once we get to them, spread out a little... and pick your shots carefully!

Free Action: speak to Lyman, James, and Peter.
Move Action: follow Travis at same speed.
Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: follow Travis and ENS, all within 10 feet
  Attack action: none
This message was lightly edited by the player at 17:12, Tue 28 Mar 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1715 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 29 Mar 2017
at 02:05
  • msg #503

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 501):

Hold fire until Sunday and Riggenberg reach the field.
Travis Sunday
player, 2730 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 29 Mar 2017
at 11:52
  • msg #504

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 502):

Let's try and bluff our way through this before we all start shooting.

Free action: Chat
Move action: 1X towards landing zone
Attack action: none

Jake Richardson
player, 1259 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Wed 29 Mar 2017
at 23:19
  • msg #505

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

"This looks 'bout as helpful as the sunken road at Fredericksburg, with the Yankees a-chargin' up the hill,</I? Jake thought to himself. <i>Hope the comin' dust-up works out just as good.

The ex-Confederate settled into a spot in the ravine with good cover and a good field of fire, and spent a moment to locate the rowboat carrying the women, and Travis, the Perfesser, and their men.

OOC:

Move:
(If required) Settle into a good firing position in the ravine, with cover.

Converted Attack: Locate the rowboat, Travis and ENS.

Note: I did not roll a Spot Check, since all that Jake is looking for is laid out in plain sight in the scene below him. Judge, if a Spot Check is needed, just PM me and I'll be happy to provide one.

Cole Trayne
player, 2021 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 31 Mar 2017
at 01:37
  • msg #506

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and his riders head towards the southeast to position themselves for a run at the cave entrance.

Free Action: None
Move Action: 2x
Attack Action: None
Judge Messalen
GM, 4531 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 31 Mar 2017
at 13:19
  • msg #507

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday leads the group of five men along the beach, at the edge of the lowest ridge line. To his right, he hears another weapon report . . . a single rifle firing. He turns his attention to the long boat, joining ENS in that activity. As the professor had observed in the last dozen or so seconds, the rowers had increased their pace and are now approaching the shore a mite sooner than the easterner had expected. Having advanced closer themselves, ENS and Travis have a better view of the general area. Movement by the Celestials amongst the rocky terrain is clear. Three of them in direct line of sight have run from the ridge line to what appears to be the end of a path, with one highbinder ducking behind an outcropping to the east, another turning up the path and a third stationing himself at the path's terminus, speaking in Mandarin to others in the vicinity. Although both the gunslinger and the professor speak the language, neither of them are close enough to make out the brief dialogue. Meanwhile, the long boat itself seems to be headed directly toward the rocky point where the heads and shoulders of a few of the boo how doy pop-up and down as they watch the longboat's approach. The boat will easily reach the point in the next several seconds, it appears.

Beauregard remains hunkered down at the edge of the ravine, seemingly content with his position. Richardson takes a few seconds to find a superior position in the ravine, one where he can brace himself in a firing position and still maintain a watch over the downhill slope, the cave and the rocky point to the west. Both men can now see the row boat emerging from a low mist, gliding rapidly towards the point, where a number of the highbinders have taken positions. There isn't time for much more than a glance northward up the beach in search of Travis, ENS and the others ... and that glance doesn't reveal their position. First, the sound of another rifle shot rings out, from the bluff to the northwest, again. Second, there is some brush vegetation at the bluff that the Celestials recently vacated, which at least partially obscures the view of the northern stretch of beach. Depending on where the party is, both Jake and JEB wonder if it will even be possible to spot them from this position, that is, until they get closer to the rocky point. And assuming they are even approaching as planned.

Cole Trayne adjusts Bess' path, slightly, reaching the animal trail worn through a cut in the ridge. The path has a couple of switchbacks, but it is a direct route towards his intended position. Truly, even with the switchbacks, it is easier to navigate than the uneven terrain of the slope. The trio falls into a single column along the trail, making good progress towards the location in which they had waited more than a minute ago ... before making their initial charge towards the cave area. Cole percieves a glimpse of movement amongst the jagged terrain near the shore line, on the south side of the cave, but he has no time to discern any details as Bess begins to pass by another craggy stretch in between, a fact which is likely to shield both the riders and the Celestials from each other's view for a half-dozen seconds.

OOC: The boat is approximately five or six squares off the map, roughly on the same longitude as the rocky point (and Jake and JEB up the slope).

Please state one round of actions. Please use the combat action block format for every post.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1226 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 2 Apr 2017
at 15:43
  • msg #508

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 507):

I'll follow your lead Travis.

Free Action: speak to Travis.
Move Action: follow Travis at same speed.
Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: follow Travis and ENS, all within 10 feet
  Attack action: none
Travis Sunday
player, 2731 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 3 Apr 2017
at 11:51
  • msg #509

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 508):

Can Travis estimate how long it will take at current speed until he arrives at the rocky point?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4532 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 3 Apr 2017
at 12:10
  • msg #510

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 509):

OOC: The Judge assumes Sunday's post is meant as OOC even though it wasn't stated as such.

Without a specific action stated, the Judge will only remind the player that msg 487 stated ENS' assessment that the group would be half-way to the cave at Travis' speed when the long boat reached shore, assuming the highbinders maintained current speed. Then, in the Judge's subsequent narrative posts, the text indicated that the rowers had indeed increased speed over the course of the last dozen or so seconds (i.e., two rounds out of the three rounds since the Judge provided an estimate to the cave at present speed). Therefore, Travis could quickly calculate that they will be less than half-way (from the edge of the map) to the cave. The map has scale and the rules are clear on the distance covered by 1x move (30 feet).

EDIT: Clarification and typos
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:12, Mon 03 Apr 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1260 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Mon 3 Apr 2017
at 17:59
  • msg #511

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 507):

Jake was pleased with the position that he had picked out -- the Texan's war-time experiences had seemingly given him a nose for such things. Nice to know that it was good for sumpthin' anyways, he thought wryly to himself.

The rifleman was a little concerned to see that the little boat -- presumably carrying the women that he and his pards were attempting to pry away from their captors -- was as close to the shore as it was, whereas he hadn't yet caught a glimpse of any of his pards anywhere on the beach.

At the same time, he knew that the darkness and shadows could play tricks on a man's eyesight. Having just now spotted the boat, Jake put his full attention peering down the beach to the north, trying to catch a glimpse of his pards and the men who were with them.

OOC:

Full Round Action:
13:51, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 16 using 1d20+10 with rolls of 6. Spot Check re: ENS & Travis.

Notes: Waal, drat and botherment. The Dice-Roller continues to spit out single-digit rolls at me.

Travis Sunday
player, 2732 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 4 Apr 2017
at 11:18
  • msg #512

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 510):

Let's pick up the pace boys.  Pretend we're here to be of some help.

Free Action: Speak
Move Action: 2X movement
Attack Action: none.

Cole Trayne
player, 2022 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 5 Apr 2017
at 03:53
  • msg #513

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 512):

Cole and his riders stop by the rock formations that are shielding his team from the enemy.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Stop
Attack Action: None.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1716 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 6 Apr 2017
at 02:23
  • msg #514

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 510):

Round 1
Free: none
Move: assess current position
Combat: none

Round 2
Free:Jake, bluff to the northeast provides better line of sight. Let's move,
Move: 1x speed 40-60 to the northeast bluff. Search for suitable cover.
Combat: none
Judge Messalen
GM, 4534 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 6 Apr 2017
at 13:04
  • msg #515

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole Trayne eases Bess to a halt, thinking to put the rock formation between the three riders and the highbinders around the cave area. He stops his mount once he believes that both Luke and Fritz have caught up and also gained cover from the rocky area to their left. The riders remain single file on the trail, now close together and within easy talking distance. No gunfire is heard in these few seconds.

James E. Beauregard takes a few moments to assess the tactical impact of his position relative to the long boat, the cave, and the beach where they expect to find Sunday and Ringgenberg. Scanning from east-to-north, he still cannot see anyone on the beach, other than the Celestials in the craggy areas around the cave. His eyes linger on the bluff to his northeast, some 50 feet from his current position, thinking that the bluff is still the best positon available. It is, after all, the position that he and the rifleman had intended to take before the battle with the boo how doy began up the slope. Meanwhile, Jake Richardson remains in his chosen position, content with both the cover it provides as well his view of the cave area, as he attempts to find their support on the beach. His view to the north end of the beach is still obscured -- that might explain why he fails to locate the professor's group, again. Of course, he realizes that mayhaps he cannot find them because they aren't where he expects them to be.

Travis Sunday urges his party to move double-time, gaining more ground on the beach on their way to the cave area. All of the men see the highbinders' long boat gliding along to the southwest, just now cutting to the south of the rocky point. The oarsmen have ceased their rowing, now steering the craft as the momentum from their previous work carries them through the water. Neither ENS nor Travis can be certain about the watercraft's exact destination, but it seems to be heading into the inlet that leads to the cave. Now, the boat disappears from view as the rocky point blocks the view from the section of beach that the party is currently traversing. If the long boat continues on its current path, they should be able to sight the craft in a few seconds, through the small gap between the point and the path that leads over the cave itself.

OOC: The Judge assumes that JEB's "round 1" and "round 2" actions are intended to state what he is doing for the current round as summarized here (round 1) and for the next round after this narrative summary (round 2). Therefore, JEB has not yet spoke to Jake, but will do so at the beginning of the upcoming round. The Judge would appreciate confirmation by JEB, publicly or in PM, for the upcoming round.

Additionally, for Trayne and both of his riders to gain cover from the rock formation, they would all need to continue at 1x pace for the round as summarized above, and then stop. The Judge has moved the riders accordingly on the map, stopping them after that short distance needed to accomplish Tryane's objective for the moment.

Please post actions for the next round, continuing to use the combat action block format, with accompanying narrative as desired.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1227 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 6 Apr 2017
at 18:01
  • msg #516

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 515):

ENS matches Travis' pace.

Free Action: none.
Move Action: follow Travis at same speed.
Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: follow Travis and ENS, still staying within 10 feet
  Attack action: none
Travis Sunday
player, 2733 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 7 Apr 2017
at 11:45
  • msg #517

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 516):

Free Action: Speak
Move Action: 2X movement
Attack Action: none.

Jake Richardson
player, 1261 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Fri 7 Apr 2017
at 16:57
  • msg #518

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 515):

Having settled into his position, Jake set about reloading one of the extra magazines that he had previously emptied of cartridges during the dust-up with the heathens.

OOC:

Full-Round Action:
Reload empty magazine. 12:47, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 15 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 3. Concentration Check.

Notes: I wasn't sure if a Concentration Check would be needed, since it is my perception that Jake is not distracted by being under direct fire at the moment. However, it <i>is</b> dark, so I went ahead and rolled a Check for the Judge to use, if need be.

My understanding per the Judge's notes (Msg. #515, above) is that JEB has not yet spoken to Jake (about moving to a better position) during the current round, so Jake has not yet reacted to JEB's advice.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1717 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 8 Apr 2017
at 10:24
  • msg #519

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 515):

Jake, bluff to the northeast provides better line of sight. Let's move.

Free: Speak
Move: 1x speed 40-60 to the northeast bluff. Search for suitable cover.
Combat: none
Cole Trayne
player, 2023 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 9 Apr 2017
at 02:20
  • msg #520

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In a low tone of voice, Cole provides instructions to his riders.

Stay behind cover.

Free Action: Speak
Move Action: Stay behind cover of rocks
Attack Action: None
Judge Messalen
GM, 4535 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 9 Apr 2017
at 14:23
  • msg #521

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis leads ENS and three of the posse members towards the cave area where the highbinders have taken -- and mostly maintained -- tactical positions. A few of the black-garbed Celestials occupying the rocky point continue to adjust their positions slightly, as the long boat glides back into view, at least temporarily, of the professor and the gunslinger. The craft continues to move deeper into the inlet, as seen through the gap in the rocky beach terrain, apparently relying on momentum from the now halted rowing while passing the boo how doy gathered near the water's edge. Another rifle report echoes from the slope above.

JEB speaks to Jake, who has begun reloading one of his carbine's spent cartridges. Focusing on his task, the rifleman hears the lawman's words, but he doesn't react immediately, knowing that it will take at least another few seconds to complete what he has started. As JEB moves northeast towards the nearby bluff -- the one vacated by the highbinders not too long ago -- he hears another rifle shot from the higher bluff to the northwest. This time, the lawman is certain the shot was meant for him, although he concludes that it has missed its mark and instead penetrates the brush towards which JEB has set as his destination. In the lawman's opinion, another 10, 20 or at most 30 feet of movement will put him in an optimal position to see the cave area and the get a better view of the beach ahead. Already, he detects movement from at least three men on foot, farther up the beach; however, he cannot be sure who the people might be.

Cole Trayne tells Luke and Fritz to stay behind cover, keeping his own position on the western side of the rock formation between the riders and the rocky beach and cave. Although this position has the advantage of hiding the riders, it has the disadvantage of limiting their own view of the cave area, making it necessary to rely on sound -- or perhaps instinct -- in order to react to whatever might be transpiring below. Another rifle report echoes from the north, behind them and probably from the position that they themselves had fired upon while departing from the site of the battle undertaken by Jake, JEB and the now-deceased Barnes.

OOC: State another round of actions.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1718 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 10 Apr 2017
at 02:36
  • msg #522

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 521):

Free: none
Move: continue 30 feet to optimal position and settle in a crouching position,
Combat: none
Jake Richardson
player, 1262 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Mon 10 Apr 2017
at 16:44
  • msg #523

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 521):

Jake had pretty quickly burned through two magazines-worth of ammo (the one originally in his carbine, and one of his spares) in what he considered to be a relatively minor dust-up with the heathens -- although he had to admit that it most likely hadn't seemed so minor to the men who hadn't survived it.

Even so, he was concerned that there would be a lot more shooting to come, and he wanted to get ready for it as best he could. He heard JEB call out about finding a better firing position, but the Texan wanted to finish the task at hand before moving again. And if he ended up fighting from his present spot, why, he was more pleased with it than not.

"Gonna finish this up first," he replied to the Missourian. Jake realized as he was saying it that JEB would probably not know what he was referring to, but the Texan was concentrating on clicking the cartridges into the spring-fed magazine -- five, six, and seven -- and he couldn't really pay too much attention to choosing just the right words.



OOC:

Free Action:
Speak

Full Round Action: complete the reloading of one of the empty carbine magazines.

Edit: Added the Free Action reference in the OOC comments.

This message was last edited by the player at 16:59, Mon 10 Apr 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2024 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 11 Apr 2017
at 01:09
  • msg #524

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole raises his hand, gesturing for his riders to stay silent and still. The wrangler proceeds to listen for any sign of serious activity

Free Action: gesture
Move Action: None
Attack action: None
Travis Sunday
player, 2734 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 11 Apr 2017
at 23:24
  • msg #525

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 521):

Sorry phone posting from Travel.

Keep moving. Same as before.

Free Action: None
Move Action: 2X movement
Attack Action: none.

OOC: From the Judge -- I edited Sunday's post with actions from previous, including clarification from the gunslinger (in PM, last round) that no speech is occurring.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:20, Wed 12 Apr 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1228 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 12 Apr 2017
at 18:15
  • msg #526

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 525):

ENS and the others continue to match Travis' pace.

Free Action: none.
Move Action: follow Travis at same speed.
Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: follow Travis and ENS, still staying within 10 feet
  Attack action: none
Judge Messalen
GM, 4537 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 13 Apr 2017
at 02:10
  • msg #527

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday proceeds with a single-minded purpose, leading the men forward. For a moment, he thinks of Randy Oldman.

The moment passes; as both the gunslinger and the professor glimpse -- perhaps manage a last look -- at the long boat as it penetrates the inlet and disappears from view. The highbinders ahead continue to adjust their positions, a number of them have ducked down and taken full cover, at least temporarily. The posse members, albeit belatedly, begin to fan out as per the professor's previous orders, when another rifle report rings out.

Maintaining his own single-minded concentration, Jake Richardson slides bullets into the carbine's cartridge. He speaks almost absentmindedly to the lawman, who continues his move to the bluff. Finalizing his task, the rifleman stows the cartridge for its expected usage, then sights Beauregard at the same time that yet another rifle report resounds from the bluff to the northwest. As for JEB himself, he reaches his intended destination and immediately surveys the terrain below. The first thing he sees is the boo how doy long boat disappearing into what must be the cave opening. Immediately thereafter, he catches sight of Travis and ENS with the other posse members, moving at a brisk pace -- if not running -- towards the rocky point below. Lastly, the Missourian sights another long boat gliding parallel to the the shore line and towards the rocky point. It must be Mr. Xu's craft. JEB hears another rifle report, presumably from the bluff again, but its target may as well have been the moon for all the lawman knows in the moment.

Cole Trayne motions for quiet and turns his ear to the wind. He hears chatter among the Celestials, but it's too faint to make out, even if he understood the language. Next, he hears another rifle report, from somewhere up the slope. Just one.

OOC: The Judge assumes the players will abide by the inability to see the long boat, or potentially any given Celestial as they hide among the rocks, even though the chits are still visible on the map.

Please state another round of actions.
Cole Trayne
player, 2025 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 14 Apr 2017
at 03:24
  • msg #528

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and his team remain in position.

Free Action: None
Move Action: None
Attack Action: Spot: 14 - Check for hidden enemies
Jake Richardson
player, 1263 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Sat 15 Apr 2017
at 16:13
  • msg #529

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Now a little worried that he had not yet caught sight of the Perfesser or Travis or the men with them -- and aware that the boat carrying the women was continuing to make progress towards the area where he knew the opening to the cave was located -- he called out to JEB, "Can you see the Perfesser an' Travis?"

Then the Texan stood up from his crouched position and began moving cautiously towards JEB, taking care to stay low and use the available cover as much as possible. Although no bullets had come close to him, he figured that the firing that was going on was coming from the heathens who were up-slope from JEB and him, and while he figured that they weren't as good at shooting as white men, he didn't intend to tempt Fate and give them an easy target.

OOC:

Free Action:
Speak to JEB.

Action: Full Defense.

Move: Single move towards JEB.

Travis Sunday
player, 2735 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 15 Apr 2017
at 20:46
  • msg #530

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 527):

Travis recalls Fredricksburg and the brutality of an uphill assault on well trained and positioned foes. He points to the sounds of the gunfire. while shouting in Chinese.

You! In the rocks! Those men in the bluffs are here to steal the women. Get them! We were sent to help you.

Free Action: Speak

Move Action: Contimue 2X movement

Attack Action: Ready action: If attacked, draw pistol and fire.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1719 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 15 Apr 2017
at 22:01
  • msg #531

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 529):

Time is running out, Jake. Once that longboat is unloaded, it will be too late. Shoot a few rounds and make our way down to the cave. Fire at will.

Free: speak to Jake.
Move: none
Combat: fire at  closest enemy.

Roll = 20; damage = 15
This message was last edited by the player at 22:03, Sat 15 Apr 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2736 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 16 Apr 2017
at 16:29
  • msg #532

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 530):

Travis Sunday rolled 20 using 1d20+2.  Bluff.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1229 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 16 Apr 2017
at 22:48
  • msg #533

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 530):

ENS and the others continue to match Travis' pace starting to spread in a line.

 Free Action: none.
 Move Action: follow Travis at same speed.
 Attack Action: none.


 For Lyman, James, and Peter:
   Free action: none
   Move action: follow Travis and ENS spreading out a bit.
   Attack action: none
Judge Messalen
GM, 4539 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 02:31
  • msg #534

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole Trayne and his two riders remain on the western side of the rock formation. While Fritz and Jake fidget in their saddles, matching each of their mounts in nervousness, the wrangler searches for any hidden enemies within his field of vision. He finds none, but he does hear three more rifle reports from up the slope. So far, Cole's two greenhorn cavalrymen have done a passable job of controlling their kids during the intermittent gunfire. Either they had remained far enough away for the men to whisper reassurances to the horses, or they had been moving already as the rifles echoed amidst the sloping terrain, which is what a kid is wont to do when scared, anyhow. Now, their attempts to keep the mounts both calm and stationary proves more difficult with each weapon report. Cole himself, having focused on his search for enemies in the last several heartbeats, can only acknowledge the horses discomfit while hoping that his old pard Luke -- and Luke's shy pard Fritz -- can maintain control of the mounts should they find themselves in any sort of close combat.

Jake Richardson pulls himself out of the ravine and takes steps toward Sheriff Beauregard. He sees the lawman crouched down; the Missourian has established a position with both cover and good lines of sight north and south of the cave area. The men call out to each other as two more rifle reports pierce the night air, from up the slope on their left flank. JEB himself fires his Spencer at the nearest highbinder he can sight in the area around the cave, his carbine being the third weapon ringing out in succession, and one recognized by Sunday down on the beach, as well as Trayne to the southwest of the rock formation. What Sunday and Trayne can’t know is whether anyone up the slope has been struck by another’s bullet. What Beauregard and Richardson do know is that the one of the bullets came damn close to JEB’s left leg. Maybe it took a sliver of boot leather with it. Nonetheless, the shots fail to impair the lawman’s own aim; despite the Chinaman’s partial cover among the rocks, JEB believes his bullet found its mark. Whether it was enough to take down the highbinder remains to be seen.

Travis Sunday calls out in Mandarin while he continues to lead the other four men double-time along the beach. The gunslinger’s words are thrice interrupted by rifle reports up the slope, probably diminishing the impact of Sunday’s intent — assuming in the first place that the Celestials among the rocks could hear him clearly even without the constant gunfire. How so ever it is, Sunday sees no obvious effects of his attempt to bluff the boo how doy around the rocky point. At least not yet. That’s no surprise to the gunslinger, or likely the professor and the others who continue to fan out as they approach … if the Chinese were to believe Sunday’s words, they wouldn’t likely show any signs of it until their minds had fully grasped the information … at least a few seconds after Sunday's shout, it would stand to reason.

OOC: The Judge is ruling that Sunday’s action was a Bluff. As per p64, that takes at least one full round. Technically, it is a full-round action. However, since part of the Bluff involves the movement itself, and Travis has set this up over a number of rounds, the Judge is allowing the Bluff. Still, no effects would be evident immediately. And, Travis must spend the next round with the same 2x movement while finalizing the Bluff attempt.

Please state another round of actions.
Travis Sunday
player, 2737 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 11:48
  • msg #535

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 534):

Travis holds his left hand up in surrender as he points to the gunfire with his right.

Up there!


Free Action: Speak

Move Action: Contimue 2X movement

Attack Action: Ready action: If attacked, draw pistol and fire.

Jake Richardson
player, 1264 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Tue 18 Apr 2017
at 22:18
  • msg #536

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 534):

If it had been daylight, Jake wouldn't have needed to move out of his previous spot in the ravine to decide that he really didn't like JEB's position as well as the one that he had previously chosen in the ravine. The Texan was pretty sure that the ravine would give him better cover than JEB had -- and if the view northward wasn't as good as JEB had, well, it seemed to Jake that he hadn't had any shortage of targets when he was hunkered down in the ravine.

But since it was dark, Jake had needed to move closer to JEB in order to reach these conclusions. But once he had seen what was what, the rifleman judged that his previous position was better than the one that JEB had chosen -- at least in terms of the cover that it provided. Accordingly, he called out to JEB, "I'm stayin' put," and he retraced his steps and slid into the spot that he had chosen in the ravine.

JEB had already started firing at the heathens down on the beach, so Jake lifted his carbine to his shoulder and snapped off a shot, aiming at the heathen who looked to be the closest to him.

OOC:

Free Action:
  Speak to JEB.

Move Action: Return to previous position in ravine.

Attack Action: 18:04, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 79 using 1d100 with rolls of 79. Miss Chance: (1-10 misses). Success!

18:06, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 26 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 15. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

18:09, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 11 using 2d10 with rolls of 9,2. Damage (Spencer Carbine).

Notes: Jake has the "Far Shot" feat, so the range increment for his carbine is 105 feet. Also, his carbine is equipped with custom sights (+2 equipment bonus for any attack rolls past the first range increment).

Edit: Added reference to custom sights to the "Notes", above.

This message was last edited by the player at 03:35, Wed 19 Apr 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1720 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 01:11
  • msg #537

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 536):

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: fire another shot at same target.
Roll=17
Miss chance=58
Damage=7
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1230 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 01:38
  • msg #538

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 535):

ENS and the others continue to match Travis' pace spread in a line. ENS wonders if he should say anything to support Travis' ruse, but stays silent for now.

Free Action: none.
Move Action: follow Travis at same speed.
Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: follow Travis and ENS, spread out a bit.
  Attack action: none
Cole Trayne
player, 2026 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 01:57
  • msg #539

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and his riders continue to hold their position.

Free Action: None
Nove Action: None
Attack Action: None.

Seeing that Cole is entirely focused on the beach, Fritz and Luke keeps their eyes on the bluffs.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4540 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 13:10
  • msg #540

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Following through with his attempted ruse, Travis Sunday continues to close the gap between his men and the rocky point. The long boat is nowhere to be seen. Amidst further gunfire from above, three more rifles by all accounts, Sunday calls out and gestures in Mandarin. The professor and the four posse members continue to spread out as they move, but it remains more of a vee than a line, with the gunslinger at the front.

The boo how doy ahead hunker down in the rocky terrain, showing no signs of acknowledging Sunday’s words. Understandable, perhaps, if perceived by an objective observer somewhere in the hills. The highbinders guard themselves against the rifle fire from the bluff above, where Beauregard and Richardson have chosen locations to their liking. Sunday's words may be believed ... or not ... but either way it seems mighty sensible for a body to guard himself against gun fire from up the slope.

Another shot rings out from the higher bluff, just a moment before JEB squeezes off another round from his carbine. This time, the lawman believes that his Spencer’s ball ricochets off the rocks where the highbinder is taking cover. Clearly, the Celestial survived JEB’s first shot — and now survives the second by adopting a purely defensive position. As if an afterthought, the tough Missourian assures himself that another shot from the stolen Winchester, aimed at his position from the higher bluff, has missed its mark. The boo how doy don’t seem overly proficient in the use of a long arm, at least from such a range as between these bluffs. Of course, the fact of range affects his own chances to hit an adversary that is hunkered down among the rocky terrain below — presuming the Celestial has the good sense to stay put. Out of the corner of his eye, Beauregard sees Travis, ENS and the others continuing their advance down on the beach.

Having moved closer to the lawman, Jake Richardson reconsiders, retracing his steps to the ravine he had vacated several seconds ago. Jake speaks to the lawman, hoping his words are understood despite the two rifle reports — one from the lawman himself — that ring out during his movement. Now re-situated, the rifleman fires a shot, targeting another of the highbinders among the rocks just above the cave. Richardson believes his carbine’s ball found its target; howsomever, he realizes the Celestial has good cover and any successive shots will be more difficult iffin' the highbinder has the good sense to duck his head.

Cole Trayne and his riders continue to hold their position. All three hear another volley, another trio, of rifle shots. The wrangler recognizes two of them being the sounds of carbines, likely from the position that JEB and Jake had intended to take.

OOC: Please state another round of actions.
Travis Sunday
player, 2738 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 11:16
  • msg #541

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 540):

Travis drops his hands and plods on as if he has been heard, understood and invited.  In a manner loud enough to be heard by the boo how doy, he says...

We make sure the cargo is safe and then we kill or drive off the men who are here to steal from our employer.

Free Action: Speak

Move Action: Contimue 2X movement

Attack Action: Ready action: If attacked, draw pistol and fire.

Jake Richardson
player, 1265 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:12
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 17:17
  • msg #542

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake didn't feel as hard-pressed as he had earlier when the heathens had been attacking at close range, so he slowed down his rate of fire and chose his target a bit more carefully. He tried to pick out the heathen down below him on the beach who offered the best chance for a hit, given the cover and range involved. Of course this wasn't his first glimpse of the elephant, so the Texan was accustomed to making such life-and-death judgments with a cool head, almost as a matter of course.


OOC:

Miss Chance:
13:01, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 56 using 1d100 with rolls of 56. Miss Chance: (1-10 misses). Success.

Action: 13:00, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 18 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 7. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

13:02, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 4,6. Action Point (Add to Attack).

Total for Attack Roll: 24

Damage: 13:03, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 16 using 2d10 with rolls of 6,10. Damage (Spencer Carbine).

Move: None.

Note: This is Jake's second shot from the Spencer's current magazine, leaving five rounds in the magazine.

Edit: Added the "Note" re: available ammunition.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:29, Fri 21 Apr 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1231 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 22:40
  • msg #543

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 541):

ENS and the others stay with Travis as he spins his yarn.

Free Action: none.
Move Action: follow Travis at same speed.
Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: follow Travis and ENS, maintaining relative positions.
  Attack action: none

Note: ENS and the others already have weapons out but keep them down for now.
Cole Trayne
player, 2027 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 05:37
  • msg #544

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and his riders maintain position.

Free Action: Patience boys.
Move Action: None
Attack Action: None
James E. Beauregard
player, 1721 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 02:39
  • msg #545

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 540):

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: fire at same target
Miss chance 87
Combat roll 11
Judge Messalen
GM, 4543 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 13:27
  • msg #546

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

JEB and Jake maintain their positions, firing one shot each at a highbinder below. The lawman keeps his aim trained on the same one he had hit previously, but for the second time in a row the Spencer’s ball misses its target, dislodging a chunk of rock instead. Meanwhile, the rifleman looks, calmly, for a target having less cover than the one he had targeted a few moments before. He sees movement amongst those at the rocky point, judging those targets to be his best shot despite the additional range. Unfortunately, Jake’s shot burrows into the rocky formation at the point, without striking either of the two Celestials that had exposed themselves for a moment, or two, while re-positioning themselves. A moment later, Richardson and Beauregard see that Travis, ENS and the three posse members have arrived on the scene below. And Jake realizes that any further shots at the boo how doy around the northern portion of the rocky point will incur the risk of hitting one of his own men.

Two more rifle shots echo from the bluff above, both aimed at JEB’s position on the lower bluff and both tearing into the brush where the lawman has taken cover. The range and cover continue to pose nearly insurmountable challenges for the highbinders firing their long arms.

Leading the group of five, Travis Sunday reaches the rocky point, with the cave area itself now dead-ahead. There are several highbinders visible amdist the craggy area … two immediately to the gunslinger’s left, within 20 feet of the professor and Peter’s position … two directly in front of Sunday, 50-60 feet away and apparently guarding the trail that switches back over the cave, or perhaps guarding the gap through which the long boat was last seen … two more stationed slightly west of those two trail guardians, hunkered down on the trail leading over the cave. ENS and Travis had also seen a few others taking cover amidst the boulders on the rocky point, but for the moment those Celestials had ducked out of sight. ENS has counted roughly a dozen seconds since he last spotted the long boat heading into the inlet -- and it remains hidden from view.

Sunday speaks again to the boo how doy, as four rifle reports interrupt his attempt, yet again. Speaking more than a few words at a time has proven challenging in Sunday’s bid at a ruse because of the constant weapon reports. In fact, one of the rifle shots whizzes by in front of Travis and his followers, apparently aimed at one of the highbinders among the rocks near ENS and Peter, but burrowing into rock and harming no one. After Sunday’s words, hindered as they were by repeated gunfire, a response of sorts is heard from the Celestials. One of the trail guardians shouts out in Mandarin . . . a single word, “Defend.”

To the south, Cole Trayne remains stock-still atop Bess, with his two riders attempting to keep their mounts in place, as well. The wrangler speaks to Luke and Fritz, calling for patience. To what end they might be waiting is unclear to the two ranch hands as the hear another succession of rifle reports, but Luke’s trust in Trayne persists, and Fritz spends all of his energy keeping his kid from bolting at the sounds of the continuous gun fire, as so all three riders continue to wait.
Jake Richardson
player, 1266 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:11
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 19:16
  • msg #547

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 546):

At the point when Jake fired, he felt pretty confident about hitting his target. However, the sound that followed soon after his gunshot told him that the lead had struck rock -- plus, he heard no yelp of pain. Waal, shitfire! he grumbled in his head.

"Good targets is shorely scarce," the rifleman called out conversationally to JEB.

Both in order to conserve ammunition and to see what was going to happen now that Travis and ENS and the men who were with them had arrived at the part of the beach where the northernmost heathens were clustered, Jake held his fire, at least for the moment.

The Texan had noted that there had not been any gunfire directed at the other group from either the white men or the heathens, and he was not altogether sure what to make of that.


OOC:

Free Action:
Speak

Move: None.

Action: Observe the scene down below, on the beach.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1232 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 25 Apr 2017
at 00:52
  • msg #548

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 546):

ENS pulls up closer to Travis as they slow and speaks urgently in a low voice.

I think the boat went in the cave... what now Travis?

Free Action: speak.
 Move Action: approach Travis.
 Attack Action: none.


For Lyman, James, and Peter:
  Free action: none
  Move action: follow Travis and ENS, maintaining relative positions.
  Attack action: none
Travis Sunday
player, 2739 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 25 Apr 2017
at 11:25
  • msg #549

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 548):

As the bullet ricochets near Sunday he hunches slightly to give the impression he was the target of the shot and points up the hill. To the professor...

Now we go faster. and to the enemy and in Chinese... KILL those bastards!

Free Action: speak.
Move Action: 4X to cave entrance
Attack Action: Ready action, if attacked draw and fire.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:31, Wed 26 Apr 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1722 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 00:12
  • msg #550

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 546):

Hold fire and observe.
Cole Trayne
player, 2028 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 03:04
  • msg #551

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and his riders continue to allow themselves to be partially hidden by terrain. Clearly, it is proving a bit of a challenge as his friends' horses clearly are becoming a bit agitated at the gunfire. Fortunately, this wasn't Bess' first rodeo, so she was little trouble. As Fritz is gazing about, in the general direction of the beach, his eyes abruptly narrow as he notices something.

Cole, I see Lymon down yonder on the beach.

The wrangler nods in acknowledgment. Shouldn't be long now

Free Action:
Move Action: Remain in position
Attack Action: None
Judge Messalen
GM, 4545 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 13:27
  • msg #552

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Sunday and Ringgenberg exchange words, briefly, before the gunslinger leads a charge towards what he believes is the cave entrance and shouts out about killing. The pace set by Sunday is more than needed to reach the his destination; however, he finds his path cut off by the boo how doy. Forming a line between Sunday’s party and the edge of the land leading into the inlet, five of the highbinders form a human wall impeding further progress as Sunday’s party approaches. None of the Celestials attack, although the one in the middle holds a sawed-off scattergun and the others present a posture that indicates they are ready to engage in hand-to-hand combat whenever needed. Needing a moment to consider the next course of action Sunday and his men slow to their previous speed. Whether they attempt to barrel through the line of bodies, stop in their tracks, or fire their smokewagons, it seems now is the time of decision.

In the moment, Travis and ENS discern a few quick facts previously unknown to them. The gap between the rocks guarded by the highbinders turns quickly into a small ledge dipping down to the water level and onward to the cave entrance. That ledge is wide enough only for single file ingress from the rocky point. At the cave entrance, they catch a glimpse of two Celestials who appear to be engaged in unarmed combat. There isn’t enough time to glean anything more of the situation, except that one of the boo how doy in front of them has also looked over his shoulder to witness the same. Suddenly, it occurs to all of the men, whites or Chinese, that the gun fire from above has paused.

Beauregard and Richardson cease firing, choosing to observe the area below. They see Travis and his men charging towards the inlet and the cave area, only to have their passage blocked by the highbinders at that position. In fact, several of the Celestials move from their entrenched positions among the rocks in order to form a line or otherwise re-position themselves for whatever comes next. It takes a moment to take in all the movements, but a few things become clear: the two nearest, Celestials, each of which the lawman and the rifleman had struck previously, remain entrenched in their defensive positions; meanwhile, the two boo how doy at the northernmost area of the rocky point move from their hidey holes, exposing themselves as they begin to flank the posse members just behind Travis and ENS. Similarly, two of the highbinders forming the western end of the line in front of of Travis expose themselves in doing so. Range is still a factor, but Jake and JEB have — at least for a few moments — a few decent targets to choose from should they choose to fire again. Lastly, it occurs to the men that the gun fire from the bluff above has paused.

Fritz sees Lyman and other bodies rushing toward the cave area — as quickly as he had seen them appear on the beach, they have now moved out of sight, increasing their pace. He tells as much to Cole. They hear no weapon reports during this time.

OOC: Please post another round of actions, with specific combat action blocks.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:28, Fri 28 Apr 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1267 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:11
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 20:00
  • msg #553

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Looks like we're gettin' down to the short-rows, Jake thought to himself as  Travis, ENS, and the other white men closed in on the entrance-area to the cave, only to find themselves blocked by a group of heathens. Other heathens to the north of the white men were also on the move.

It looked to Texan that the heathens moving in from the north were looking to flank his pards -- which could lead to a nasty situation, given that the white men were already facing foes to their front.

Jake shouldered his carbine with a smooth, easy motion an fired at one of the heathens to the north. He quickly followed up his first shot with a second one.



OOC:

Full-Round Action:


15:38, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 58 using 1d100 with rolls of 58. Miss Chance: (1-10 misses). Success.

15:39, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 29 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 18. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

15:40, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 14 using 2d10 with rolls of 6,8. Damage (Spencer Carbine).

15:42, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 97 using 1d100 with rolls of 97. Miss Chance: 2nd Shot (Full Round Action). Success.

15:41, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 17 using 1d20+6 with rolls of 11. Ranged Attack (Second Shot, Full-Round Action).

15:42, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 5 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 5,3. Action Point (Add to 2nd Attack).

Total Attack Roll, 2nd Shot: 22

15:44, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 14 using 2d10 with rolls of 5,9. Damage (2nd Shot).

Notes: Jake will fire at the BHD who are directly in front of him (located just to the east of ENS), assuming that they have moved from behind cover. If he will not, he will choose other BHD who are moving in from the north, who offer the best targets. If his first shot drops a BHD, he will aim his second shot at another target. If not, he will try to put his man down with two shots.

Jake has now fired four rounds from this magazine, leaving him with three cartridges before he will have to reload.

Cole Trayne
player, 2029 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 04:53
  • msg #554

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole glances at Luke with a look of grim determination. Luke smiles as he recognizes what he sees on his friend's face. The wrangler returns his attention to the beach and heads right for it.

Free Action: That tears it. Done being cute.
Move Action: 4x
Attack Action: None

Luke gives Fritz a quick look and nods. They follow close behind.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1723 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 14:23
  • msg #555

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 552):

JEB takes quick aim at an exposed target down below and two shots rapidly ring out.

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: using tactical judgment JEB will fire at the target most likely to be hit that Jake is not already targeting, if one shot drops the target, then hill choose a second. Otherwise, shoot the same target twice.
Miss chance 83
Attack 29, damage 18
Miss chance 12
Attack 16+4 AP = 20, damage 10
Cole Trayne
player, 2030 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 6 May 2017
at 01:55
  • msg #556

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 554):

As Cole heads down the slope, he uses all the experience he has to pick the best route down in order to make it easier on his other riders.

Cole - Ride Check:33
Fritz - Ride Check:4 (natural 1)
Luke - Ride check: 15
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1236 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 9 May 2017
at 02:40
  • msg #557

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 552):

Travis comes to a stop and, in a well practiced manner, draws his Starr and fires. As he stops, he calls out to the others: Charade's up, get 'em boys!

Attack action: Shoot at BHD holding the shotgun
Move action: Stop and draw Starr
Free action: call out to others
20:10, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 18 using 1d20+15.  Travis Starr Attack 1.
20:14, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 9 using 2d6+1.  Travis Starr Damage 1.
20:14, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 11 using 2d6+1.  Travis Starr Damage 2.
20:11, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 26 using 1d20+10.  Travis Starr Attack 2.



ENS was as ready as he would ever be... he stopped with Travis, raised his gun, and fired at the BHD next to the one with the shotgun. He also calls to Peter: Peter! Keep an eye on those men behind us!

Attack action: Shoot at BHD
Move action: Stop and raise Colt
Free action: call out to Peter
20:23, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 12 using 1d20+8.  ENS Colt Attack.
20:24, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  ENS AP for attack.
20:25, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 3 using 2d4+1, dropping the lowest dice only.  ENS Colt Damage.


Peter, James, and Lyman all were ready for this. The each stop, pick a target and start firing... Anything they may have said is lost in the noise.

Peter
  Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one to the right of the group per the map)
  Move action: Stop and raise Remington Single Barrel
  Free action: none
  20:32, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 18 using 1d20+2.  Peter Attack.
  20:33, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 3 using 2d8.  Peter Damage.


James
  Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one right in front of him per the map)
  Move action: Stop and raise Starr
  Free action: none
  20:36, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 14 using 1d20+2.  James Attack.
  20:36, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 3 using 2d6.  James Damage.


Lyman
  Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one right in front of him per the map)
  Move action: Stop and raise Colt
  Free action: none
  20:38, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 13 using 1d20+2.  Lyman Attack.
  20:39, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 3 using 2d6.  Lyman Damage.



OOC: Sheesh! My damage rolls are disappointingly consistent!
Judge Messalen
GM, 4552 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 10 May 2017
at 13:34
  • msg #558

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

After a brief pause, Gunfire erupts arounds the rocky point itself, and resumes from higher up the slope. The cacophony threatens to deafen, even if temporarily, the men on the beach near the cave entrance.

The rifleman and the lawman, having ceased fire for a few moments to seek optimal targets, now focus on the two highbinders behind ENS, Travis and the posse. Those Celestials had exposed themselves, giving up cover, to move towards the professor and the ranch hand named Peter. Each man's carbine rings out nearly in unison as Jake and JEB fire upon one each of the two moving boo how doy. The lawman's first shot has the most noticeable effect, as its target lurches forward from the blow and stumbles. Meanwhile, Richardson believes the first bullet struck his target even though the highbinder continues his movement and slashes at Peter's back with his favored hatchet. As the men hear reports from the bluff again -- one which nearly misses the Missourian, once again -- each of the pards squeezes off a second round against their still mobile adversaries. The lawman's second round is as true as the first. That highbinder collapses alongside his comrade who slashes the hatchet at Peter's back .. and who is in fact the same one who is hit by the rifleman's second bullet. Jake curses, knowing both his shots have found purchase and yet his target fights on.

The hatchetman strikes Peter just after the ranch hand fires his Remington at the last man in the line of boo how doy now approaching Travis, ENS and the posse members. The hired hand wields the weapon admirably, scraping his target but failing to bring down the Celestial, who, like the others in his line closes to engage in hand-to-hand combat, although he stops to tangle with ENS. The professor, who fires his Colt and like Peter believes his aim is good, guesses that he has hit no vital area as evidenced by the fact  the shot  doesn't stop the highbinders' advance. The professor's target engages in hand to hand combat with Travis, who fires twice at the Celestial -- the leader by all accounts -- bearing the sawed-off scattergun. As usual, Sunday's aim remains dead-eye-sure, but he cannot fire fast enough to stop the leader from firing the shotgun. As part of the general chaos, Lyman and James fire their weapons at the two advancing hatchetmen now engaging them in melee. The bullet from James' smokewagon grazes his target, while Lyman's tears into the earth just in front of his. Four of the five boo how doy slash with their hatchets, but other than Peter -- who was hit from behind by the Celestials' rearguard -- none of their edges have been able to deliver the poison. As if the repeated gunfire weren't enough, the leader's sawed-off weapon misfires, a hell-sent chain fire result that causes the weapon to explode, spraying Travis and two of the Celestials with shrapnel.

Other highbinders move among the rocks during the course of the combat, including those down the ledge by the cave entrance. In the fog of battle, the professor and the other men lose sight and sound of that activity, at least temporarily.

Cole Trayne issues orders to his two riders, charging into the lead and attempting to guide them down a tricky part of the slope just to the northwest of the rock formation. For the experienced wrangler, it proves as easy as a stroll on the thoroughfare; for his two men, much less so. Fortunately, for Luke, his mount is named Horse -- and with or without Travis Sunday in the saddle, the kid shows his extraordinary gifts by falling into line behind Bess and navigating the slope at top speed. Unfortunately for Fritz, his mount is a common stable-kid, competent for hard ride but not trained to maintain itself in the heat of battle. The seven, eight, nine ... well, who can keep count at this moment ... gunshots spook the kid even more than before and Fritz lacks the skill to overcome the circumstances. The kid bucks and bolts along the ridge line endangering both rider and mount. As Cole looks over his shoulder, it seems damned likely that Fritz will be thrown -- or worse, that the kid may take a lethal step in the next heartbeat. Still, the wrangler and his old pard Luke advance on a path to the beach. Not the same path they had ridden before, which is a ledge that rises above them and to their the right over the cave; that path is inaccessible from here. They will need to ride straight ahead again for another several seconds at this same gallop -- bending east as does the path above -- in order to reach the rocky point where their pards are now engaged in combat.

OOC: That was quite a round. Please state another round of actions. The 5 men at the point are all currently engaged in melee with the line five highbinders, none of whom fell during the round. The only highbinder to fall was the one that JEB attacked.

Travis hits twice (damage as per PC dice roller)
ENS hits once (damage was rolled incorrect; Judge re-rolled for new result of 9)
Peter hits once (damage as per PC dice roller); Peter was hit for 5 points and must make a Fort Save vs poison from the hatchet
James hits once  (damage as per PC dice roller; the Judge believes that ENS listed the wrong weapon)
JEB hits twice (damage as per PC dice roller; the highbinder made MDT save on first shot); the celestial is down
Jake hits twice (damage as per PC dice roller)

Only Peter was hit by a highbinder hatchet; Travis was hit by the sawed-off scattergun's explosion. The gunslinger will take 11 points of damage unless he makes a Reflex Save which will reduce the damage to 6. Both the leader and the hatchetman engaging Travis make their saves and take 6 points of damage from the exploding shotgun.

Cole must make a Reflex Save for Fritz' horse (the borrowed stable horse); DC15; failure means Fritz is thrown; failure by more than 10 means the mount breaks its leg; success means the horse avoided the trouble but had to veer off and slow down and will require a ride check -2 by Fritz to control; Cole should weave that result into his next narrative/combat post for the riders.

EDIT: Fixin' sentence
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:59, Thu 11 May 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2742 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 11 May 2017
at 21:12
  • msg #559

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 558):

Travis Sunday rolled 24 using 1d20+9.  Reflex Save.
Cole Trayne
player, 2031 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 12 May 2017
at 02:57
  • msg #560

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 558):

Fritz: Reflex check: 15, Ride check: 10 (wasn't sure to add his +2 dex bonus)

After hearing Fritz's horse whinny in some distress, the wrangler takes a moment to glance over his shoulder to assess his rider's situation. However, he quickly decides there ain't nothing he can do at the moment to help him. Turning his attention back to the trail, he and Luke continue on. As soon as they get in the clear, they will charge straight for the largest group of highbinders, shooting as soon as they are clear.

Free Action: None
Move Action: 4x
Attack Action: None
Jake Richardson
player, 1271 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Fri 12 May 2017
at 23:52
  • msg #561

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 558):

Ain't no way I'm riskin' a shot into that mess, Jake thought into himself, as he saw the melee break out below him. First of all, everyone seemed to be in tumultuous, herky-jerky  motion; and secondly, it was dark. Good luck to Travis an' the Perfesser an' them other boys, but I cain't haelp them die-reckly right now.

After a moment Jake caught sight of a Heathen who was a short distance away from the melee, situated more or less above the spot where the Texan knew the cave opening to be. The rifleman was pretty sure that he had shot at this man before, but had moved on to other targets when the Heathen had ducked down behind cover. Now, whilst the highbinder still had some cover, Jake reasoned that he was more visible than he had been a short while earlier, and hence was a worthwhile target.

Jake didn't hurry his shot, and felt pretty confident that he had hit what he was aiming at . . .



OOC:

Action:
19:37, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 30 using 1d100 with rolls of 30. Miss Chance: (1-10 misses). Success.

19:38, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 30 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 19. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

19:39, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 11 using 2d10 with rolls of 6,5. Damage (Spencer Carbine).

Move: None.

Notes: Per a PM exchange with the Judge, it took Jake a few seconds to locate a worthwhile target in the gloom below him. Hence, he fired once this round, intead of spending a Full-Round Action shooting.

Jake has two rounds remaining in this magazine.

Edit: Fixed minor typo.

This message was last edited by the player at 02:41, Sat 13 May 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1237 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 14 May 2017
at 21:54
  • msg #562

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 558):

Peter's fortitude roll:
15:46, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 17 using 1d20+4.  Peter fort save.


ENS and the others continue the fight.

Attack action: Shoot at BHD
Move action: none
Free action: none
15:47, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 9 using 1d20+8(-2).  ENS Colt Attack.
15:48, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for attack.
Total Attack: 15
15:48, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d4+1.  ENS Colt Damage.



Peter
 Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one to the right of the group per the map)
 Move action: Drop the Remington Single Barrel and pull out his Schofield
 Free action: none
 15:50, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 3 using 1d20+2(-2).  Peter Schofield Attack.

James
 Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one right in front of him per the map)
 Move action: none
 Free action: none
 15:51, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 12 using 1d20+2(-2).  James Starr Attack.
 15:51, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 5 using 2d6.  James Starr Damage.


Lyman
 Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one right in front of him per the map)
 Move action: none
 Free action: none
 15:53, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 16 using 1d20+2(-2).  Lyman Colt Attack.
 15:54, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 10 using 2d6.  Lyman Colt Damage.


Edit to apply -2 to attack rolls for melee.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:50, Mon 15 May 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2744 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 14 May 2017
at 22:16
  • msg #563

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 558):

Travis flinches slightly as the scattergun explodes. He feels the explosion's shrapnel speckle him with stings. The Starr stays steady and throws lead at the leader.

Free Action: None
Move Action: None
Attack Action: Shoot leader, if he dies after first shot shoot closest assailant.

Travis Sunday rolled 30 using 1d20+15.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 10 using 2d6+1.  Starr Damage 1.

Travis Sunday rolled 12 using 1d20+10. Starr Attack #2 (17 with Action Point)
Travis Sunday rolled 8 (5,3) using 2d6.  Action Point for Starr Attack #2
Travis Sunday rolled 10 using 2d6+1.  Starr Damage 2.



James E. Beauregard
player, 1724 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 15 May 2017
at 01:19
  • msg #564

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 558):

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: JEB chooses his target deliberately (refer to JM instructions per PM)
Miss chance = 96 success
Attack = 26
Damage = 9
Cole Trayne
player, 2032 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 16 May 2017
at 02:34
  • msg #565

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Everyone attacks the lone highbinder

Cole: Attack: 12(+6AP)= 18 / Damage: 10
Luke: Attack: 0

Fritz will not attack. He is otherwise occupied controlling his horse at the moment.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4555 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 16 May 2017
at 13:12
  • msg #566

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Rapid gunfire penetrates the moonlit beach, now interspersed with the shouts of men and the thundering of approaching horse hooves.

The rifleman and the lawman hold steady in their positions, searching out likely targets that won’t endanger their pards in the chaos of melee below. The gunslinger, the professor and the posse members find themselves in a predicament, with highbinders engaged in close quarters and partially flanking them. The wrangler and pard Luke charge in, hugging close the steep slope under the path that runs above the cave. Every one of the heroes party, except for Fritz, discharges a firearm of some kind.

Cole and Luke aim at a highbinder above them in the rocky area above the cave. The wrangler is sure that both of their shots missed, striking the rocks to ricochet harmlessly. As they round the bend, they see the full scene of mayhem ahead of them, a mixture of highbinders and their pards engaged in a moonlit melee, with guns firing and hatchets swinging. The wrangler quickly assesses, knowing they will either need to slow or veer to the north in order to avoid trampling into the general melee and thereby endangering all of its participants, not to mention the mounts themselves as the rocky point is dead ahead.

The boo how doy at the rocky point fight with a combination of hatchets and open hand. One of the two engaging Travis drops his hatchet, while the other finds his hands empty after the scattergun had exploded. They both attempt to disarm the gunslinger, to no avail. Travis himself fires two rounds from the Starr, the first bullet drops the leader and the second, aimed at the highbinder to his left, tears through the man’s sleeve, probably taking flesh with it. To Sunday’s right, Lyman and James fire their hoglegs as highbinders swing hatchets at each of the ranch hands. Lyman’s bullet grazes his opponent in the struggle, while both of the Chinese fighters connect with their hatchets. Neither are lethal strokes, but both deliver a dose of poison. ENS fires another round from his Colt; hitting something if only putting a hole in his opponent’s black robes, while the Celestial’s hatchet fails to connect at all. Peter’s shot sails wildly overheard during the hand-to-hand struggle; his opponent connects with another slash of the hatchet. A few other highbinders move from the rocky point to reinforce their comrades in the melee, should any of them fall. Travis Sunday sees that one of them will take the place of the leader in a mere moment.

Jake and JEB, having taken a few moments to find likely targets, see that the two boo how doy hiding amongst the rocks have given up some of their cover, perhaps in an effort to peek over the edge and see what is happening at the cave entrance below. Seizing the opportunity, each of the Spencer-wielding men fires a single bullet. Both are sure that they hit and this time the effect is apparent — as JEB’s target collapses amongst the rocks and Jake’s target lurches forward from the impact and then ducks down again, attempting to regain his full cover against any further attacks. One report from the bluff above echoes, now, with another bullet from the stolen winchester ripping through the foliage where JEB has stationed himself.

Fortunately for Fritz, the horse managed to avoid any immediate danger. It disobeyed its rider completely, refusing to go down the treacherous slope, without throwing its rider. However, Fritz is unable to control the kid, as it slows down and turns wildly to the northwest, with a mind to go as it pleases, at least for the moment.

OOC: Please state another round of actions.

Jake hit
JEB hit (falls)
Travis hit leader (falls); hit 2nd BHD attacker
ENS hits
Lyman hits; was hit by BHD for 3 points and needs to make Fort save against poison
James misses; was hit by BHD for 2 points and needs to make Fort save against poison
Peter misses; hit by BHD for 6 points
Cole and Luke miss
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1238 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 18 May 2017
at 22:44
  • msg #567

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 566):

Lyman's fortitude roll:
16:22, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 16 using 1d20+3.  Lyman Fort Save.

James' fortitude roll:
16:23, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 10 using 1d20+3.  James Fort Save.


ENS and the others continue the fight.

Attack action: Shoot at BHD (same one as last round)
Move action: none
Free action: none
16:31, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 15 using 1d20+3.  ENS Exploit Weak Int Check. - Success
16:32, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 15 using 1d20+7.  ENS Colt Attack (+9-2).
16:33, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 4 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  ENS AP Check for Attack.
Total Attack: 19
16:34, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d4+1.  ENS Colt Damage.



Peter
 Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one to the right of the group per the map)
 Move action: none
 Free action: none
 16:36, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 7 using 1d20.  Peter Schofield Attack (+2-2).

James
 Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one right in front of him per the map)
 Move action: none
 Free action: none
 16:37, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 4 using 1d20.  James Starr Attack (+2-2).

Lyman
 Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one right in front of him per the map)
 Move action: none
 Free action: none
 16:43, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 1d20.  Lyman Colt Attack (+2-2).

OOC: Aaaarghhh! Terrible rolls!
Travis Sunday
player, 2745 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 19 May 2017
at 20:38
  • msg #568

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 566):

Travis' face turns to stone as the killing continues.  The Starr remains steady on the man needing to be killed first.  The second shot elicits only a click.

Primer he thinks and drops the weapon.  He then draws the next.

Travis Sunday rolled 33 using 1d20+15.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 9 using 2d6+1.  Starr #1 Damage.

Travis Sunday rolled 11 using 1d20+10.  Starr Attack #2.

Misfire

Travis Sunday rolled 18 using 1d20+1.  Concentration. vs DC 15


Free Action: Draw weapon
Move Action: None
Attack Action: Fire twice.


Totals: Damage Against 6; Action Points Used: 1; Heroic Surges Used: 0 of 3
This message was last edited by the player at 22:30, Sat 20 May 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1273 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Fri 19 May 2017
at 20:44
  • msg #569

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

That's one tough bastard, Jake thought, giving a measure of grudging respect to the Heathen who had just been hit by a second of the Texan's slugs, but did not fall. The man had ducked down behind cover once again, and didn't present that good of a target. Ain't sure how much fight he's got left in him any damnway, Jake reasoned.

The rifleman figured that they would need to move into the cave where the boat had disappeared as soon as they could -- meaning, he supposed, as soon as they could fight their way past the Heathens who were blocking the way -- and he wasn't inclined to do that with a nearly-empty magazine in his Spencer.

Accordingly, Jake took a moment while there were no really good targets (from his perspective) to switch out the nearly-empty magazine in his carbine for a fully-loaded one.

OOC:

Full Round Action:
Loading a full magazine. 16:33, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 16 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 4. Concentration Check (Reloading Magazine).

Notes: I wasn't sure whether Jake would need to roll a Concentration Check for his reloading, since I don't believe that he is presently under fire or any other sort of attack. However, it is dark and there is a fairly brisk fire-fight going on, so I rolled a Check just in case the Judge needed it.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1725 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 19 May 2017
at 22:35
  • msg #570

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 569):

JEB reloads and looks for other BHD targets.
Cole Trayne
player, 2034 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 21 May 2017
at 02:45
  • msg #571

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

While Fritz struggles to get his mount under control, Cole and Luke veer off slightly to the north in order to avoid injuring his friends. Reducing their speed slightly, they look for an opportunity to overrun the enemy attempting to flank the boys on the beach.


Free Action: None
Move Action: 2x
Attack Action: Pending response from Judge
Cole Trayne
player, 2035 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 22 May 2017
at 02:06
  • msg #572

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 571):

Without a clear attack on the highbinders currently engage in melee, Cole and Luke target the eastern-most lone enemy located nearest the water.

Cole:

Attack Action: 25 (+3AP) Damage: 12

Luke:

Attack Action: 5 (natural 1)
Judge Messalen
GM, 4559 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 23 May 2017
at 17:54
  • msg #573

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Amidst shouts, gunfire and the slashing of hatchets, the melee near the rocky point wears on.

Jake and JEB suspend firing once again, reloading and surveying the chaos below. Both men notice another longboat nearing land, just beyond the inlet leading to the cave entrance. It is moving deliberately, with the oarsman nearly holding their current position. They appear to be focused on the activity at the cave entrance, with some sense of urgency. Neither of the men can explain it, but they both have a sense of urgency themselves, watching the scene, as if time were now the most important factor in this battle that has lasted nearly three minutes since they first descended the slope and encountered a group of the boo how doy. No shots are fired from the bluff above, at least for the moment. However, the rifleman and the lawman hear further weapon reports from the beach below.

Cole and Luke veer their mounts towards the north, maintaining a steady pace now while skirting the melee. As he passes the bloodbath, the wrangler takes a shot with his carbine at the easternmost highbinder moving west from the rocky point and attempting to engage from Peter’s flank. The Celestial has some cover from the rocks, but Cole’s bullet finds its target. Nonetheless, the boo how doy continues his movement. Luke had fired his Sharps moments ago, and he now attempts to reload the single-shot carbine as he rides. A second after Cole fires, both of the riders re-orient their eyes on their current direction, knowing they will need to circle back soon — and as a result they see a figure running towards them . . . it is Coopwood, appearing nearly out of breath.

Fritz, the ranch hand stuck with a mount un-tested in battle, continues to struggle with control of the panicky stable-kid. The horse continues a bending turn to the west and then south, heading for the trail again.

Travis Sunday fires again with his Starr, at the remaining boo how doy to his left, the one who bore some of the shrapnel from the leader’s scattergun. The gunslinger had already hit the man once; fortunately the fifth of his six bullets hits again, just above the highbinder’s eye. Travis flinches a mite, as the Celestial nearly wrestled the Starr from his grip before the bullet bore into his eye socket. Sunday focuses his attention on another highbinder, taking the place of the fallen leader, but his last squeeze of the trigger elicits only a click, as if the highbinder’s attempt to disarm had somehow affected the revolver’s operation. With practiced quickness, the gunslinger drops the hogleg and pulls another, while the new opponent slashes with his hatchet but fails to make contact.

ENS and the posse members fire again at the same highbinders with whom they have been engaged for more than a dozen seconds. The professor attempts to evade the swinging hatchet, and believes his shot grazes the highbinder, again. Unfortunately, he feels the edge of the hatchet cutting the surface of his left arm — nothing immediately lethal, but the easterner’s mind registers the likelihood of the highbinder’s poison posing a threat. A second swing by the highbinder misses — leaving the two combatants locked in hand-to-hand combat.

All three of the ranch hands suffer the intensified attacks by their respective boo how doy opponents. Peter, who had suffered a few blows already, thanks his lucky stars for the errant swings of his enemy, although he curses as his own shot buries itself in the earth near his own feet during the struggle. Lyman feels the edge of the hatchet blade again, before he fires a shot that misses wildly. So far, he seems to be resisting the effects of the poison even if a trickle of blood reveals the impact of the highbinder’s cumulative attacks, despite the fact that the Celestial missed with a follow-up slash just now. James seems to have the worst of it … even though both he and the highbinder fail to connect with their respective attacks, he gasps in pain and shows signs of weakening from the poisonous cut he suffered several seconds ago. It is unclear how potent the effects of the poison may be, at least for this moment, but there is no doubt that the strong young man is struggling.

OOC: Please state another round of actions.
Jake reloads round 1 of 2
JEB reloads round 1 of 2
Travis hits, BHD falls, Starr #1 misfires, now dropped
Peter misses
ENS hits; ENS was hit by hatchet, 8 dmg (needs Fort save)
Cole hits
Lyman misses; hit by hatchet 7 dmg
James misses (James missed fort save; 1d6 reduction in Con pending)
James E. Beauregard
player, 1726 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 24 May 2017
at 00:22
  • msg #574

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 573)

Free: Jake, see that longboat offshore. We need to get to the cave entrance first. Let's move.
Move: exit the bluff at 2x speed heading east towards the cave entrance.
Combat: none
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1239 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 25 May 2017
at 00:17
  • msg #575

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 573):

James Con reduce:
18:15, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 2 using 1d6.  James Con reduce.

ENS Fort save:
18:16, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 25 using 1d20+6.  ENS Fort save.
Cole Trayne
player, 2036 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 25 May 2017
at 01:54
  • msg #576

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 573):

Upon seeing Coop, Cole and Luke urge their horses towards the man in order to close the distance between them as quickly as possible.

Free Action: None
Move Action: 2x
Attack Action: None

Fritz, continues to struggle to get his mount under control. As soon as that is accomplished, he will ride to join Cole and Luke.

Free Action:Damn-it, behave!
Move Action: 2x
Attack Action: None
Travis Sunday
player, 2746 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 25 May 2017
at 12:08
  • msg #577

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 573):

Travis feels a sense of urgency as the numbers balance in the enemies favor.  Adrenaline pumps through his body and for a few seconds his senses sharpen and reflexes speed up.

Free Action: None:
Move action: None:
Attack Action: 3 shots; Starting with his previous target and should fortune favor him continuing to the next closest threatening BHD.

Travis Sunday rolled 21 using 1d20+15.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 5 using 2d6+1.  Damage Attack #1.


Travis Sunday rolled 28 using 1d20+10.  Starr Attack #2.
Travis Sunday rolled 6 using 2d6+1.  Damage Attack #2.


Travis Sunday rolled 19 using 1d20+15.  Starr Attack #3 (Heroic Surge).
Travis Sunday rolled 11 using 2d6+1.  Damage Attack #3.

This message was last edited by the player at 12:08, Thu 25 May 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1274 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Fri 26 May 2017
at 18:50
  • msg #578

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 573):

"On my way," Jake called out in response to JEB's suggestion that they get moving down towards the cave entrance.

The Texan had just slid in the last cartridge needed to reload his carbine, so he set off down the bluff at the fastest pace that he deemed appropriate, given that it was dark and he was generally unfamiliar with the ground.

OOC:

Free Action:
Speak to JEB.

Move: Move down the bluff towards the cave entrance at 2x speed.

Note: After a PM discussion with the Judge, I will proceed on the assumption that Jake used his full-round action last round to load six cartridges into his Spencer (which already held two cartridges).

Cole Trayne
player, 2037 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 27 May 2017
at 03:00
  • msg #579

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 576):

Focusing through the fog of the battle raging around him, the Wrangler notices that Coop is closer than expected. Pulling up Bess to a full stop, Luke does the same. Fixing his gaze upon the man, Cole gives him a questioning look?
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1240 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 30 May 2017
at 01:47
  • msg #580

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 579):

Lyman lets out a groan that quickly fades as he falls unconscious. James yells for his friend but continues the fight along with ENS and Peter.

Attack action: Shoot at BHD (same one as last round)
Move action: none
Free action: none
19:40, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 16 using 1d20+7.  ENS Colt Attack (+9-2).
19:42, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  ENS AP Check for Attack.
Total Attack: 22
19:42, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 3 using 2d4+1.  ENS Colt Damage.



Peter
 Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one to the right of the group per the map)
 Move action: none
 Free action: none
 19:44, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 8 using 1d20.  Peter Schofield Attack (+2-2).

James
 Attack action: Shoot at BHD (the one right in front of him per the map)
 Move action: none
 Free action: yells Lyman!
 19:45, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 2 using 1d20.  James Starr Attack (+2-2).

Lyman
 Attack action: none
 Move action: none
 Free action: none

OOC: And the terrible rolls continue... does someone else want to take over before I kill these guys?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4563 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 1 Jun 2017
at 14:24
  • msg #581

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Now, as the melee near the rocky point had reached a crescendo only moments before, things begin to fall apart.

Cole and Luke pull the reigns on their mounts, coming to a stop as Coopwood approaches. Conway’s man slows down, seeing the wrangler demonstrating his skill in the saddle as Cole expertly brings Bess to a halt within speaking distance. Meanwhile, Luke requires a little extra space to stop his mount, circling slightly to the west while slowing and ultimately stopping Horse. Coop, panting, manages a few brief words as he continues moving past the wrangler, albeit now at a walking pace. “What is happening?” he asks, his eyes surveying the battle ahead, but clearly listening for — and expecting — a response from Trayne.

Fritz finally gains control of his mount, as the stable-kid takes to the trail and continues to move away from the battle. Although the ranch hand believes he could turn the horse, he cannot be sure that it won't be spooked again if he attempts to take it down the slope and towards the gunfire, once more.

JEB continues his re-loading of his carbine, while calling out to Jake. The rifleman, for his part, had finished his task of pushing in a few more cartridges into his Spencer’s magazine and so he begins to move down the slope towards the cave entrance, which based on the movements he has seen among the highbinder seems accessible only from the area of the battle at the rocky point.

Jake, JEB and Coop witness a number of bodies falling in that battle.  One thing that the rifleman registers is that there are now two highbinders directly ahead near the rocks, who are — for at least a moment — clear of any of his pards and disengaged from melee. Of course, others experience the deadly effects of the battle more presently, as they are party to the results.

Travis Sunday, for one, dispatches another of the highbinders with three successive shots from his Starr, despite the bothersome swings from his boo how doy opponent’s hatchet. Sunday’s skill with a hogleg allows him to fire effectively, even in the midst of hand-to-hand combat, but it is far from easy. His first two bullets merely grazed the Celestial during the struggle, as he dodges the hatchet and squeezes off the rounds. The third bullet finds purchase in the man’s abdomen, dropping him in a pile over the other two highbinders who have fallen from Sunday’s bullets. And yet, even though footing has become problematic, another boo how doy steps in from Sunday’s left, slashing with a hatchet and missing like the others but giving Sunday a new target — or as it happens, a choice, as another Chinese warrior steps in from Sunday’s right, and next to a third who now seems to present a new problem for the gunslinger. That is, Travis now finds himself flanked on two sides by three hatchet-wielding highbinders.

One of the Chinese warriors, who had taken down Lyman only seconds earlier, had waited for just such an opening to flank Sunday. The Celestial watches as his comrade slashes twice at James— whose shot from his Starr revolver flies well above the highbinder’s head — and sees the burly ranch hand crumple from the effects of those two strikes, the second of which rips through the posse member’s neck, spewing blood in a stream as James collapses. Both of the highbinders now have their attention trained on Sunday, forming the flank to the gunslinger’s right.

Meanwhile, ENS fires another round from his Colt, grazing the highbinder once more, but failing to bring him down. The professor feels the sticky slickness of blood oozing from the man’s arm as he avoids two swings of the hatchet. Feeling fortunate to avoid further blows, ENS wonders if he will run out of bullets before he can take down this boo how doy warrior. To make matters worse, ENS hears Peter cry out behind him, as two swings from his opponent cut into the ranch hand’s arm and mid-section, while Peter’s bullet again buries itself in the ground near his own feet. Like Lyman and James, Peter falls in a heap, bleeding out into the rocky sand. Leaving only Travis and ENS engaged with four total highbinders, with two more just behind them and ready to close ranks and surround the two pards, in mere moments.

OOC: Please state another round of actions. Any speech should be limited to a few words, as usual, while we continue round-by-round actions.

To be clear, there are six total highbinders still fighting at the rocky point. Four are engaged (three with Travis, one with ENS). Two are where Peter has fallen, who appear ready to engage ENS and Travis from behind. Those are the two that Jake sees directly ahead. the total of six doesn't include any highbinders down by the water at the actual cave opening, or south of the cave, or the one that Jake had targeted from the slope, who is still hiding amongst rocks above the cave entrance.

Jake moves, sees two potential targets who are -- temporarily unengaged but likely to move in behind ENS and Travis.
JEB reloads round 2 of 2
Travis hits with all three shots, but it takes all three to drop the highbinder; Travis is now flanked by one opponent to his left and two to his right.
Peter misses; he was hit by hatchet twice (6 + 7) and falls, bleeding out and mostly dead
ENS hits, but only another graze; his opponent continues fighting
Cole stops, speaks to Coop
Luke stops nearby, lingers and waits for Cole; his Sharps is reloaded and ready
Lyman still down, bleeding out
James misses; he was hit by hatchet twice (4, + crit 7) (-2 Con from poison), down and bleeding out
Travis Sunday
player, 2747 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 1 Jun 2017
at 22:34
  • msg #582

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 581):

Four, five, six. the gunslinger mouths under his breath as the situation worsens.  His shots remain... methodical, purposeful and accurate. He focuses on what's in front of him and pushes his speed.  No time yet to worry about the men needing care or the professor. As the sixth shot clears the barrel the Starr falls from his hands and another fills it...  Only 2 pistols for the 6 men left.

Travis Sunday rolled 33 using 1d20+15.  Starr Attack #1
Travis Sunday rolled 7 using 2d6+1.  Starr Damage #1.

Travis Sunday rolled 18 using 1d20+10.  Starr Attack #2.
Travis Sunday rolled 8 using 2d6+1.  Starr Damage #2 (proper dice)

Travis Sunday rolled 20 using 1d20+15.  Starr Attack #3 (Heroic Surge: 2 of 3).
Travis Sunday rolled 7 using 2d6+1.  Starr Damage #3.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1727 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 3 Jun 2017
at 01:22
  • msg #583

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 581):

Free: none
Move: advance towards the professor's position round 1
Combat: spencer attack on BHD to professor's blind side round 2
Attack 20+3 AP=23
Damage 11
(First damage roll in error)
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1243 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 3 Jun 2017
at 18:10
  • msg #584

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 581):

Hearing James and Peter fall behind him, ENS continues with renewed anger.

Attack action: Shoot at BHD (same one as last round)
Move action: none
Free action: Yell: Fall Gott verdammt!
12:09, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 9 using 1d20+7.  ENS Colt Attack (+9-2).
12:09, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  ENS AP Check for Attack.
Total Attack: 15
12:10, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 7 using 2d4+1.  ENS Colt Damage.

Jake Richardson
player, 1275 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Sun 4 Jun 2017
at 16:24
  • msg #585

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 581):

"Hunh," Jake grunted as he glanced down at the close-quarters combat that was going on down on the beach below him. The Texan did not like what he was seeing.

Jake knelt down on one knee, just in case there were any heathens with long-arms who were inclined to target him. He fired off two rounds in quick succession, then took a little more time with his third shot, in each instance aiming at the two heathens who were standing behind ENS and Travis.


OOC:

Move (or Free Action):
Jake will kneel down on one knee (I kinda think that this is a Free Action, but it may be a Free Action -- couldn't find it in the rule-book, although I remember seeing it somewhere).

Full Round Action: 11:37, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 97 using 1d100 with rolls of 97. Miss Chance (1st Shot).

11:37, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 73 using 1d100 with rolls of 73. Miss Chance (2nd Shot).

11:38, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 35 using 1d100 with rolls of 35. Miss Chance (Heroic Surge).

Success in all three instances.

11:45, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 19 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 8. Ranged Attack#1 (Spencer Carbine).

11:46, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 11 using 1d20+6 with rolls of 5. Ranged Attack#2 (Spencer Carbine).

11:47, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 16 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 5. Heroic Surge Attack.

Comment: Ugh. With unmodified rolls of 8, 5 and 5, the Dice-Roller didn't do Jake any favors this round.

11:49, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 5 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 5,3. Action Point (Add to Attack).

Total for Heroic Surge Attack: 21

11:50, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 5 using 2d10, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 5,4. Damage Roll #1 (Spencer Carbine). Note: This damage roll should be 9. I forgot to cancel the "Drop the lowest Die" command.

11:51, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 9 using 2d10 with rolls of 7,2. Damage Roll #2 (Spencer Carbine).

Notes: As mentioned in the text, Jake is firing at the two BHD standing behind ENS and Travis, who are not directly engaged in melee this round.

Based upon the map, it appears that the targets are in the second range increment for Jake's carbine (105' Range Increments, based upon the Far Shot feat). The -2 Range Increment penalty is cancelled by the custom sights on Jake's Spencer.

I did not bother to roll Damage for Jake's "11" Attack Roll. In the event that the BHD at whom Jake fired this shot is halt, lame, infirm, blind, and as big as a house -- and the shot miraculously hits -- if the Judge will be so kind as to inform me via a PM, I shall be (both incredulous and) happy to roll for Damage.

Jake will fire both shots at the same BHD unless the first shot drops the target, in which case he will fire his Heroic Surge shot at the second BHD.

Edit #1: Jake fired three shots from an eight-round magazine this round, leaving him with five rounds in the magazine.

He has used one Heroic Surge, with two more available to him.

Edit #2: Corrected the final Attack number for the Heroic Surge Attack (16 + 5 = 21, not 22. Hey, I was a History major, and generally eschewed higher mathematics).

Also, labeled Jake's multiple Attacks as a Full-Round action. Obviously this will eliminate Jake's being able to kneel this round if a Move action is required on his part, instead of it being a Free Action (as I *very* dimly recollect it to be).

This message was last edited by the player at 18:35, Sun 04 June 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2038 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 7 Jun 2017
at 03:16
  • msg #586

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 581):

Cole spares a moment for a quick glance at Coop.

Free Action: Travis and ENS got the hands full.
Move Action: 4x towards nearest BHD attempting to attack Travis and ENS from behind. Cole and Luke angle their approach so as to give them a clean field of fire to minimize the chance of friendly fire attacking their friends.
Attack Action: Fire at BHD



Cole Attack: 11+5 (AP) = 16, Damage = 13
Luke Attack: 19, Damage = 15
Cole Trayne
player, 2040 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 7 Jun 2017
at 03:19
  • msg #587

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Fritz continues to struggle to get his mount under control and rejoin the fight as soon as possible.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4568 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 8 Jun 2017
at 14:07
  • msg #588

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

As bodies on both sides of the battle begin to pile up near the cave entrance by the rocky point, the advantage seems to turn to the favor of the heroes. Like many things, the advantage remains relative to the entirety of the situation, which, as the gunslinger Travis Sunday had assessed with the voice in his head, continues to worsen.

Sunday finds himself flanked by a total of three highbinders, who continue to swing their weapons as the gunslinger focus on one opponent — counting three shots that empty his second Starr. These boo how doy have proven themselves to be tough hombres — iffin’ that appellation can be applied to the Chinese warriors — and this one is no different. It takes all three bullets to bring down the Celestial, who manages a couple of swings with his hatchet before the third bullet takes its toll. One of the attacks knocks off Sunday’s cowboy hat, which through some manner of miracle had stayed on his head as if it were affixed with sewing pins. The other two, temporarily at Sunday’s back, fail to take advantage of their improved position; however, they remain engaged with the gunfighter with no sign of relenting.

ENS Ringgenberg continues his struggle against the highbinder he has fired at thrice. The easterner, whose proficiency with his hogleg is decent enough, continues to gain insight into the difficulty of using such a weapon in close quarters against trained open-hand fighters. As the Celestial presses his attacks with the hatchet, the professor manages to connect with another bullet from his Colt. The round draws blood from the highbinders leg, but it fails to incapacitate. Again, ENS cannot help but marvel at the toughness of mind and body possessed by his adversary. Will one more bullet be enough?

Jake Richardson drops to one knee, leveling his carbine and discharging three of it’s rim-fire cartridges, targeting the two highbinders that have dispatched Peter and begin moving to flank the professor. His first shot plugs the boo how doy nearest to ENS — as the rifleman’s mind registers the fact that this is one he had targeted earlier from his position further up the slope — dropping the Celestial in his tracks, no more than 10 feet from the professor. He turns his attention to the next warrior, missing with the second round. As he fires the third round, he hears a report from another carbine, and believes that his bullet finds its mark, along with yet another … which a moment later he realizes came from Cole Trayne.

In fact, the wrangler had spurred Bess a moment earlier, after speaking a few words to Coop and making a dangerous charge toward the general melee and ranged fire underway by his pard the rifleman. Luke, atop Horse, had followed, with both men guiding their mounts towards the same two highbinders in Jake’s sights. As the mounted men’s furious path takes them to close range, both fire their respective carbines — Trayne discharging his Spencer and Luke firing the aging Sharps — and then bend away from the melee to ensure their mounts don’t end up in the crossfire. Cole had thought to overrun, trample or otherwise engage Bess in the combat, but his experience as a wrangler quickly erased such thoughts as madness with the seemingly ceaseless gunfire and the rocky terrain posing imminent danger to Meriwether’s kid. His decision proves wise, as the combination of his bullet and Jake’s third shot bring down the boo how doy, leaving only three of the Celestials engaged in combat — two in melee with Travis and one locked in a struggle with ENS — even though Luke’s round buries itself in the rocks.

Meanwhile, Beauregard begins his descent towards the rocky point. He reaches the area of the slope parallel to Jake, seeing the rifleman stop, kneel and squeeze off three rapid shots. He also sees Cole’s charge and witnesses the demise of the two highbinders that were attempting to engage Travis and ENS from behind. Lastly, as he thinks to prepare for a shot the next round, he catches a glimpse of Coopwood trailing behind Luke and Cole and reaching an area of the rocky point, looking out into the water — perhaps searching for the longboat that JEB had seen several seconds earlier.

Fritz, one of two members of the posse who haven't fallen during the battle, continues to let the stable-kid determine his route even though he has regained control of the mount. The kid seems content to follow the animal trail down the slope and generally away from the gunfire. Fritz remains unsure whether he can convince the kid to turn down the slope again, towards the battle, especially after the last attempt almost threw him from the saddle.

OOC: State another round of actions.

Jake stops, hits BHD that falls; hits another BHD and in combination with Cole, the highbinder falls
JEB moves
Travis attacks and hits all 3 shots; the BHD falls; there are two now remaining directly behind him
Peter dead
ENS attacks and hits, the BHD is still fighting
Cole charges, attacks, hits, and in combination with Jake, the highbinder falls
Luke charges, attacks, misses (he has -8 to hit while riding 4x speed)
Lyman down, bleeding out
James down, bleeding out
Coop moves

EDIT: fixing a narrative mistake
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:30, Thu 08 June 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2749 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 8 Jun 2017
at 23:58
  • msg #589

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 588):

Peter! Peter, get up for God's sake! Get up! They've killed Peter! They've killed Peter! Those lousy stinking yellow hatchetmen! Those horrible atrocity-filled vermin! Those despicable animal warmongers! They've killed Peter! Take that! Take this! Take that, you green slime! You black hearted, short, bow-legged...

Travis turns and pours his murderous fire into the next Celestial.

Free Action: 5 foot adjust to face next opponent. Recite Wizards quote from 40 years ago.
Move Action: None
Attack action: Full attack on next Celestial, if he fails an MDT check attack next.

Travis Sunday rolled 25 using 1d20+12.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 10 using 2d6+1.  Starr Damage #1.

Travis Sunday rolled 25 using 1d20+7.  Starr Attack #2.
Travis Sunday rolled 5 using 2d6+1.  Starr Damage #2.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4569 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 9 Jun 2017
at 01:41
  • msg #590

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 589):

OOC: Ironically, the dead character's name in WIzards was Fritz. When the Judge named Luke's friend, he suspected that the "They've killed Fritz!" scenario might occur but so far he has survived.
Travis Sunday
player, 2750 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 9 Jun 2017
at 11:43
  • msg #591

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 590):

OOC: I wanted to get it in in case Fritz lived.
Jake Richardson
player, 1277 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Fri 9 Jun 2017
at 14:37
  • msg #592

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC:

You might be a diehard gamer if . . . you remember things that happened in games 40 years ago -- and your gaming pards know exactly what you are talking about. Good stuff! :)

Judge Messalen
GM, 4570 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 9 Jun 2017
at 14:58
  • msg #593

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 592):

OOC: To clarify: Wizards is an animated film from 40 years ago; one that was oft-quoted in gaming sessions . . .
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wizards_(film)
James E. Beauregard
player, 1729 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 9 Jun 2017
at 23:47
  • msg #594

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 593):

JEB discharges the Spencer per msg 583.
Cole Trayne
player, 2041 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 10 Jun 2017
at 05:01
  • msg #595

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 588):

Free Action: Luke, help the professor!
Move Action: Cole guides Bess around the conflict to get himself into a firing position that will provide an opportunity to attack the BHD at Travis' back, while simultaneously doing his best to keep his friend out of his line of fire, and keeping his distance from the handheld weapons of the enemy. 2x Defensive Riding
Attack Action: Should a clear line of fire present itself, Cole fires: 8+3(AP) = 11, Damage = 5

Luke:

Free Action: Nods in confirmation.
Move Action: Luke guides his mount so as to position himself to fire upon the professor's attacker, while also doing his level best to give both JEB and Jake clear lines of fire. Luke also keeps his distance from the handheld weapons of the BHD. 2x
Attack Action: Again, should a clear line of fire present itself, Luke fires: 16, Damage = 16

Fritz attempts to guide his jittery horse to the south, to eventually approach along the coastline from the south, sticking to paths as much as possible.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4572 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 10 Jun 2017
at 12:14
  • msg #596

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 595):

OOC: As the Judge has explained to Cole previously, Luke cannot fire the Sharps Carbine two rounds in a row. It takes a full round action to re-load after firing. Cole needs to clarify: is Luke dropping the carbine in order to pull a sidearm? Or is Luke keeping the carbine in hand, and NOT firing this round.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4573 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 10 Jun 2017
at 12:17
  • msg #597

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 594):

OOC: Circumstances have changed since JEB's msg 583. At which highbinder is JEB firing? The only ones he can see are engaged in melee with Travis and ENS.
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:43, Sat 10 June 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2042 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 10 Jun 2017
at 20:39
  • msg #598

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 596):

OOC: My mistake.

He will drop the carbine, preferably in a relatively soft spot (bush, patch of sand, or some similarly large plant). If there is nothing but rocks around, he will risk it in order to assist the professor as soon as possible.

Let me know if this is plausible, and I'll adjust his rolls accordingly: -2 to hit, and damage re-roll.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1244 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 11 Jun 2017
at 20:59
  • msg #599

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 588):

Last bullet... it better count! ENS thinks to himself.

Attack action: Shoot at BHD (same one as last round)
Move action: none
Free action: none

14:54, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 22 using 1d20+7.  ENS Colt Attack (+9-2).
14:55, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  ENS AP Check for Attack.
Total Attack: 28
14:56, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 3 using 2d4+1.  ENS Colt Damage.

Jake Richardson
player, 1278 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Tue 13 Jun 2017
at 16:04
  • msg #600

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 588):

Better git on down thaere, Jake thought to himself. He could see that Travis and the Perfesser were still standing down on the beach, but  by now there were more men on the ground than there were still fighting.

Once again the Texan did not want to fire into the close-quarters melee and risk hurting his pards, so he rose to his feet from where he had knelt down, and moved towards the beach.

OOC:

Move Action:
Stand up from kneeling.

Attack Action: Convert to a Move Action and move down towards the beach at 1X speed.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4576 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 17 Jun 2017
at 01:06
  • msg #601

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The wrangler and his old pard Luke break ranks for a few seconds, as the latter turns Horse in a semi-circle, dropping the carbine and pulling his sidearm. The erstwhile Scot attempts a shot with the hogleg, uttering a hurried pledge to the almighty. Meanwhile, Trayne himself maneuvers Bess in an attempt to a achieve an ideal position, finding it difficult as the two highbinders attacking Travis have themselves taken short steps in a coordinated effort to flank the gunslinger once again. Both riders find a moment to fire — Luke at the one swinging a hatchet at the professor and Cole at the nearest Celestial attacking Sunday — but neither can find the target amidst the chaos of the melee. In fact, each rider breathes a sigh of relief when his bullet digs itself into the sand — or perhaps into one of the fallen highbinders — rather than punching one of their own pards engaged with the boo how doy.

The gunslinger himself continues to aim his hogleg and squeeze the trigger with deadly precision. Finding himself momentarily flanked again as his two remaining opponents shift their positions to achieve that result, Travis simply picks one and pumps two bullets into the boo how doy. Before the second bullet penetrates the hatchetman’s gut and drops him into the pile of corpses, the highbinder connects with a swing from his weapon, cutting into the surface of Sunday’s left shoulder — just enough, it seems likely, to deliver the weapon’s poisonous bite. Just one left now, who had swung twice himself but failed to scathe the man from the 5th Michigan.

ENS Ringgenberg’s heart had never pumped so furiously. Down to his last bullet, he hopes it won’t be wasted as he squeezes the trigger while defending against the stubborn highbinder’s weapon. Incredibly, even though this fifth bullet draws another bloody tear through the boo how doy’s arm, the warrior remains on his two feet, ready to swing yet again. Thankfully, at least, the warrior fails to connect with the professor. And so … after discharging all six of the bullets in his shiny new Colt, the easterner finds himself facing a new decision, still locked in melee with the highbinder, but fresh out of ammunition in the sidearm.

Seeing no good targets, the rifleman rises to his feet and descends the slope, moving to close the distance and perhaps maneuver for a better line of sight for another shot with his trusty Spencer. He sees the two riders wending their way into the battle, noting also that Coopwood is picking his way into the rocky point just beyond. Jake also sees Travis Sunday drop another of the Celestials, while ENS struggles with his opponent of nearly the last three dozen seconds.

Still on the slope, Beauregard had remained intent on firing his carbine, although few targets remained. Not to mention Cole and his pard Luke crowding the beach with their mounts and nearing the melee. Still, the lawman squeezes the trigger at the target he had in mind — one that was only moments ago dropped by Jake and Cole. Iffin’ the boo how doy wasn’t dead already, he sure as hellfire was dead now.

Lastly, the circumspect Fritz allows the stable-kid to continue his path along the trail, keeping a decent pace as he rides down to the area were he made the first approach with Cole and Luke. Hearing continued gunfire, he reckons he might as well prepare to circle back, even if it takes longer with this trail bound route.

OOC: Another round of actions. Only two highbinders near the rocky point. One each engaged with Travis and ENS. There is still something going on below at the actual cave entrance with a few highbinders down there -- and one above it, still hunkered down as if he belives Jake Richardson is still looking for him.

Jake moves
JEB stops and shoots, ensuring at least one highbinder will never get up
Travis attacks and hits twice, the BHD falls; Travis is hit for 6 points and must make Fort Save vs. poison
Peter dead
ENS attacks and hits, the BHD is still fighting
Cole circles, misses
Luke circles, drops carbine, attacks with handgun and misses
Lyman down, bleeding out
James down, bleeding out
Coop moves
James E. Beauregard
player, 1730 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 19 Jun 2017
at 01:47
  • msg #602

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 601):

JEB moves quickly now, straight for the cave opening.

Free: none
Move: max speed without compromising his footing
Combat: none
Jake Richardson
player, 1279 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Mon 19 Jun 2017
at 18:45
  • msg #603

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 601):

As he came nearer to the melee down on the beach, Jake could see that both Travis and ENS were each still engaged with in close combat with a heathen. One on one against Travis ain't hardly fair odds for whosoever he's fightin', the Texan thought to himself. The Perfesser might could use a little haelp, howsomever.

Jake closed the distance a little, halted, and fired after aiming carefully and tracking the movement of his target -- the heathen who was fighting the Perfesser -- for a moment, taking care not to put any lead into ENS.



OOC:

Move:
30 feet closer to the fighting down on the beach.

Action: 14:26, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 24 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 17. Firing Into Melee (At ENS's Attacker).

14:27, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 14 using 2d10 with rolls of 5,9. Damage (Spencer Carbine).

Hopefully this will finish off the pesky BHD who has been bedeviling ENS! :)

Notes: I deducted -4 from Jake's Attack bonus for firing into melee. Even after moving, I don't believe that he is quite close enough to take advantage of the Point-Blank Shot bonuses; if he is, +1 should be added to both his Attack and Damage rolls.

Jake has now fired four rounds from this magazine, leaving him with four (originally seven rounds in the magazine, one in the chamber).

Edit: Minor correction in IC text, as marked.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:52, Mon 19 June 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2753 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 20 Jun 2017
at 12:47
  • msg #604

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 601):

Travis feels the bite of the weapon and a slight burning sensation.  He wheels toward his next attacker as his fifth victim crumples to the ground.


Travis Sunday rolled 22 using 1d20+4.  Fortitude Save.

Travis Sunday rolled 18 using 1d20+12.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 10 using 2d6+1.  Starr Damage #1.

Travis Sunday rolled 15 using 1d20+7.  Starr Attack #2
Travis Sunday rolled 4 using 2d6 with rolls of 2,2.  Action Point for Starr Attack #2.
Travis Sunday rolled 9 using 2d6+1.  Starr Damage #2.



Totals: Damage Against 12; Action Points Used: 2; Heroic Surges Used: 2 of 3
Cole Trayne
player, 2043 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 21 Jun 2017
at 05:22
  • msg #605

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Luke continues to assist the professor in the same manner as before

Free Action: None
Move Action: Position himself so as to achieve the safest line of fire
Attack Action: 1d20-3: 8. Damage: 6

Seeing that Travis has dropped one of his two opponents, Cole attacks ENS' opponent

Free Action: None
Move Action: Position himself so as to achieve the safest line of fire
Attack Action: 1d20+2: 8 (+5AP) = 13. Damage 11


Fritz attempts to steer his jittery horse up the beach, towards the combat.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1245 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 22 Jun 2017
at 16:45
  • msg #606

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 605):

ENS' frustration shows as he backs away from his opponent to where Peter has fallen, looking to retrieve Peter's gun.

Free Action: Speak: Scheisse!
Move Action 1: Move towards Peter
Move Action 2: Pick up Peter's gun (subject to Judge's adjudication)
Judge Messalen
GM, 4578 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 23 Jun 2017
at 21:37
  • msg #607

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake Richardson moves deliberately towards the melee, targeting the highbinder that continues to swing a hatchet at the professor . . . despite the fact that almost all of the other Chinese warriors had fallen in battle near the rocky point. ENS himself attempts to move away from the highbinder, retreating towards the fallen ranch hand who went by the name of Peter. The hatchetman continues to swing at the professor, but the movement gives the rifleman the clear shot for which he had hoped. As ENS reaches for Peter's revolver, still in the dead man's grip, Richardson squeezes the Spencer's trigger and puts a bullet directly into the boo how doy's temple before the Celestial can take yet another swing. ENS looks up in surprise -- possibly shock -- when another man's blood splatters across his face as the highbinder collapses at his feet ... after Jake's bullet bores a hole through the highbinder's head.

At the same time, Cole Trayne and his pard Luke continue their maneuvering of the horses and also attempt to aid the professor in his plight. Each of the riders fires his weapon once again after circling the horses, but to no avail. Fortunately, Jake's attack solves the professor's ongoing dilemma ... a fact that Cole and Luke realize a moment after their own bullets sail overhead into the night. Presently, their mounts stand over a few of the dead bodies as a result of their ongoing maneuvering for firing positions; it is unclear in the moonlight whether either of them have trampled any of the corpses, including those of James and Lyman.

And as if they had coordinated efforts beforehand, Beauregard moves down from his previous position up the slope, cutting just behind Richardson and moving toward the entrance to the cave area. His initial movement had been slow, but after he had hit the beach he was able to pick up the pace, reaching the area of the general melee and seeing Travis Sunday gun down the last of his opponents. JEB finds himself at the edge of the path that leads upward over the cave area, within running distance of reaching the ledge that leads down to the cave entrance. If he continues his path, he could easily reach the ledge -- and possibly move down to the cave -- in the next several seconds.

Coop continues his movement, picking his way through the terrain at the rocky point. He finds himself just behind the pile of dead highbinders, witnessing Sunday dispatching the last boo how doy standing and seeing the wide-eyed look on the professor's face as a black-garbed Celestial with a newly bored hole in his head crumples in front of the Easterner.

For Travis Sunday, two more bullets from his revolver are enough to put away the last of the boo how doy that had engaged the group in the melee. The gunslinger's instincts had him glancing around for the next opponent but he finds none.

Somewhere, unseen to all of the other men, Fritz guides the shivering stable-kid to the junction of the trail and the main path northward towards the cave area.

OOC: Please state another round of combat actions. There are no BHD standing in the area of the melee, but there are still things happening near the cave area that require round-by-round posting to continue. A reminder that any speech should be brief, nothing more than can be said in a few seconds.

Jake moves and attacks, hits and the BHD falls
JEB moves
Travis attacks, hits twice and the BHD falls
Peter dead
ENS moves, takes Peter's weapon
Cole circles, attacks and misses
Luke circles, attacks and misses
Lyman bleeding out
James bleeding out
Coop moves
Fritz moves
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:40, Fri 23 June 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2044 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 25 Jun 2017
at 02:03
  • msg #608

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole...

Free Action: Professor, you good?
Move Action: Quickly move Bess into a clear patch of ground
Attack Action: None, reload.

Luke...

Free Action: None
Move Action: Recover dropped rifle
Attack Action: None, reload

Fritz...

Free Action: Damn, horse!
Move Action: Move to rejoin the others. 2x
Attack Action: None
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1246 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 25 Jun 2017
at 20:48
  • msg #609

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 608):

ENS looks over to Cole as he wipes the spattered blood from his face; the stress of the situation makes his accent a little stronger. I sink I need a larger gun... I am alright.

He bends done to verify what he believes is Peter's fate.

Move action 1: turn to Cole
Free action: speak
Move action 2: bend down to check on Peter
Travis Sunday
player, 2754 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 26 Jun 2017
at 15:14
  • msg #610

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 607):

Travis reholsters his pistol, bends down and picks up one of his Starrs and begins to reload it.

Someone better see what's going on with the boat.


Free action: Speak
Action: Reholster then pick up weapon
Move action: Kneel to pick up weapon
Jake Richardson
player, 1280 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Mon 26 Jun 2017
at 15:48
  • msg #611

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 607):

It looked like all of Jake's pards were still standing after the fierce close-quarters fight, and that all of the heathens -- at least the ones who had been fighting down on the beach -- were down. That being the case, the Texan agreed with Travis that it was time to follow the boat filled with the women whom they were supposed to rescue into the interior of the cave.

Hope we ain't been too laggardly, Jake thought to himself.

"Headin' for the cave," the rifleman called out.

OOC:

Free Action:
Short comment.

Full Round Action: Jake will continue heading down to the beach, then will turn towards the cave opening.

Notes: Jake has been moving at 2x speed as he worked his way down the slope towards the beach. I'm not sure whether he will have any movment remaining after reaching the flatter terrain (or even if he will do so this round). Once he reaches the beach, he will increase his speed to what he judges to be the fastest pace, given the darkness and the footing.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1731 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 27 Jun 2017
at 02:51
  • msg #612

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 607):

Continue at current trajectory to the cave opening,
Alfred Coopwood
player, 34 posts
Tue 27 Jun 2017
at 12:26
  • msg #613

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 607):

Coop continues to move towards the water. Answering the gunslinger, he gestures and speaks. "That's Mr. Xu's boat. Where is the other?"

Free Action: Speak
Move Action: 2x
Judge Messalen
GM, 4579 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 27 Jun 2017
at 13:28
  • msg #614

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Suddenly, the ceasing of gunfire seems unnatural.

For something like a minute, the din of battle had been forged by repeated weapon reports, mixed with the cries of the dead and the combat yells of the boo how doy. Now, the men take time to speak. There is no time for conversation, but quick thoughts are voiced as each of the men takes stock of the situation.

In fact, the heroes find themselves speaking loudly, not quite yelling but certainly increasing volume to overcome the ringing in their ears.

The lawman from Missouri is an exception, he remains silent while moving and focusing on the ledge -- just ahead -- leading down to the cave. He had not seen the cave entrance before now; the view from the bluff provided only a view of the rocky area above the cave. JEB and Jake had realized the cave entrance was below, when the slaver's longboat had disappeared from view. Now, as he reaches the ledge, the lawman see what must be the second longboat. He steps onto the ledge, which easily accommodates single-file human traffic, but would be precarious in battle, looking down toward the cave. A few steps along the path, as JEB hears Coopwood's voice from above, he sees one highbinder on an opposite ledge -- the southern ledge -- approaching the cave entrance where a pile of three dead highbinders lie.

A moment later, the rifleman appears at the ledge. Following the lawman, Jake had alerted his pards to his destination, even as he heard Sunday give what sounded like an order. When he steps down to the single-file ledge, the Texan hears Coopwood answering Sunday and asking a question. Jake recognizes Mr. Xu on the longboat in the water. And, beginning the descent to the cave, he sees Beauregard roughly 30 feet ahead . . . beyond the lawman is the cave entrance, cluttered by a few dead boo how doy on the landing.

Travis Sunday holsters the Starr he had just fired, then reaches down to search and retrieve one that he dropped in the battle. He intends to reload, but that will have to wait for another few moments. As he speaks and then finds one of the revolvers, he notices that one of the fallen highbinders nearby is breathing. Faintly. The gunslinger hears Jake and Coop but his attention is drawn to the Celestial.

Cole Trayne, pulling Bess away from the bodies fallen during melee, exchanges words with the professor. The wrangler, steady in the saddle, is able to guide the mare with his knees while he begins to reload his carbine. It will take another several seconds to fully reload, Cole thinks, as he finds a patch of the beach clear of the bodies but still affording a view of his pards and the water. The wrangler hears Coop saying something as JEB and Jake descend towards the cave, but it is hard to hear exactly what was said. Luke turns Horse, moving him at a walk while looking for the place he had dropped his Sharps.

ENS, with Peter's gun now in his possession, quickly checks for any signs of life from the ranch hand. He finds none, confirming what he had hoped would not be true. The other highbinders around Peter had also met their demise, at least in the professor's initial assessment.

Coopwood continues his moves through the rocky point towards the water. He listens to the others, then responds to Sunday.

To the south, Fritz guides the horse towards the spot where he, Luke and Cole Trayne had first taken positions, before the initial ride over the cave and then up the slope to the battle where Barnes had perished.

OOC: Another round of combat actions, please. Thanks for keeping the various speech short -- please continue with brevity for now.

Jake moves 2x
JEB moves 2x
Travis retrieves weapon, holster’s weapon (pending reload)
Peter dead
ENS kneels, inspects Peter
Cole moves 2x, begins reload (full reload of a Spencer is 2 full round actions)
Luke moves 1x, looks for Sharps
Lyman bleeding out
James dead
Coop moves
Fritz moves
Cole Trayne
player, 2045 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 28 Jun 2017
at 02:59
  • msg #615

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole:

Free Action: None
Move Action: 2x towards cave entrance
Attack Action: Continue to reload while guiding Bess with his knees

Luke:

Free Action: None
Move Action: 1x to retrieve his weapon
Attack Action: Retrieve weapon

Fritz:

Free Action: None
Move Action: 2x to rejoin Cole and Luke, taking advantage of the relative quiet in the aftermath of the battle
Attack Action: None
Travis Sunday
player, 2755 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 28 Jun 2017
at 22:42
  • msg #616

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 614):

Travis breaks the Starr  at the top, and spreads the pistol open via a hinge located in front of the cylinder. He removes the cylinder and pockets it. He feels along his belt and removes a spare.

As his hand works he sees one of the fallen celestials stir. The switch to Chinese is clean and the words quickly roll off his tongue.

Where is the boat going?

Free Action: Speak
Action: Replace Starr Cylinder (2 round action/Quick Reload feat)
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1247 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 28 Jun 2017
at 23:25
  • msg #617

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 614):

ENS shakes his head as he looks over Peter, he holsters his Colt and pockets Peter's Schofield, then moves over to check on James and Lyman.

Free action: holster Colt/pocket Schofield.
Move action: go to check on James and Lyman.
Jake Richardson
player, 1281 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Fri 30 Jun 2017
at 23:40
  • msg #618

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 614):

"Right behind you, JEB," Jake called ahead to the Missourian, just to confirm what he was doing.

The Texan was relieved to see Mr. Xu sitting in the second longboat that was approaching the cave's entrance -- that meant that these must be friendly heathens, instead of more men they would need to fight. Even so, thaere'll prob'ly still be some more fightin' needed to deal with that first boat-load that already went into the cave, Jake thought to himself.

The rifleman followed along behind JEB, moving along the narrow ledge at the fastest pace that he deemed appropriate, given the conditions.

OOC:

Jake will continue forward at what he considers the fastest "safe" speed -- presumably 2x, or faster.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1732 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 2 Jul 2017
at 20:56
  • msg #619

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 607):

JEB continues along the path to the cave entrance, moving with haste but not recklessly. He stops at the cave entrance and drops to one knee as a sudden fatigue and jarring pain hit his body. Momentarily panicked and confused he visually scans torso and appendages for signs of an unnoticed gunshot wound when he sees the cut made by the celestial hatchet on the ridge and recalls the HBD  preference for poisoning their weapons. As the pain and fatigue pass, JEB slowly rises to wait for the Texan.

Fort Save 23.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4581 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 3 Jul 2017
at 13:33
  • msg #620

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

ENS Ringgenberg holsters the empty revolver and then takes extra care to store Peter's loaded weapon in his pocket. The Schofield was never designed for a man's pocket, he reasons, with some compartmentalized part of his mind registering that notion despite the more pressing results of the gunfight. The professor has time only to stand and look towards James and Lyman, before he hears the shouting that signals the return to chaos at the rocky point.

Jake Richardson announces himself to James Beauregard. The rifleman continues to follow the lawman toward the cave entrance. The ledge remains safe enough for a man to walk, but running seems unwise. Especially when the lawman pauses, fighting off the after-effects of the hatchetman's poison. Meanwhile, the highbinder on the opposite ledge stops and turns around, moving swiftly back up the slope. Richardson and Beauregard have no time to proceed further before another man, shedding his black robe, leaps from the cave while already shouting.

Travis Sunday deftly begins to reload the Starr, speaking in Chinese. To his minor surprise, two of the highbinders respond, one after the other. The first just laughs, a legato laugh that seems infectious when the second sandbagging Celestial joins him. The gunslinger sees the second of boo how doy begin to move, perhaps ready to stand, when he hears the shouting from down below, where JEB and Jake had just descended. Sunday has not yet completed the reloading of the spare cylinder.

Cole Trayne focuses on his reload, guiding Bess with his knees towards to the cave entrance -- or at least to the spot where JEB and Jake had just descended, disappearing from the wrangler's line of sight. Bess picks her way through the bodies, finding a relatively clear path. The wrangler approaches Coop when he hears the shouting from below, having just enough time to complete his move to the edge, where he can see the ledge towards the cave and Mr. Xu's boat turning in the inlet.

Coop never moves, he watches the cave and Mr. Xu's boat. When he sees the shouting Celestial leap from the cave, Coop glances about as if considering his options.

Luke, being second farthest away from the cave area, dismounts as he finds his dropped Sharps. He picks up the carbine and intends to remount, just as uncertainty consumes the survivors around the rocky point, although the ranch hand isn't sure what started it all.

And Fritz, being farthest from the action, reaches the point where the trail widens to become the path that leads over the cave. He sees a highbinder sprinting across the path, heading west.

The man who is leaping, perhaps diving, from the cave shouts in Mandarin and English, respectively. His black robe slips off his back as he lunges towards the water. "Dynamite! Dynamite! Run! Run!"

Mr Xu's boat, which had been making a looping turn into the inlet as if waiting for something, suddenly takes a sharper turn after hearing the shouting Chinaman. The rowers being to apply all of their energies, as if the shouting man's words were an order.

OOC:
State another single round of actions. Cole completes his reload. Travis is still reloading (4 full round actions normally, 2 with Quick Reload). Lyman is bleeding out. Luke has his weapon but has not yet remounted. ENS essentially holstered two weapons (two move actions) and didn't move; he is still standing near Peter. JEB and Jake may move freely, they are roughly in the middle of the ledge and within 10 feet of each other now. Check the map. The blue highlighted chit is the man leaping/diving from the cave, towards the water as he sheds his black robe.

EDIT: small but annoying typo in first paragraph -- no material change. And fixing the kast sentence of 2nd paragraph. Hoping it makes more sense now.
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:33, Tue 04 July 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1282 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Mon 3 Jul 2017
at 15:13
  • msg #621

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 620):

Jake had been concentrating on figuring out how fast he could go in order to get down inside the cave without losing his footing and falling off the ledge.

So when the heathen burst out of the cave-mouth below, acting panicked and shouting about dynamite, the Texan looked on for a moment in open-mouthed surprise.

"Hell," he muttered to JEB as he turned to make his upwards, retracing his steps along the ledge.



OOC:

Action:
Stare in open-mouthed surprise.

Move: Turn and ascend the ledge-trail (30 feet).

Notes: This is a totally unexpected development, so I figure that there would be a moment of surprise on Jake's part. Thus, given the six-second time frame, any movement on his part would be at the 1x (30 foot) pace.

Edit: Added Combat-Round Action-Block in OOC.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:03, Mon 03 July 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2756 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 4 Jul 2017
at 16:16
  • msg #622

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 620):

Travis completes his reload and holsters his weapon.  He picks up the next Starr and begins reloading it.

He keeps his eye on the Chinaman attempting to rise. I'll kill him in just a second.

Professor see to Lyman.

Action: Finish Reloading Starr, pick up next Starr
Free action: Speak.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:17, Tue 04 July 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2046 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 5 Jul 2017
at 02:30
  • msg #623

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole seeks to guide Bess into a relatively open area, well away from any area that might be susceptible to falling rocks that might result from any explosions. If he has a clear line of fire to shoot at the nearby BHD that appear to be currently threatening Travis, he will take a shot.

Free Action: None
Move Action: 2x
Attack Action: 1d20+6 = 25, Damage 2d10 = 9



Luke continues to remount and reload.

Free Action: None
Move Action: None. Remount and reload
Attack Action: None

Fritz continues regain control of his mount and move up the coastline, avoiding any enemy

Free Action: None
Move Action: 2x
Attack Action: None
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1248 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 5 Jul 2017
at 20:26
  • msg #624

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 622):

ENS moves over to Lyman and James as he acknowledges Travis' request.
On my way Travis.
He sees no movement from James but a bit from Lyman, so he tends to him first.

Free Action: Speak to Travis
Move Action: Move to Lyman
Attack Action: Stabilize Lyman
14:24, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 13 using 1d20+4.  Treat Injury: Stabilize Lyman.
14:24, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 5 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Treat Injury roll.
Total Treat Injury roll: 18

James E. Beauregard
player, 1733 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 7 Jul 2017
at 02:58
  • msg #625

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 620):

JEB scrambles backward as if he just stepped on a snake.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4584 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 7 Jul 2017
at 13:19
  • msg #626

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

For the most part of the last three minutes, gunfire had commanded the night around the rocky point in this area of the India Basin.

Now, after a respite of a dozen seconds, a series of explosions from the cave entrance make the previous flurries of gunfire seem like the work of a gaggle of schoolboys trying out their pop-guns.*

The Celestial who had shouted the warnings in Mandarin and English completes his dive into the water moments before the explosions begin. He disappears from view, underwater, as chunks of earth -- large and miniscule -- rain from the cave opening.

Jake Richardson retreats up the ledge, flabbergasted by the Celestial's shouted warnings ... and temporarily left flat-footed by the unexpected events. Regaining his wits, the rifleman has nearly reached the top of the ledge when the explosions shake the ground beneath him and a hail storm of earth pours down around himself and JEB. The lawman himself recoils and begins to back up, essentially following Jake but keeping his eyes and ears pointed towards the cave entrance. JEB sees the Celestial diving for cover underwater, and sees the flash effects of what must be dozens of sticks of dynamite detonating around the rim of the cave entrance. Like the rifleman, JEB finds himself being pelted with debris as the explosions take their toll on the landscape.

Travis and ENS exchange brief words just before the dynamite blasts ensue. At the same time Cole Trayne guides Bess back the way he had just come, towards open space, while readying his carbine to take a shot if any of the believed-to-be-dead highbinders threaten his pard Travis. The gunslinger finishes his load of the first Starr ... and he had intended to holster that hogleg and pick up another as well, but he has no time before the explosions shake the entire area around the rocky point. Meanwhile, the professor takes the several steps needed to reach Lyman, beginning his attempt to stabilize the ranch hand who has nearly bled out completely. ENS has just enough time to accomplish his task, before he feels the temblors all around him. Cole finds no reason to shoot -- and has no clear line of sight anyhow, as his path crosses with the professor's and the only highbinder to move is near the rocky point, simply crawling away from the gunslinger while staying as low to the ground as a caterpillar.

Luke remounts and begins to load his single-shot Sharps. His attention to that task is interrupted by the explosions -- and despite his relative inexperience on horseback, he knows enough to know that he will likely need to pay more attention to Horse's reactions to the blasts. Fritz, who advances towards the cave area, sees the highbinder ahead of him break into a run and leap into the rock formation to his left. He also sees another of the hatchetmen running across the path further ahead, rushing up the slope. The stable-kid begins to rear up at the sound and fury of the dynamite's earth-shatter, not too far ahead -- and Fritz knows he faces another contest with the panicky gelding.

Mr. Xu's boat continues its turn to escape the inlet as the cave explodes, its rowers giving everything they have to steer clear.

OOC: Please post another round of actions. Please continue to use the combat block action format.

At this time (at least for the new round), conversation at any volume lower than a shout is impossible. If attempted, keep it brief.

08:40, Today: Judge Messalen rolled 13 using 4d6.  explosion damage near cave.
The above affects Jake and JEB. A Reflex save will halve the damage (to 6). As both men have MDT above 13, no other effects for the moment, even if full damage is taken.
08:41, Today: Judge Messalen rolled 4 using 1d6.  explosion damage general area.
This affects all other PCs and NPCs (and their horses) anywhere near the rocky point and cave entrance. Again, Reflex save halves damage to 2.

Cole, Luke and Fritz need to make Ride checks to control their mounts during the explosions. Bess and Horse are battle-trained, but this is a little different than intermittent gunfire. Fritz' kid -- as already established -- is untrained for battle and therefore Fritz suffers a -2 circumstance modifier to his Ride check.

Lyman is stabilized.

*The pop gun was patented in 1887, so the Judge's usage here is a slight anachronism.
Travis Sunday
player, 2757 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 7 Jul 2017
at 21:50
  • msg #627

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 626):

Travis flinches as rock sprays the area. His head moves just fast enough to avoid a large chunk of stone. Fredricksburg all over again. he thinks.

Well that's not good is it. he says as he begins to reload the second Starr.


Move Action: Holster Starr, pick up next.
Free Action: Speak

Travis Sunday rolled 25 using 1d20+9.  Reflex Save.


Totals: Damage Against 14; Action Points Used: 2; Heroic Surges Used: 2 of 3
This message was last edited by the player at 22:03, Mon 10 July 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1734 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 8 Jul 2017
at 23:51
  • msg #628

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 626):

"Hellfire." JEB dusts the blast debri off his coat and descends cautiously back down the slope towards the cave and beach to scout the identity of the celestial who blasted the cave.

Free: none
Move: 1x movement
Combat: none

Reflex save = 14
Jake Richardson
player, 1283 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:22/21 G:71 MDT:14 A:10
Sun 9 Jul 2017
at 16:44
  • msg #629

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake had his back turned to JEB, and assumed that the Missouri lawman was right behind him with respect to the Texan's efforts to move up the trail along the ledge and put some more distance between himself and the dynamite. He grunted in pain as a good-sized rock that had taken flight as a result of the blast careened off of him -- luckily knocking him into the cliff-face instead of off the ledge.

Jake shook his head, but could not get rid of the ringing in his ears. He suspected that there was a pretty good chance that the blast had re-arranged the topography down at the lower end of the ledge, making the use of that route to get down into the cave problematical. Besides, he wasn't altogether certain that the dynamite blasts had stopped. That being the case, he kept hustling up-slope on the ledge until he had a better understanding of what was going on.

He pushed himself to move a little faster than was perhaps prudent, wanting to put as much distance between himself and the cave-mouth (and the possibility of more explosions) as he could. Rather slip a mite than git blowed off this ledge, he reasoned.



OOC:

12:20, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 10 using 1d20+9 with rolls of 1. Reflex Save re: Explosion Damage.

Note: Since a natural 1 is not an automatic failure when it comes to Saves, I did not assume a catastrophic effect to have resulted from Jake's roll.

Movement: Jake will hustle upwards along the path along the path at 3x speed -- a little faster than is perhaps prudent, but his reasoning is as stated in the IC post. :)

Cole Trayne
player, 2047 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 10 Jul 2017
at 03:25
  • msg #630

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 626):

As the explosion occurs, Cole reluctantly abandons any attempt to shoot anyone. Subsequently, the Wrangler glances sharply in the direction of the cave entrance. As he works to control Bess, his eyes search the landscape in an attempt to locate his friends who were closest to the explosion. Although doubtlessly futile, he calls out to his friends in vain.

Free Action: Jeb! Jake!
Move Action: Control Bess. Ride check: 29. Reflex save: 27
Attack Action: None.

Luke works to control his horse while, for the moment, not worrying too much on reloading his long-arm.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Control Horse: Ride Check: 17. Reflex save: 6
Attack Action: None

Fritz, clearly frustrated, once again works to control his horse.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Control Horse: Ride Check: 4. (+2 ride bonus, -2 per judge, +0 net)
Attack Action: None
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1250 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 12 Jul 2017
at 14:22
  • msg #631

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 626):

ENS is finishing up on Lyman as the blast goes off; he instinctively covers the wounded man and takes the brunt of the blast. Sheisse! That stung!

Move Action: Cover Lyman
Free Action: Cuss
Judge Messalen
GM, 4587 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 12 Jul 2017
at 18:43
  • msg #632

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

ENS Ringgenberg had never experienced anything like this before. Of course, he had seen the elephant in the battle with the Comanche, but the only fatality amongst his party had been Randy’s Fanny. The death of the trusty kid had been sad, but even the Trautmann women had survived that battle. Now, having barely stabilized Lyman —and having seen both Peter and James lifeless — the professor finds himself using his own body to protect the wounded ranch hand in an attempt to save his life a second time in a few moments. Pebbles and baseball sized rocks alike pelt all of the bodies piled up around the rocky point. There is a momentary pause, than another second or two of explosions make the earth below him tremble, while the sky above rains more debris.

Travis Sunday seems unfazed by the explosions and the debris. He had shaken off some of the effects of the first volley of flying sand and rock, holstering the re-loaded Starr during a brief pause in the explosions, before bending down to pick up another of his dropped weapons as the explosions resume for a few heartbeat and a second volley of debris comes his way.

Alfred Coopwood moves into the rocky point, seeking shelter from the rain of earth. He manages to avoid part of the initial volley, finding some cover as the second blast sends sand and rock his way.

Jake Richardson, thinking JEB would be right behind him, hightails it up the ledge. As it happens, his timing is fortuitous; even though he hadn’t been able to avoid the flying rubble from the first blast, he had kept his footing. During a brief pause in the explosions, the rifleman reaches the landing at the rocky point, where the Celestials made their stand. Another short series of explosions erupts from the cave area. All Jake could think — as he continues his dash and sees Coop up ahead — is that he hopes he has moved far enough away to avoid another blow like the first one.

James Beauregard is far too close to the initial blast to avoid any of its impact. He pauses as the explosions cease, looking towards the cave and intent on resuming his course. He takes several steps when a second round of explosions erupts from the cave. JEB had already begun to surmise that the effects of the first blast may have made access to the cave entrance difficult — and now perhaps the second would make it entirely impassable.

Cole Trayne maintains control of Bess. He manages to dodge some of the flying debris, keeping damage to both himself and Bess to a minimum. He calls out, but at least part of his speech is drowned out by another short burst of explosions from the cave area — just at the moment Cole turns his attention in that direction. The wrangler sees Jake running up from the ledge and seeking relatively safety, but there is no sign of the lawman.

Luke Hadden controls Horse but fails to maneuver the mount quickly enough to avoid the flying rubble. Or, at least he thinks that will be true, until Travis’ cagey mount sidesteps of his own volition, sparing them both some of the damage.

Fritz Fischer curses his luck, wondering how he ended up on the wrong side of the battle, unable to help his friend Luke. He fails to control the stable-kid yet again. Fortunately, the gelding’s instincts serve it well, as it turns off the path that leads over the cave and canters up the slope and away from the explosions.

OOC: Please state another single round of actions, using combat action block method. Although some of the PCs apparently assumed otherwise previously, there is no telling whether the explosions, now two separate bursts, have concluded or may continue, at least for the moment.

ENS, save sacrificed; 8 total dmg previous round; another Reflex roll needed to halve this round’s 1d6 (4)
Travis, save made, 2 dmg previous round;  another Reflex roll needed to halve this round’s 1d6 (4)
Jake, saved missed, 13 dmg previous round; another Reflex roll needed to halve this round’s 1d6 (4)
JEB, saved missed, 13 dmg previous round, Reflex roll to halve this round’s 4d6 (9);
Coop, save made, 2 dmg previous round;  another Reflex roll needed to halve this round’s 1d6 (4)
Cole, Ride check made, save made, dmg 2 previous round (halved from 4) (also dmg 2 to Bess); another Reflex roll needed to halve this round’s 1d6 (4)
Luke, Ride check made, save missed but Horse save made, dmg 2 previous round (halved from 4) (also dmg 2 to Horse); another Reflex roll needed to halve this round’s 1d6 (4)
Fritz, Ride check missed, save missed, dmg 4previous round; another Reflex roll needed to halve this round’s 1d6 (4)
Travis Sunday
player, 2758 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 12 Jul 2017
at 23:45
  • msg #633

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 632):

This just keeps getting better.  Travis breaks open the Starr and begins to replace the cylinder.

Travis Sunday rolled 22 using 1d20+9.  Reflex Save.

Move action: Begin reload
Free action: Speak


Totals: Damage Against 16; Action Points Used: 2; Heroic Surges Used: 2 of 3
This message was last edited by the player at 11:11, Thu 13 July 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2048 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 13 Jul 2017
at 03:51
  • msg #634

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 632):

Cole:

Reflex check = 27

Free Action: Luke! Back away!
Move Action: Away from the cave entrance 2x
Attack Action: None

Luke Reflex check = 5

Free Action: Ugh!
Move Action: Away from cave entrance 2x
Attack Action: None

FritZ Reflex check = 12

Free Action: Dammit!
Move Action: Allow his horse to continue up the slope, to prevent further antagonizing the animal
Attack Action: None
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1251 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 13 Jul 2017
at 19:50
  • msg #635

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 632):

Determined not to lose another associate, ENS covers the unconscious Lyman again, hoping to God that the blasts will end.

Move Action: Cover Lyman
Free Action: Quick, silent prayer
Jake Richardson
player, 1284 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:58 MDT:17 A:10
Sat 15 Jul 2017
at 14:28
  • msg #636

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 632):

Damnaeshunn, how much of that stuff do they have? Jake wondered as he felt and heard another series of explosions rumbling underground. He kept his head pulled down into his neck like a turtle as he kept moving at a pretty fast pace towards Coop, whom he can see not too far ahead.

OOC:

10:23, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 23 using 1d20+9 with rolls of 14. Reflex Save.

Move: Jake will hustle towards Coop at 3x speed.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1736 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 16 Jul 2017
at 02:36
  • msg #637

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 636):

Hell with this! JEB scrambles up the path as quickly as possible.

Free: none
Move: 4x speed
Combat: none
Judge Messalen
GM, 4589 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 16 Jul 2017
at 13:11
  • msg #638

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

For the moment, the explosions from the cave entrance cease. No one can be sure whether the explosions have stopped permanently. Regardless, an airborne wave of dust, dirt and sand now exudes from the cave, billowing out to envelope the night sky. While the men’s eyes had adjusted to the moonlight, the wave of grit begins to reduce range of vision, not to mention causing discomfort to eyes, mouths and potentially lungs.

The professor sacrifices his body to protect Lyman against the second volley of pebbles, rocks and sand from the explosions. He realizes that he cannot shield the man forever, beseeching mercy from the almighty in his thoughts.

The gunslinger, who deftly dodges most of the incoming earthen buckshot, reloads his recently retrieved Starr. Having kept an eye on the Chinese that weren’t quite dead, Sunday sees that they are put to rest by the blasts. Seeing the professor shielding Lyman, Travis recognizes fully the easterner’s bravery in saving Lyman from the same likely fate.

The rifleman continues forward along the edge of the rocky point, leaving the sandy stretch and entering the rockiness itself. Richardson joins Coopwood, who had remained still while taking cover against the blasts. Jake sees now that JEB has appeared at the landing above the ledge. And that Mr. Xu's boat is circling back, slowly, at a distance.

The lawman curses and turns in a hasty retreat. Racing up the ledge, Beauregard nearly loses his footing as a lesser, but still biting, battery of pebbles attacks from behind and above. JEB reaches the top of the ledge, seeing Sunday to his left, standing amidst the pile of dead bodies, while Richardson is straight ahead amongst the rocky outcropping.

The wrangler shouts an order to Luke as both of the riders urge their mounts north along the beach. Trayne hopes that Fritz has been able to control the kid, wherever he is, or at to least avoid any serious damage if they happened to be near the cave when the explosions began.

The earth rumbles around the cave; not from more explosions but from the settling of the dislodged rocks and earth that resulted from the blasts. It sounds as if the cave entrance is collapsing completely, if not already buried.

OOC: Another single round of actions, please, in the combat action block style. Conversation is possible, but it must be brief as always during combat rounds.

All PCs and Bess, must make a Fort save this round to avoid the effects of sand, dust and dirt in the air after the two blasts (d4, Judge rolled 3 this round). Save negates all damage. (Fritz and Luke were far enough away at the start of the round to avoid it this time; Cole wasn’t).

Additionally, as noted in the following, JEB must make another Reflex roll for lesser but still notable damage continuing from the end of the second blast.

ENS, save sacrificed; 8 dmg previous round (16 total from blasts)
Travis, save made, 2 dmg previous round (4 total from blasts)
Jake, saved made, 2 dmg previous round (15 total from blasts)
JEB, saved missed, 9 dmg previous round (21 22 total from blasts); Reflex roll to halve this round’s 1d6 (5);
Coop, save made, 2 dmg previous round (4 total from blasts)
Cole, save made, dmg 2 previous round (4 total from blasts); (also 4 total to Bess)
Luke, save missed but Horse save made, dmg 2 previous round (4 total from blasts) (also 4 total to Horse)
Fritz, save missed, dmg 4 previous round (8 total from blasts); (also 8 total to Stable-kid)
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:51, Thu 20 July 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2759 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 17 Jul 2017
at 11:22
  • msg #639

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 638):

Travis finishes his reload.  Good job professor.


Travis Sunday rolled 19 using 1d20+4.  Fortitude Save.

Move action: Finish reload
Free action: Speak

Totals: Damage Against 18; Action Points Used: 2; Heroic Surges Used: 2 of 3, Horse 4 damage (of 19 total)
This message was last edited by the player at 13:44, Tue 18 July 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1252 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 17 Jul 2017
at 21:22
  • msg #640

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 639):

ENS continues to cover Lyman and covers his mouth and nose with a piece of gauze to keep the dust from his lungs. Hearing Travis through the ringing, he answers (a bit too loud): I just pray it is done!

Move action: cover Lyman, place gauze
Free Action: speak to Travis
James E. Beauregard
player, 1737 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 18 Jul 2017
at 02:45
  • msg #641

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 638):

Having reached the ledge and he believes is a safe distance from the blast radius, JEB stops and turns to survey the situation below.

Free: none
Move: visual check of cave and beach area
Combat: none but use rifle scope for closer look of anything of interest

Reflex save 16
Judge Messalen
GM, 4590 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 18 Jul 2017
at 14:30
  • msg #642

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

So far, no PC has rolled the Fort save required to negate the effects of the cloud of dust, dirt and sand caused by the explosions (that is, no one had done so on initial posting, Travis has since rolled the check after a PM), so the Judge is reiterating. This applies to JEB, too, in addition to the reflex save the lawman had to make.

Judge Messalen msg # 638, in the OOC section:
All PCs and Bess, must make a Fort save this round to avoid the effects of sand, dust and dirt in the air after the two blasts (d4, Judge rolled 3 this round). Save negates all damage. (Fritz and Luke were far enough away at the start of the round to avoid it this time; Cole wasn’t).

Cole Trayne
player, 2049 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 19 Jul 2017
at 01:44
  • msg #643

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole:

Free Action: Luke! Stay put!
Move Action: withdraw to join Luke, 1x
Attack Action: None

Fort Save: 22
Bess Fort Save: 10

Luke:

Free Action: Nod
Move Action: None
Attack Action: None

Fritz:

Free Action: None
Move Action: None
Attack Action: None
James E. Beauregard
player, 1738 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 19 Jul 2017
at 03:53
  • msg #644

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 642):

Fort Save 15 + 4 AP = 19
Jake Richardson
player, 1285 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:56 MDT:17 A:10
Wed 19 Jul 2017
at 18:54
  • msg #645

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 638):

"Hope that's it," Jake said to Coop after he had reached the man's position.

He had so busy hustling out of the blast area that he had kind of lost track of everyone else. Now he took a moment to look around and put eyes on everyone -- well, on his pards any way. He was also a mite curious as to what the row-boat that had skedaddled out to sea was doing.

Even as he looked around, the Texan was ready to hunker down behind some rocks if there were yet more explosions . . .

OOC:

Free Action:
Speak to Coop.

Full Round Action: Survey the battlefield. Seeing as how we are dealing with a six-second Round, it seems to me that this would be a Full-Round Action. Judge, if any Spot Checks are needed, please let me know (I have bit of a superstition about not angering the Dice Gods by avoiding making any rolls that turn out to be unnecessary).

Fortitude Save: 18:58, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 11 using 1d20+6 with rolls of 5.  Fortitude Save.

Edit: Added Fortitude Save roll.

This message was last edited by the player at 23:00, Wed 19 July 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4591 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 20 Jul 2017
at 13:29
  • msg #646

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Roughly a dozen seconds have passed since the series of explosions shook the rocky point. The wave of grit remains, like a coarse facsimile of a foggy San Francisco night. It creeps outward, gradually dissipating but still, at best, a nuisance and perhaps a material hazard.

The professor and the gunslinger remain as they were when the explosions started. Travis finishes loading the second Starr, while ENS continues to protect Lyman’s fragile body from the wave of dust dirt and stand billowing from the cave area.

The lawman is now near Travis and ENS, just on the opposite side of the pile of dead bodies. JEB finds it difficult to see much through the cloud of debris, but it appears that the cave has collapsed. Entry, if even possible, is likely to involve clearing or crawling through rubble. It will probably take some time for the dust to clear before a solid look is possible.

The rifleman and the tough hombre named Coopwood remain hunkered down at the edge of the rocky point. Like JEB, Jake’s view is limited in the cave area, but two things are easily apparent over the water. First, the Celestial who had dived into the water now resurfaces, not far from Richardson’s position. He turns to look at the cave, treading water. And second, the long boat is turning around, looping back to the inlet.

The wrangler shouts another order to Luke. Cole and Bess escape the cloud of dirt and sand, reaching Luke’s position; however, Trayne quickly realizes that the wave is still advancing and they will likely need to move further to avoid it completely, or ride it out here in the hope that the worst of it passes soon.

The ranch hand’s stable-kid returns to the trail that it has come to know as a relative stretch of safety. This time, it takes Fritz westward, up the slope while slowing to a trot.

OOC: Another single round of actions, please. It is important that we do another round or two this way, because after-effects of the battle and the explosions are still happening. To that point:

Everyone has to make another Fort save for the 2nd round of the effects of the wave of grit (1 dmg if save missed). And ENS has to make a secondary Fort save for the poison (which occurred 10 rounds ago).

ENS, hasn’t done the Fort check for the grit cloud; please make two checks now now to avoid: r1. 3 dmg and r2. 1 dmg
ENS, need to make secondary Fort save for the poison
Travis, save made
Jake, save missed, 3 dmg previous round
JEB, save made, (JM: noticed a typo in msg # 637, 2122 total from blasts));
Coop, save missed, 3 dmg previous round
Cole, save made, (Bess also made save; horses have +5 to Fort saves as per p.256)
Fritz, another ride check may be made now that the kid has reached the trail
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:49, Sun 23 July 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2050 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 22 Jul 2017
at 23:21
  • msg #647

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole continues to guide Bess away from the debris cloud.

Free Action: None
Move Action: 2x
Attack Action: None

Fort Save: 13 (+4 AP)
Bess Fort save: 18 (+5)

Luke:

Free Action: None
Move Action: Follow Cole 2x
Attack Action: None

Fritz:

Free Action: None
Move Action: Continue to calm horse by bringing him to a slow stop
Attac Action: None

Ride check: 21
This message was last edited by the player at 02:42, Mon 24 July 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1739 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 23 Jul 2017
at 00:15
  • msg #648

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 646):

Free: continue to observe and wait out the blast aftermath
Move: none
Combat: none

Fort Save 23
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1253 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 23 Jul 2017
at 19:03
  • msg #649

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 646):

ENS covers Lyman until the majority of the dust clears, but recalls something and calls out to Travis. There was someone else fighting at the cave... we need to talk to him Travis!

Move action: Cover Lyman
Free action: Speak to Travis

12:57, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 26 using 1d20+6.  Missed Fort Save (prev rnd).

12:57, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 18 using 1d20+6.  This round's Dust Fort Save.

12:58, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 9 using 1d20+6.  This round's Poison Fort Save.
12:59, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 4 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Poison Fort Save.
Total Save = 13

Jake Richardson
player, 1286 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:53 MDT:17 A:10
Sun 23 Jul 2017
at 23:52
  • msg #650

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 632):

Turning to Coop, Jake asked, "Reckon they blowed up all that dyn-amite just to keep us from followin' them inside the cave?"

The Texan pulled his hat down low as a half-hearted defense against the dust and grit that was still roiling outward from the cave, but he didn't really expect any more major explosions ...

OOC:

19:47, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 17 using 1d20+6 with rolls of 11. Fortitude Save.

Full Round Action: Speak to Coop. Given Jake's drawl, I figured that it might well take all of the round's six seconds to say what he did. :)

Travis Sunday
player, 2760 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 24 Jul 2017
at 11:12
  • msg #651

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 649):

Travis holsters his weapon and moves toward the cave.  He's not sure what the Professor is on to but trusts his judgement to find the additional combatants.

Let's see if he's still alive.


Move Action: Holster weapon; walk toward cave.
Free action: Speak

Judge Messalen
GM, 4592 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 25 Jul 2017
at 02:09
  • msg #652

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Ringgenberg refuses to let the aftereffects of the blast undo his work to save the man named Lyman. He continues to shield the fragile form of the ranch hand from the effects of the grit cloud. So far, the professor has been able to accomplish just that; Lyman is still breathing and his wounds remain guarded against the death by a thousand grains of sand. Moreover, the professor believes his quick thinking for the gauze has improved his own resistance to the cloud. Speaking loudly enough for Sunday to hear, ENS urges the gunslinger onward.

Sunday himself holsters the second Starr. Hearing the professor’s urging, the gunslinger figures there are times where following orders is best, whatsoever the circumstances may be. He moves to the edge of the beach overlooking the water—and between Beauregard to the west and Richardson and Coopwood to the east. The cloud of earth proves impenetrable insofar as any immediate assessment of the cave entrance, although Sunday can see the longboat approaching the inlet, and a Chinese treading water some 20 yards away.

Beauregard remains at the spot of safety he had reached when running from the second series of explosions. The lawman believes the fog of earth is settling. He can see where the cave entrance was. Past tense. It is too early to discern any details.

Richardson speaks to Coopwood, expressing what the professor might call a hypothesis in the form of a question. Conway’s man shrugs and gestures with his palms turned heavenwards, as if both actions were needed to express the extent of his uncertainty. Jake sees the longboat gliding into the inlet again, apparently steering towards the Celestial who is treading water less than 20 yards to the south.

Trayne leads his pard Hadden northward along the beach, keeping ahead of the wave of dirt and sand. The wrangler believes their efforts have succeeded, as the wave subsides behind them.

Fischer manages to control the stable-kid. The gelding seems calmed by the trail. The ranch hand reins the mount and brings it to a stop.

OOC: One more combat round will make it an even 4 minutes of battle. Please state one round of actions. After the Judge's narrative summary for the 40th round, we will resume free play in regard to conversation and action.

JEB, Jake, Travis, ENS and Coop must roll one final Fort Save; this time to negate 3 points of the grit cloud.

ENS, save(s) made for grit; save made for poison (by the skin of your teeth, easterner, on an effective AP roll).
Travis, did not make Fort save last round; please make two checks now (to negate 1. 1 dmg, 2. 3 dmg)
Jake, save missed, 1 dmg previous round
JEB, save made
Coop, save made
Cole, save made, (Bess also made save)
Fritz, ride check successful
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:00, Tue 25 July 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2761 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 26 Jul 2017
at 11:57
  • msg #653

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 652):

Travis continues towards the cave entrance, on guard.  He coughs after he inhaling some dirt, burning his lungs.


Move Action: 1X toward cave entrance
Free action: None

Travis Sunday rolled 7 using 1d20+4.  Fortitude Save.
Travis Sunday rolled 8 using 1d20+4.  Fortitude save 2.



Totals: Damage Against 22; Action Points Used: 2; Heroic Surges Used: 2 of 3, Horse 4 damage (of 19 total)
This message was last edited by the player at 21:15, Sat 29 July 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1740 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 26 Jul 2017
at 23:55
  • msg #654

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 652):

Beauregard moves cautiously back towards the cave entrance after seeing Travis do the same.

Free: none
Move: 1x speed
Combat: n/a

Fort Save 28
Cole Trayne
player, 2051 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 28 Jul 2017
at 03:09
  • msg #655

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Luke and Cole:

Free Action: Let's see if we can help the professor.
Move Action: 1x towards the professor
Attack Action: None

Fritz continues to do everything not to agitate his horse, allowing him to continue to calm down.

Free Action: None
Move Action: 1x along path
Attack Action: None
Jake Richardson
player, 1287 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Fri 28 Jul 2017
at 21:38
  • msg #656

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 652):

"Time to re-group," Jake said to Coop.

Putting his words into actions, the Texan hustled towards the Perfesser at a rapid clip.

OOC:

17:28, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 22 using 1d20+6 with rolls of 16. Fortitude Save.

Free Action: Speak to Coop.

Full Round Action: Move towards ENS at 3x speed.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1254 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 29 Jul 2017
at 18:28
  • msg #657

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 656):

ENS rises from his cover of Lyman and checks the man over. Seeing Cole and Luke on their horses, he waves them over.

Move action 1: Rise and check Lyman
Move action 2: wave over Cole and Luke
Judge Messalen
GM, 4594 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 30 Jul 2017
at 15:21
  • msg #658

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The professor begins to rise, having shielded Lyman from the worst of the damage. Believing that he sees riders northward up the beach, ENS begins to wave, only to hear footsteps behind him -- being those of Jake Richardson. The rifleman is only 20 or so feet away. The riders are more like 75 yards away and moving cautiously at the edge of the dissipating cloud.

Jake had spoken to Coop before he starts to hurry towards Ringgenberg. Coopwood stays where he is, watching the boat and the Chinaman treading water. Jake sees the professor waving to the north -- although at whom isn't immediately apparent to the rifleman.

Cole and Luke ease their horses southward along the beach. It is difficult to see details, but it is clear that the site of the main battle is another 70 yards or so away.

For the moment, it is unclear whether Travis Sunday fails to see JEB just 20 feet ahead of him at the top of the ledge that used to lead to the cave entrance, or if he just had to see it for himself. The gunslinger slides by the lawman, inching his way along the ledge until he is sure that there is no clear path ahead. Maybe no way into the cave at all. Maybe in daylight they could pick their way in. Beauregard stands again, taking a few steps to follow Travis who now sees what JEB had gathered in the last dozen seconds.  The cave is collapsed.

Fritz eases the stable-kid up the trail.

OOC: It is now free-posting. People can move and regroup and start to talk as desired. The Judge updated the last round-by-round map for the battle.

ENS, still needs to make a save for the previous round (3 dmg)
Travis, took 4 dmg from the grit cloud; needs to make a secondary Fort save against the poison.
Jake, save made
JEB, save made
Coop, save made
Cole, outside of range
Travis Sunday
player, 2762 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 30 Jul 2017
at 17:49
  • msg #659

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 658)

Travis inspects the entrance and satisfied there is no easy way in, he returns to the Professor.

Where are they now?

Jake Richardson
player, 1288 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Mon 31 Jul 2017
at 00:22
  • msg #660

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake walked over to where ENS had just risen to his feet, and glanced around at all of the bodies that littered the sand.

"Looks like a right seer-reeous dust-up," the Texan remarked to the Perfesser.

"Good to see that you came through it without gettin' chopped up by them heathens."



OOC: Glad to see the last of those Fortitude rolls. That dust cloud was kickin' Jake's ass. :)
James E. Beauregard
player, 1741 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 31 Jul 2017
at 02:45
  • msg #661

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 658):

Beauregard walks with Travis to join the others, silent in his own thoughts for now.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1255 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 2 Aug 2017
at 01:41
  • msg #662

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 660):

ENS turns around and half-smiles when he sees Jake and then JEB walking up. He pulls out his Colt and dumps the empty rounds as he speaks to them.

Jake! Sheriff! Good to see you both relatively unscathed... where's Mr. Barnes?


19:40, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 26 using 1d20+6.  Missed Fort Save (prev rnd).
Cole Trayne
player, 2052 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 3 Aug 2017
at 02:13
  • msg #663

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole glances at Luke and shrugs.

Reckon we should re-load while the gettin' is good.

While re-loading his weapons, the wrangler guides his horse with his knees towards (1x) ENS. Luke rides along side while also re-loading.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1742 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 4 Aug 2017
at 22:57
  • msg #664

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 662):

Barnes is dead...still laying up on the ridge. Any other casualties?
Jake Richardson
player, 1289 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Sat 5 Aug 2017
at 13:09
  • msg #665

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 663):

Jake nodded at Cole's suggestion, and pulled a handful of loose cartridges from the pocket of his duster. The Texan set about reloading the magazines for his carbine, while listening in on the conversation between ENS and JEB.
Travis Sunday
player, 2763 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sat 5 Aug 2017
at 16:08
  • msg #666

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 664):

Yeah. A wall of Chinaman came at us.  Poisoned blades. Didn't save them but it got pretty bad.


Travis looks back towards the Professor.

Let's see where they think they may have taken the girls.
Alfred Coopwood
player, 35 posts
Sat 5 Aug 2017
at 20:07
  • msg #667

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Having seen the men in Mr. Xu's boat pick up the Chinese who sounded the alarm about the dynamite -- and then seeing the boat circle back towards the sandy beach a little ways to the north, Coop calls out to the others near the rocky point.

"Mr. Xu is comin'round ... to the beach."

Coop himself picks his way through the rocky point towards the beach as the longboat is reaching shore.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1256 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 5 Aug 2017
at 22:02
  • msg #668

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 664):

ENS looks toward Peter and then back at JEB.

Both Peter and James did not make it... Lyman is in a bad way, we need to get him back to the brewery so I can treat him.

ENS looks towards Travis when he speaks, pausing as Coop calls out.

We need to talk to the man that was fighting at the cave entrance... I can't believe they'd trap themselves, so it stands to reason that there is another exit... possibly on the back side of these bluffs.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1743 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 7 Aug 2017
at 02:19
  • msg #669

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 668):

I did not make sight of him after he made for the water. I doubt we'll find him now.

Jake Richardson
player, 1290 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Mon 7 Aug 2017
at 19:21
  • msg #670

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Alfred Coopwood (msg # 667):

Jake joined Coop in walking over to meet the longboat that was just now reaching the beach, having previously rowed back out to sea a ways to avoid the ill effects of the dynamite explosions.

The Texan wasn't sure whether Mister Xu had any information concerning other exits from the cave, or whether the blocking of the beach-side entrance had effectively put an end to their efforts to rescue the heathen women.

"Let's us go an' see if'n the Big Bug's got any marchin' orders -- or informaeshunn -- to pass along," Jake commented.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4597 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 8 Aug 2017
at 03:11
  • msg #671

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 670):

Jake witnesses the rowers beaching the longboat. Mr. Xu and a dripping wet highbinder -- the same one who had dived into the water before the explosions -- disembark, surveying the beach. Seeing the approach of Richardson and Coopwood, Xu takes a few strides inland to meet them.
This message was last edited by the GM at 10:51, Tue 08 Aug 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1744 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 9 Aug 2017
at 02:10
  • msg #672

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 671):

Beareguard joins The Texan as he walks towards the chinamen and mutters, "why do I feel like we've been stung?"
Jake Richardson
player, 1291 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Wed 9 Aug 2017
at 13:54
  • msg #673

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 671):

There were several ways to interpret JEB's remark, but the ones that Jake could think of suggested some manner of a defeat.

"I ain't quite figgered out what's what, yet," he replied.

Approaching Mr. Xu and the heathen who had jumped into the water to avoid the dynamite blast -- the fact that his clothes were still soaking wet was only way that Jake could tell him apart from the other heathens who had been rowing the boat -- Jake nodded to their employer.

"Gotta say, that die-noe-mite surprised me some," he remarked.

"We still got a play to make?" he asked.




OOC:

Edit:
With a nod to Jake's languid drawl, I added some extra syllables to his version of "dynamite". :)

PS. Jake's intended usage of "play" here is similar to that in the statement "I'll back your play."

This message was last edited by the player at 15:36, Wed 09 Aug 2017.
Mr. Xu
Wed 9 Aug 2017
at 16:48
  • msg #674

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 673):

Mr. Xu nods to Jake and JEB, by way of acknowledging the Texan's foray.

"Translator?" he says, glancing beyond the two men, although it is likely that he cannot see much detail as the dust cloud from the explosions still obscures vision -- and the moon is temporarily dimmed by cloud cover.

Jake notices that the wet Celestial is also missing his black robe. This further distinguishes him from the others.
Jake Richardson
player, 1292 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Thu 10 Aug 2017
at 03:29
  • msg #675

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Mr. Xu (msg # 674):

Jake nodded at Mr. Xu's comment, and turned in ENS's direction.

"Perfesser," he called out, "soon as you get done o'er yonder, I do bee-lieve that Mr. Xu savvies Yankee English a sight better'n Southern."

"Plus, I reckon that we would profit by a body who can savvy Heathen."

Judge Messalen
GM, 4597 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 10 Aug 2017
at 12:27
  • msg #676

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 675):

As Jake speaks, the Chinese businessman relaxes, apparently understanding the Texan's intent even if he couldn't understand all of the words.

The wet highbinder takes a few steps toward the battle site, beginning to pass Jake on the rifleman's left side. When the Texan finishes his last sentence, the Celestial who had leapt from the cave stops and turns to cast a glare. The highbinder doesn't speak, he lets his scowl speak for itself, turning his attention back to the battle site as he continues his advance.

JEB sees this incident transpire. It would seem, at least to the lawman's instincts, that the highbinder both understood and took offense at Jake's choice of words.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:27, Thu 10 Aug 2017.
Mr. Xu
Thu 10 Aug 2017
at 12:26
  • msg #677

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Mr. Xu (msg # 676):

Mr. Xu speaks in halting and heavily accented English, gesturing towards the wet highbinder. "Lu Heng Bo is . . . trusted man."
James E. Beauregard
player, 1745 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 11 Aug 2017
at 23:37
  • msg #678

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Mr. Xu (msg # 677):

Discerning that the highbinder understood the Texans words JEB speaks to the newcomer directly, "Mr. Bo, is it. Don't mind Jake. He means nothing by it. May I ask you what just happened here?"
Cole Trayne
player, 2053 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 12 Aug 2017
at 03:25
  • msg #679

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole dismounts and takes Bess by the reins.

Walking up towards the professor, the wrangler has a look of concern on his face.

Professor? Anything I can do to help? I've got some skill in patching up folk's hurt.

Luke stays mounted and turns his horse towards the north.

Cole, I'll go and fetch Fritz.
Lu Heng Bo
Sat 12 Aug 2017
at 10:39
  • msg #680

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 678):

The wet highbinder glances over his shoulder as he reaches the main battle site. "A common mistake. Chinese family name first."

He begins a visual search of the bodies, apparently focusing on the dead boo how doy. After a few moments, Lu kneels and calls out to JEB. "They destroy cave."
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1257 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 12 Aug 2017
at 17:46
  • msg #681

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 679):

ENS looks up as Cole approaches.

Yes Cole, Lyman here is in a bad way and all three of us need a dose of that antidote I mixed up... do you think you can carry Lyman back to the brewery on your horse?

ENS hears Jake's call and looks over to see him with the Chinamen.

I better go see what they want.

ENS walks over to the other group.

In Chinese: Ah, Mr. Xu... Things have not worked out well so far. is this the man that was in the cave?
Mr. Xu
Sat 12 Aug 2017
at 23:21
  • msg #682

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 681):

Mr. Xu pauses momentarily, as if digesting the professor's Mandarin. "This is Lu Heng Bo. He is in my employ."

The Chinese businessman looks towards the highbinder, who is removing the black robe from one of the dead boo how doy.

"There is still time, if Heng's instincts are correct. And they usually are." Xu returns his attention to ENS."We must move quickly, both to save the slaves and to escape ourselves before the constabulary arrives. They are few and usually slow, but they will come."
Travis Sunday
player, 2764 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 13 Aug 2017
at 21:39
  • msg #683

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Mr. Xu (msg # 682):

You don't have to tell me twice.  Are we grabbing robes?
Cole Trayne
player, 2054 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 14 Aug 2017
at 03:22
  • msg #684

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 681):

Nodding, Cole moves towards Lyman.

Reckon, in his condition, he can handle the ride back? Also, is the antidote in our rooms?
Mr. Xu
Mon 14 Aug 2017
at 23:51
  • msg #685

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 683):

"If you wish," answers Mr. Xu. "Heng believes he knows where the other entrance is. He will lead whomever follows."
Lu Heng Bo
Mon 14 Aug 2017
at 23:58
  • msg #686

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Lu Heng Bo pulls on the robe he took from one of the dead boo how doy. As the others speak with Mr. Xu, he continues to rummage through the other dead bodies.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1746 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 15 Aug 2017
at 00:29
  • msg #687

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 686):

JEB takes a robe from a dead HBD and awaits the Chinaman's lead.
Travis Sunday
player, 2765 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 15 Aug 2017
at 13:56
  • msg #688

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Mr. Xu (msg # 685):

Travis grabs a robe and follows.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1258 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 16 Aug 2017
at 01:05
  • msg #689

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Mr. Xu (msg # 685):

ENS turns towards Heng.

In Chinese: Excellent, Mr. Lu can you give me an idea of where this second entrance is? We have a badly injured man that needs attention... but once that's attended to, I will join the rest of you.
Lu Heng Bo
Wed 16 Aug 2017
at 12:07
  • msg #690

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 689):

Lu Heng Bo, completing his hunting amongst the dead bodies, responds.

"Other side of bluffs. But in moonlight, without guide, I think you would not find it." He pauses as if searching for words. "Looks like rabbit hole."
Jake Richardson
player, 1293 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Wed 16 Aug 2017
at 23:01
  • msg #691

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake didn't understand why this new heathen -- Bo, his name apparently was --was on the prod, but he didn't feel like making an issue of it, especially if the man was going to guide them to the other entrance to the cave.

The Texan wasn't sure whether he wanted to wear some dead heathen's robe, but he supposed that it might serve as a disguise at a distance and in the dark. Plus, I recollect that we looted all manner of stuff from Yankees durin' the War who was lyin' dead on the field of battle, after we'd finished whippin' their asses, he reasoned.

Once he had picked out a robe that wasn't too wet with blood, he waited for the scene to play out.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1259 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 18 Aug 2017
at 21:53
  • msg #692

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 690):

ENS glances over to where Lyman lies, then looks back, rubbing his chin.

In Chinese: Nothing really for it, but I would think I could find the group of you... especially when the shooting starts! Now then Mr. Lu, do you think they'll have a wagon waiting at that exit? And how many Boo How Doy do you think are left in the cave?
This message was last edited by the player at 21:53, Fri 18 Aug 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2055 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 19 Aug 2017
at 04:02
  • msg #693

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The wrangler takes a knee to inspect Lyman's wounds in an attempt to decide the safest way to get him on Bess.
Lu Heng Bo
Sat 19 Aug 2017
at 13:35
  • msg #694

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 692):

Lu Heng Bo shrugs at the professor's comment, returning to the group. "Wagon? Not likely." Almost as an afterthought he answers Ringgenberg's second question. "Many."
Mr. Xu
Sat 19 Aug 2017
at 13:38
  • msg #695

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 694):

Mr. Xu also responds to the professor's inquiries, in Mandarin. "I now suspect that the auction will occur in whatever lair the Tong has hidden beneath these hills."

OOC: The Judge is assuming translation is occurring and all those present understand everything being said.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:38, Sat 19 Aug 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4600 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 19 Aug 2017
at 13:41
  • msg #696

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 693):

Trayne quickly surmises: Lyman is in a bad way. It appears that the professor got to him just in time. The ranch hand had nearly bled out; he's stable now, but in more sane circumstances Cole would be reluctant to move him. Nonetheless, leaving him here doesn't seem to be an option . . . assuming Mr. Xu is correct about the impending arrival of the local constabulary. Whether the men were in the right of things seems irrelevant. The wrangler concludes that no one wants to have to explain the goings-on while standing near a pile of dead bodies and the devastation of the series of explosions at the cave.

Just as his assessment forms in his mind -- that a number of men will need to lift Lyman and place him carefully in the saddle, probably lashing the ranch hand to both saddle and the Bess' neck -- Cole sees Luke and Fritz riding back from the south, at a quick pace. They swerve around the rubble strewn here and there from the explosions.

Luke says aloud, alerting everyone. "Who is that?" He points to a solitary figure, an outdoorsman at immediate glance -- insofar as moonlight provides -- approaching cautiously from the north section of the beach, near the spot where Cole and Luke had ridden to avoid the dust cloud.
Cole Trayne
player, 2056 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 22 Aug 2017
at 04:39
  • msg #697

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 696):

Cole glances in the direction indicated by Luke, pauses for a quick moment, then motions for the riders to come quickly to assist him with the injured man.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1747 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 23 Aug 2017
at 00:39
  • msg #698

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Mr. Xu (msg # 695):

Let's move. The hoo boy dow have a commanding lead. We were too slow to catch them at the first cave.
Travis Sunday
player, 2767 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 23 Aug 2017
at 12:32
  • msg #699

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 697):

Travis assists Lyman's transport and prepares to heed JEB's command.

He looks in the distance.  The outline seems familiar but he can't be sure.
Jake Richardson
player, 1294 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Wed 23 Aug 2017
at 14:44
  • msg #700

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake nestled his carbine comfortably into the crook of his left elbow, and peered intently at the approaching figure whom Cole had called to his attention.



OOC:

10:42, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 27 using 1d20+10 with rolls of 17. Spot Check.

Edit: As marked.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:03, Wed 23 Aug 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1261 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 23 Aug 2017
at 15:18
  • msg #701

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Mr. Xu (msg # 695):

ENS listens to the two Chinamen, thinking.

In Chinese: Do you think they'll still hold the auction after that explosion? I wonder if it would be best to just bottle them up at the remaining opening where they'd have to come out one at a time?

ENS looks over to JEB after he speaks, pulling out a bottle from one of his coat pockets.

Before we go, everyone needs to take a dose of this to help with the poison on the axes...

He looks over to Travis, sheepishly.

I forgot about this in all the excitement leading up to the last fight.
Travis Sunday
player, 2769 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 23 Aug 2017
at 22:08
  • msg #702

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 701):

Travis acknowledges the admission but isn't concerned or unkind. The Professor isn't trained for this work.  It's a wonder he could even fight. He thinks to himself.

You're doing fine.  Don't look back now.  Just focus on what's ahead.
Lu Heng Bo
Thu 24 Aug 2017
at 11:40
  • msg #703

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 701):

Lu Heng Bo, whether he responds in Mandarin or English, tends to speak in short statements.

"You assume much. It is no surprise you failed here."
Mr. Xu
Thu 24 Aug 2017
at 11:56
  • msg #704

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 703):

Mr. Xu takes a more diplomatic approach.

He nods in agreement to Beauregard's statement. "Time is not our ally."

He then responds to the professor's inquiry in Mandarin, while watching the approach -- a cautious and deliberate approach indeed, by all visual indications -- of the lone man on the beach.

"I do not know. I said only that I suspect the auction will take place in whatever lair they have established here. My sources -- like yours -- were not able to confirm the location of the auction. One thing that is certainly true; the Tongs are always prepared. Your idea may prove true, but I do not think they would put themselves in such an insecure position. You may instead find yourselves at risk, sighted by the white lawmen who are now minutes closer since I first warned you."

Mr. Xu orders his rowers, in Mandarin. He strides towards the longboat as his men prepare to launch it back into the basin, apparently heeding his own advice to vacate the area sooner rather than later.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:02, Thu 24 Aug 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4601 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 24 Aug 2017
at 12:05
  • msg #705

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 697):

Cole Trayne, and those helping with Lyman's body, have nearly secured the injured man to Bess. Luke and Fritz look to the wrangler for orders. Cole notices that Fritz has cast several glances towards his dead pards, James and Peter.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1263 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 25 Aug 2017
at 21:16
  • msg #706

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 705):

ENS watches Mr. Xu leave, then turns back to Mr. Lu.

In Chinese: So what assumption are you complaining about. Is there more than one additional exit?
Lu Heng Bo
Sat 26 Aug 2017
at 01:08
  • msg #707

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 706):

In Mandarin, Lu answers. "Neither of us know. That is my point. Five minutes ago, you didn't know about the rabbit hole."

Waiting for no one to follow, Lu Heng Bo glances at the approaching loner, then strides towards the slope.

OOC: The Judge will assume that any PC who has already stated the grab of a robe and readiness to follow, is following. Any PC who hasn't stated that previously, or who wishes to change course of action, should state specific actions.
EDIT: added missing word
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:43, Sat 26 Aug 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1295 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Sat 26 Aug 2017
at 15:18
  • msg #708

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 707):

Jake took the bottle from the Perfesser that the easterner had said contained an antidote for the poison that heathens used to coat the edges of their blades, and took a healthy swig.

Wiping his mouth with his forearm, he grimaced and handed the bottle back to the Perfesser. "I've had better," he remarked with a scowl. "Howsomever, I reckon that I ain't never had no med-ih-cine yet that tasted good."

When the heathen who was apparently going to be their guide started walking away, Jake followed the man, his carbine still resting in the crook of his left elbow.
Artemus Carson
player, 1252 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sun 27 Aug 2017
at 01:17
  • msg #709

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 696):

"Carson. Artemus Carson."

Hands on his hips, he raises his head. "Recognize some of you dunny rats..."

He rubs the stubble on his chin, then gestures towards the - situation. "You fella's needing a hand?"
Cole Trayne
player, 2057 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 27 Aug 2017
at 02:51
  • msg #710

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 705):

As soon as Lymon is properly secured to Bess, he sympathetically glances towards Fritz.

Nothing can be done for them now. But, we surely need to get out of here, and right quick.

Solemnly nodding towards the Wrangler, Luke moves towards Fritz.

Cole is right. Let's get out of here.

Cole moves off, as quickly and as gently as possible to minimize any further injury to Lymon.

He takes a route using the terrain as much as possible to shield himself and his riders from anyone else arriving at the scene, as the quickly vacate the area.
Travis Sunday
player, 2771 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 27 Aug 2017
at 18:10
  • msg #711

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Artemus Carson (msg # 709):

Well look who the cat dragged in.

Travis smiles at his old acquaintance. He thought he had recognized his old pard' from a distance. Couldn't trust his eyes though.

Follow along we'll catch you up.  If you're still up for this sort of thing. Travis says as he steps over a dead body.
Artemus Carson
player, 1253 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sun 27 Aug 2017
at 21:04
  • msg #712

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 711):

Art follow, stepping over the body as well. "What sort of thing?" He pats Travis on the back.
Travis Sunday
player, 2772 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 28 Aug 2017
at 11:30
  • msg #713

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Artemus Carson (msg # 712):

You know, stepping over dead bodies sort of stuff.

Travis departs.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4602 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 28 Aug 2017
at 12:26
  • msg #714

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: Cole's destination is unclear to the Judge. The Judge has sent PM on that matter. ENS still needs to state actions.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1748 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 28 Aug 2017
at 23:28
  • msg #715

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Artemus Carson (msg # 712):

I thought you were dead.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1265 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 30 Aug 2017
at 01:19
  • msg #716

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 708):

ENS nods to Jake as he returns the bottle, then calls over to JEB and Travis.

Gentlemen, please have a dose of this before you go... the new man too if he's joining.

ENS then calls over to Cole.

Cole, will you help me get Lyman back to the brewery? We should probably use another horse to get Peter and James back as well... I can walk them over... Only you and I need go.
Travis Sunday
player, 2774 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 30 Aug 2017
at 11:20
  • msg #717

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 716):

Travis doses himself as he departs.
Artemus Carson
player, 1254 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Thu 31 Aug 2017
at 00:50
  • msg #718

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 715):

"Oft rumored so... But tisn't! Many have surly died trying." Art move in the general direction of the group.
Artemus Carson
player, 1255 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Thu 31 Aug 2017
at 00:53
  • msg #719

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 717):

Art nods towards Travis and extends his hand toward the bottle. "Eh-hem. Medicinal use?"
James E. Beauregard
player, 1749 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 1 Sep 2017
at 00:12
  • msg #720

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Artemus Carson (msg # 719):

JEB grabs the bottle out of Sunday's grip before Carson has a chance and takes a swill.

This ain't the kinda medicine you're looking after. We'll toast your fortuitous arrival when our business is done.

He returns  the bottle to the professor and follows the chinaman.
Cole Trayne
player, 2058 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 1 Sep 2017
at 02:38
  • msg #721

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 716):

As Cole and his riders turn to head back with Lymon, upon hearing the professor, he pauses and turns back to respond.

Fritz glances towards Cole.

Reckon I should help the professor with the wounded. This here horse of mine should be able to help with that. I'm thinking this'un ain't ready for more gun play.

Cole nods, in agreement, to the ranch hand. Then, to the professor, he adds.

Clock is ticking, professor. We all need to leave the field, as soon as possible.

Extending Bess' reins to Luke, a look of determination appears on his face.

Luke, take Bess and Lymon with them. Make sure that the professor and Fritz get back safely. Use the slopes to shield yourselves from any body who might be watching. No need to attack any more attention than needed.

Turning back to the professor, the wrangler reluctantly walks away from Bess.

That good, professor?
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1266 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 3 Sep 2017
at 19:43
  • msg #722

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 721):

ENS nods with a grim look on his face.

Very well Cole, we'll try to catch up with you all on the back side of this ridge as soon as possible... try to leave us a sign like a piece of cloth tied to a bush if you have to go out of sight. And please take a dose...

ENS proffers the antidote bottle.

OOC: Just to be clear, Fritz and Luke are going with ENS, along with all 3 horses?
This message was last edited by the player at 19:44, Sun 03 Sept 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4604 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 4 Sep 2017
at 12:50
  • msg #723

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 722):

OOC: In reply to the OOC question . . . in the Judge's read, that's what it sounds like Cole was proposing, although it only implies where Cole himself would be going on foot. At this time, the Judge will move forward, but PCs need to confirm with each other if there is any misunderstanding about who is going where.
Lu Heng Bo
Mon 4 Sep 2017
at 13:06
  • msg #724

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Mr. Xu's highbinder moves quickly up the slope, followed by a number of the men that Xu had hired to interrupt the business of the Tong. The men felt odd in the black robes.

In the moonlight, Richardson and Beauregard see Lu approaching the dead bodies up the slope at the original point of engagement. The Chinaman slows and kneels near the fallen boo how doy -- and several yards from the body of Barnes.

When they reach the battle site, Sunday takes in the scene. He had heard the gunfire from the bluffs and gotten a brief report from the others, but he knew not how many of the highbinders had been killed along with the ranch foreman.

Lu moves towards Barnes, inspecting the corpse of a highbinder but leaving that of Barnes untouched.

"On the other side," he says, pointing west, "we may encounter boo how doy.
Cole Trayne
player, 2059 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 5 Sep 2017
at 03:14
  • msg #725

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 722):

Cole nods and accepts the antidote bottle from the professor. After quickly taking a drink, he returns the bottle.

Thank you, professor.

Then, addressing the professor, Luke, and Fritz, the wrangler adds.

Can't let JEB, Travis and the others go without me. Bring Bess back as soon as you can. Fritz and Luke will watch your back.

At that Cole, his rifle in hand, follows the others.
Jake Richardson
player, 1296 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Tue 5 Sep 2017
at 13:22
  • msg #726

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 724):

"Wouldn't surprise me none," Jake drawled his reply. "Seems to be a right high number o' them rascals hereabouts."

"You gonna try an' bluff 'em?" the Texan asked. "That why we're a-wearin' these robes?"
Lu Heng Bo
Wed 6 Sep 2017
at 12:42
  • msg #727

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 726):

Lu Heng Bo responds, expressionless under the hood of his robe. "I do not know why you are wearing robe." Mr. Xu's highbinder gestures towards Travis Sunday. "His idea."
Judge Messalen
GM, 4605 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 6 Sep 2017
at 12:51
  • msg #728

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

OOC: Narrative re-cap.
The Judge now counts these five following Lu: Jake, JEB, Travis, Art, Cole. They are stopped at the site of the initial battle with the boo how doy, where Barnes fell.
Moreover, the Judge notes that only JEB, Jake and Travis stated they were taking a robe from the dead highbinders at the rocky point. Cole and Artemus didn't take one. There are a few more at this battle site.
ENS is still at the rocky point, with Luke, Fritz and the horses. Lyman is strapped to Bess. The bodies of Peter and James lay on the ground where they fell (clear of any other bodies because of the looting activity by Lu, Sunday, Beauregard and Richardson). Luke and Fritz are preparing to lift Peter onto the stable-kid.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:53, Wed 06 Sept 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2060 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 7 Sep 2017
at 04:42
  • msg #729

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 728):

Cole pauses a moment, looking for a robe that is minimally soiled. Finding the best candidate he puts it on.
Lu Heng Bo
Thu 7 Sep 2017
at 16:22
  • msg #730

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Mr. Xu's highbinder, having paused for a moment for anyone else to speak up, takes a deep breath and turns to ascend the slope towards the area where Jake and JEB had first approached the highest bluff only several minutes ago.

As before, he neither asks, nor waits, for anyone to follow.
Artemus Carson
player, 1257 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Fri 8 Sep 2017
at 03:11
  • msg #731

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Art is trying get a handle on the situation - he looks to Travis and James, "Am I gonna need one of these?" he says gesturing towards a robe.
Travis Sunday
player, 2776 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 8 Sep 2017
at 12:49
  • msg #732

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Artemus Carson (msg # 731):

Maybe.  Might give us an extra three steps before we start killing.
Cole Trayne
player, 2061 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 9 Sep 2017
at 17:45
  • msg #733

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

While Luke and Fritz are securely fastening Peter onto the horse, Fritz remarks to the professor.

Professor, I believe Cole thought it best to avoid being seen by any one on the way back to our rooms with the wounded. That would probably mean we might have to take a longer round-a-bout route back, sticking to cover as much as we can. That will probably take more time than if we took a more direct route.

Do you reckon, if we take a bit more time to get back, we won't be putting these hurt men into more danger?


Then, after giving his horse a pensive look, he adds...

Also, I'm thinking this here animal don't need any more excuses to act out...
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1267 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 9 Sep 2017
at 20:03
  • msg #734

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 733):

ENS had watched the others walk off with a frown on his face. He went to check Lyman once more then went to Peter to find bullets for the Schofield.

Fritz, I feel you're right... and I've also decided that I can't let my friends go off with out me... so here's what I want you to do...

ENS explains some basics for Lyman: lay him down, raise his feet, wash the wounds with clean water and cover them with gauze from his kit (things they are probably familiar with anyway).

He should be okay until we get back. I'm borrowing Peter's Schofield, I will return it. Also, Barnes' body is up the slope somewhere, probably towards where the others went... I'll leave it to you whether you want to try to get him now. I'll help you two get Peter and James on the horses before I go.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1750 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 10 Sep 2017
at 14:17
  • msg #735

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Artemus Carson (msg # 731):

Don't bother, deception is useless at this point. We need quick action.


JEB sheds his robe and continues to follow Mr. Xu's associate.
Cole Trayne
player, 2062 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 10 Sep 2017
at 23:09
  • msg #736

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 734):

Luke responds to the professor in quick tones, wordlessly expressing an urgency to get the wounded to safety.

Reck'un we should check on Barnes, on our way back to the rooms. Just in case. 'Sides, gotta say I'm not too 'appy with the idea of leaving him on the field.

When ENS, Fritz and Luke are done prepping the horses, Fritz and Luke will head up the slope to find Barnes.

If there is room double up on the horses with the wounded, they will ride (2x). If not, they will walk (2x).
Artemus Carson
player, 1259 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Mon 11 Sep 2017
at 00:21
  • msg #737

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Art looks to JEB, and then to Travis. "What do need me to do?"
Travis Sunday
player, 2777 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 11 Sep 2017
at 11:36
  • msg #738

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Artemus Carson (msg # 737):

Follow me.

Travis moves out.
Artemus Carson
player, 1261 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Mon 11 Sep 2017
at 22:43
  • msg #739

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 738):

Art does so, and accounts for weaponry and readiness.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4609 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 12 Sep 2017
at 21:39
  • msg #740

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Lu Heng Bo moves up the slope, pausing and crouching at the crest of the hill to surveil. Before long, JEB and the others catch up, each man kneeling or sitting on his haunches to stay low while looking west by moonlight.

No one sees anything of interest . . . not straight away at least.

OOC: PCs may take actions at this pause, if desired (spot, listen, etc.). Additionally, the Judge needs to know who is wearing a highbinder robe and who isn't (or who carries one if not wearing). As of right now, based on PC posts, the Judge believes:

JEB - no, he shed the robe (meaning, to the Judge, it was discarded)
Travis - yes, he put one on at the rocky point and hasn't taken it off
Jake - yes, he put one on at the rocky point and hasn't taken it off
Cole - yes, he put one on near Barnes and hasn't taken it off
Artemus - no, he asked about it but never picked one or put one on
ENS - no, he never took one; also he hasn't yet caught up with the others, but the Judge understands his intent to catch up

Lastly, the Judge urges PCs to log in regularly unless they want to miss something -- or unless they are okay with our previous rule about other PCs posting actions for each other after delays in logins.
Cole Trayne
player, 2063 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 13 Sep 2017
at 02:51
  • msg #741

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Artemus Carson (msg # 739):

Cole takes a close look around, looking for hidden enemies.

Spot: 24
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1269 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 13 Sep 2017
at 21:08
  • msg #742

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 736):

ENS nods to Luke grimly, then follows them up the slope, walking to keep pace and keeping an eye on their surroundings.

OOC: I'm assuming that we'll come across Barnes, just like the others.

Once they find Barnes, ENS kneels down to check him.
Jake Richardson
player, 1301 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Thu 14 Sep 2017
at 00:02
  • msg #743

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 740):

Jake wasn't sure whether he would get tangled up with the unfamiliar robe when the next dust-up came, but since some of his pards weren't wearing one to begin with and JEB had just taken his off (plus, the heathen who was serving as their guide didn't seem to think that they were necessary), Jake removed his as well, letting it drop to the ground.
Artemus Carson
player, 1262 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Thu 14 Sep 2017
at 02:11
  • msg #744

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 740):

Art is following Travis at this point. If there is a robe right there, he picks it up, but doesn't go searching for one.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1751 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 14 Sep 2017
at 02:41
  • msg #745

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 740):

JEB waits on Bo's next move or instruction.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4610 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 14 Sep 2017
at 14:10
  • msg #746

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 741):

Mr. Xu's associate, along with Cole Trayne, surveys the other side of the hill, while the other men wait a few steps behind.

Trayne sees a glimpse of movement to the northwest. He believes he saw two shapes, but he cannot be certain of the number. Likewise, the chinaman seems to have located the movement as well. Without a word, Lu nods to Cole and makes a sweeping motion with his left hand and arm, in an arc that bends to the southwest.

The highbinder begins to move, hunched over and staying as low as possible. Trayne takes the man's actions -- gestures and now movement -- to mean that he is moving in that direction, to avoid the line of sight of the shapes to the northwest, while traversing the hill to whatever his destination might be.
Cole Trayne
player, 2064 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 15 Sep 2017
at 02:31
  • msg #747

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 746):

Turning to face the others, Cole quickly remarks.

Reckon some should follow him and the others should try and come in from the other direction

The Wrangler looks for a path to the north that will hide his movements as much as possible from the enemy to the northwest.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1752 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 15 Sep 2017
at 23:58
  • msg #748

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 746):

JEB follows Bo and stays low as well.
Travis Sunday
player, 2778 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 17 Sep 2017
at 14:03
  • msg #749

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 746):

Travis begins to move, hunched over and staying as low as possible. He is moving in the direction of the highbinder, avoiding the line of sight of the shapes to the northwest, while traversing the hill to whatever his destination might be.
Jake Richardson
player, 1303 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Mon 18 Sep 2017
at 00:20
  • msg #750

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 746):

Jake wasn't so sure that he agreed with the idea of splitting their manpower. That can work out pretty good if'n you're Gen'ral Lee an' Gen'ral Jackson, he thought. But we ain't. Howsomever, I don't want Cole headin' off on his lonesome, neither.

So he went over to where the wrangler was standing, cradling his carbine in the crook of his left elbow, and nodded silently to the man.
Artemus Carson
player, 1265 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Mon 18 Sep 2017
at 01:36
  • msg #751

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 749):

Art is sticking with Travis at the moment.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4613 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 18 Sep 2017
at 12:51
  • msg #752

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Lu Heng Bo moves forward, quietly traversing the small area of flat land adacent to the highest bluff over the beach. In a few moments, he reaches the other side of the hill crest.

JEB follows first, hearing Cole's suggestion but signaling his intentions only with his continued movement behind Lu. Fortunately, the lawman stays close enough to the highbinder to see him begin his looping descent, otherwise, he might have disappeared into the shadows. The lawman from Missouri realizes he will need to keep his eyes on Mr. Xu's associate, while also keeping a lively step, in order to avoid losing him. Far less encumbered than any of the men following him, Lu had not only the advantage of knowing his destination, but also of a practiced, stealthy manner afoot.

Travis and Artemus trail not far behind, in fact, just close enough to see JEB slip over the edge of the hillcrest. They feel a sense of urgency, as both their pard Beauregard and the man he is following have adopted a brisk pace -- still walking, not running, but nonetheless moving with alacrity and at least some degree of stealth.

Cole takes a moment to survey his intended path, now that Jake signaled his intent to follow the wrangler. If Cole were headed back the the Albion or even farther north to Frisco, it would be easy to avoid the movement he witnessed and find a suitable path. Circling around, though, with hopes to find Lu's rabbit hole -- or Lu and Cole's pards somewhere near it -- seems likely to prove a challenge.

ENS, Luke and Fritz complete the lifting of the dead bodies, having lashed them to the horses as Cole suggested. With the professor in the lead, the men begin the ascent to the site where Luke and Fritz had seen the results of the initial battle where Barnes fell. So far, there is no sign of Lu, Cole or the others -- and no sign of any other movement here on the slope.
Cole Trayne
player, 2065 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 19 Sep 2017
at 01:47
  • msg #753

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole continues his approach as previously described. He attempts to keep an eye on the movement to the northwest while simultaneously keeping an eye on the others.

Spot: 14

He glances in Jakes direction and gestures for him to keep an eye out for the others, as well.
Lu Heng Bo
Tue 19 Sep 2017
at 03:54
  • msg #754

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Mr. Xu's associate wends his way down the slope. JEB almost loses the highbinder a second time. Travis and Art stay close behind. Aside from an occasional mis-step, the men make rapid progress.

Cole and Jake attempt to navigate a more northward route, intending to maintain an eye on Lu and the others. That proves folly, almost immediately ... at least in regard to minding Xu's highbinder. He fades from sight in less than a dozen seconds. Fortunately for the wrangler's plan, it proves possible to follow the movement of his old pards ... for a time. The farther apart the two groups move in their opposite approaches to west side of the hill, the harder it becomes to maintain a line of site without increasing the chances of being seen by the shapes that men had presumed to be enemy boo how doy. Finally, the rolling landscape foils Cole's ideas. Although the wrangler and the rifleman believe that they can complete their circuit, neither man can wager whether they will be able to re-locate their pards.

ENS and the ranch hands reach the parcel along the slope where several highbinders and Barnes lay dead. The professor kneels to inspect the body, he feels the sticky pool of blood soaking his trouser fabric at the knee. There can be no doubt that the foreman has gone to wrangle with the herd invisible. And there is no sign of the others, Ringgenberg realizes. Lu must be leading the men at a quick pace. Certainly, he had seemed uninterested in waiting when the professor had suggested the strategy akin to a seige, so it comes as no surprise that ENS must make haste if he hopes to catch up.

Lu glides to a halt along a berm that provides a decent view of the hillside the men had just descended. When his three followers join him, the highbinder speaks, softly. "There it is."

JEB, Travis and Artemus strain to discern whatever the Chinaman is pointing out.

OOC: Cole and Jake need to make Navigation checks. The trio with Lu may make a spot check, as desired.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:16, Tue 19 Sept 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2779 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 19 Sep 2017
at 16:55
  • msg #755

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 754):

Travis strains to discern whatever the Chinaman is pointing out.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4615 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 19 Sep 2017
at 17:50
  • msg #756

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 755):

Travis Sunday has no idea what the highbinder is talking about.

OOC: Make a spot check.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1753 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 19 Sep 2017
at 23:59
  • msg #757

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 754):

Spot = 14
Jake Richardson
player, 1304 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Wed 20 Sep 2017
at 00:07
  • msg #758

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 754):

"I hate to say it," Jake muttered to Cole, "but I'm gettin' a mite turned around, here. You got a good notion of which waey we're s'posed to be headin'?"



OOC:

20:01, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 9 using 1d20 with rolls of 9. Navigation Check.

Artemus Carson
player, 1266 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Wed 20 Sep 2017
at 00:40
  • msg #759

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 755):

Art trying (really trying, Ringo...) ... to figure something out about whats happening around him. He steps past Travis - followin' the Chinaman.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1270 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 20 Sep 2017
at 02:08
  • msg #760

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 754):

ENS stands and wipes off his hands.

I'm sorry for your friend gentlemen, but I fear I must make hast... can you handle him?

As he waits for an answer, ENS takes out Peter's Schofield and reloads it using the bullets he retrieved earlier.

OOC: BTW, how many Schofield bullets did ENS get from Peter?
Judge Messalen
GM, 4617 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 20 Sep 2017
at 21:12
  • msg #761

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 760):

OOC: The Judge isn't playing these NPCs. The PCs are playing the NPCs. In the Judge's view, either Cole or ENS himself needs to answer for them. FWIW, the Judge had the impression that Cole turned them over to ENS and so this amounts to a rhetorical question ... that is, ENS may direct them to do whatever he wants. If Cole disagrees, he is free to say so.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4618 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 20 Sep 2017
at 21:15
  • msg #762

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 757):

JEB has no idea what Lu Heng Bo is talking about. All he can see is the hillside ... he doesn't spot any people, cave openings, or anything like that in the moonlight.
Travis Sunday
player, 2780 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 20 Sep 2017
at 23:43
  • msg #763

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 756):

Travis Sunday rolled 12 using 1d20+4.  Spot.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4619 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 21 Sep 2017
at 01:18
  • msg #764

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 763):

Travis peers into the night. He scans the visible hillside. Shrubs, rocks, hill. Huh.
Cole Trayne
player, 2066 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 21 Sep 2017
at 02:56
  • msg #765

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 754):

Navigation: 20 (natural)
Spot: 25
Listen: 17

In a low voice, Cole responds to the rifleman.

Reckon I have a good idea where we are. As for the others, if'n I lose sight of them behind a hill or something, I plan on keeping an eye on that something. I expect they can't vanish into thin air. If they go behind a hill, I intend on keeping an eye on that hill till they emerge on the other side.... or at least I hope so...

Using his skills of observation and listening, the wrangler continues with his plan of doing his best to keep an eye on JEB and the others, while simultaneously leveraging the terrain to shield himself from the figures in the northwest. Moving closer if necessary, he will risk exposure to either keep an eye on his friends, or the specific terrain (trees, boulders, hillocks, etc...) that they are using to shield themselves from view.
Cole Trayne
player, 2067 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 21 Sep 2017
at 03:05
  • msg #766

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 760):

Luke turns to ENS, a somber look on his face.

If'n you want to find the others, we go't this, professor. Me and Fritz will carry the body back. Don't like the idea of leavin' him 'ere. Don't feel right...

The two men then proceed to secure the body over the back of the Bess.

OCC: I'll play Luke and Fritz, unless you (ENS) wants to take over.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4620 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 21 Sep 2017
at 11:55
  • msg #767

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 765):

Cole Trayne leads on, dedicated to his chosen task despite its risks. Jake continues to follow, as the wrangler seems to have a firm idea of what he is doing and where he is going.

Forced by the uneven terrain to loop a little farther north than he had intended, Cole manages to keep his eye on the western slope on which Xu's highbinder spoke of a rabbit hole. Unfortunately, at the same time, he loses sight of all of his companions. It seems that Lu's southerly descent has put the hill between them. As it happens, when the wrangler navigates back to the west as per his plan, he  hears movement to the north -- perhaps the same shapes he saw earlier, who have moved that way, perhaps some else. At last, Jake regains his bearing, recognizing this view of the hill from his earlier scouting with JEB. The rifleman believes that Cole has led them to the correct area. For the moment, neither of the men see any sign of their companions, or the Chinaman.
Lu Heng Bo
Thu 21 Sep 2017
at 12:03
  • msg #768

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Lu Heng Bo pauses for several seconds, letting his new brothers in arms take in the scene. Sensing their lack of recognition, he mutters.

"You do not see it." After a breath and one last glance about, he issues the imperative. "Follow."

The highbinder springs from the berm, making a dash for a spot on the hill that only he has sighted. No doubt, the man is swift.
Travis Sunday
player, 2781 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 22 Sep 2017
at 11:20
  • msg #769

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 768):

Travis follows Lu Heng Bo as fast and as quietly as he can.
Lu Heng Bo
Sat 23 Sep 2017
at 12:49
  • msg #770

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The highbinder edges up the slope, another 5 yards or so higher, at the end of his dash. He takes a final step up, placing his right foot on a piece of rock and propelling himself to a relatively flat space a few feet up. He crouches again, immediately.

Travis Sunday, not too far behind, is the only man to see Lu's next move. For a brief moment, from his approaching angle, Sunday sees what appears to be a small hole in the hillside, where the Chinaman crouches. The highbinder's description fits it well. A rabbit hole, by any passerby's account.

A rabbit hole that seems far too small for a man to enter, until Lu suddenly drops out of sight, into the hole.

Travis finds himself about 5 paces from the rock. The gunslinger is unsure whether his pards have followed, having given his full attention to Lu Heng Bo. If in fact they are close behind, Travis wonders whether they say what he saw.

OOC: For Travis, JEB and Art, it is first-to-post, first-to-act at this point. Currently, JEB and Art, should they follow, would be a few steps behind the gunslinger, whose ability to gain initiative in a situation is not unknown to his pards.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4621 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 23 Sep 2017
at 12:53
  • msg #771

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole and Jake search the landscape, trying to locate their pards from their vantage point at the end of Cole's northwesterly loop. Some 50 yards away, both of the men see sudden movement along the hillside, near the area where they had hoped to locate Lu and the others.

Meanwhile, the professor ascends further up the slope, with caution, reaching the highest bluff and then cresting the hill to survey the other side. He feels a pang of guilt for leaving Luke and Fritz to care for Lyman and the fallen ranch hands. ENS knew that he was behind the others, but not so far, he had hoped, that he would struggle to locate them. Thankfully, the professor sees two shapes below and to the north ... and he believes that he recognizes Jake's custom sling caressing the rifleman's trusted carbine.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:02, Sat 23 Sept 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1271 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 23 Sep 2017
at 18:11
  • msg #772

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 771):

While scanning the downslope, ENS takes out and reloads his Colt. Once he spots what he believes is Jake, he keeps his eye on him until the gun is loaded, then holsters it and starts descending the slope as quickly and quietly as he can towards them.

OOC: Thanks for playing Luke's last bit Cole, I spaced it!
Cole Trayne
player, 2068 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 24 Sep 2017
at 02:42
  • msg #773

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 772):

Cole glances in Jake's direction, and shrugs. Quietly, he remarks.

Reckon they don't need no more cover. we should go after them, I suspect.

The wrangler then heads directly to the spot where he saw the movement, continuing to leverage the terrain to shield himself from the group of men to the northwest.

Meanwhile, after collecting the body of their fallen comrade, Luke and Fritz head back to the rooms.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4622 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 24 Sep 2017
at 12:48
  • msg #774

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The wrangler and the professor put themselves in motion, almost in unison. ENS, having already spotted the two shapes downhill, easily identifies Cole on the move. Adjusting his course to intersect theirs, Ringgenberg draws the attention of both Richardson and Trayne.
Travis Sunday
player, 2782 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 24 Sep 2017
at 15:35
  • msg #775

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Lu Heng Bo (msg # 770):

Travis looks back to ensure his Pards see him as he enters the hidden entrance.  Then he drops down the hole.
Cole Trayne
player, 2069 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 25 Sep 2017
at 01:26
  • msg #776

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 775):

Cole whispers to Jake while keeping his eyes firmly focused on Travis and the others.

Jake, guide the professor to us while I guide us to Travis.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1755 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 25 Sep 2017
at 02:41
  • msg #777

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 771):

JEB follows Travis and the Chinaman at fast pace but careful not fall in the rabbit hole.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4623 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 25 Sep 2017
at 12:00
  • msg #778

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday makes a leap of faith, following Lu Heng Bo down the rabbit hole. He had waited until he saw JEB in roughly the same spot he had been when the highbinder dropped from view. A quick glance up-close told him what he needed to make the leap and a turn towards his pards told him they would be able to follow.

Beauregard sees his pard Sunday standing on a small ledge. A moment of surprise comes over the lawman when the gunslinger drops down the hole and out of sight. JEB himself had started moving with the intent to avoid falling in the hole but now he sees the gunslinger do just that.

Cole Trayne calls out to Jake Richardson, seeing the professor out of the corner of his eye but keeping an eye on what he believes are his companions as he moves. Already, two of the shapes that the wrangler witnessed have disappeared from sight. ENS Ringgenberg descends the hill, thinking he will join up with Cole and Jake in a matter of several seconds.

EDIT: recast last sentence about JEB so that it actually makes good sense.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:31, Tue 26 Sept 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1305 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Tue 26 Sep 2017
at 02:39
  • msg #779

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 778):

"Okie-doke," Jake replied to Cole, keeping his voice low in the stillness of the night. "I got eyes on him. I'll go an' fetch him."

The Texan was as good as his word. Seeking out ENS in the dim light, he said to the easterner, "Foller me, Perfesser. I'll head us over to whaere Cole is, an' he's gonna take us to Travis an' the others."
Judge Messalen
GM, 4624 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 26 Sep 2017
at 17:37
  • msg #780

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

It takes no effort for Jake to connect with ENS. As it happens, the professor was already on a course to intercept his two pards. Nonetheless, Richardson speaks to Ringgenberg, filling him in on the current situation.

The three men are now only 20 yards or so from the spot where Cole has maintained his line of sight. He doesn't see Travis or the Chinaman, although he spies JEB on the hillside.

OOC: The Judge must pause, at least temporarily, for JEB and Art to post. If necessary, the Judge will make assumptions based on previous posts, and then post again to move forward even if JEB and Art fail to post in the next day (or so).
Judge Messalen
GM, 4625 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 27 Sep 2017
at 12:26
  • msg #781

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

James Beauregard reaches the the small ledge where he had seen Travis Sunday drop into the rabbit hole. The lawman thinks that he hears a shouted word -- unintelligible -- from somewhere below just as he steps up. Even if his ears aren't deceiving him, he hears nothing more. Pausing as he had intended, avoiding any drop into the hole at least for the moment, JEB notices a trio of shapes moving towards his position, from the north. He recognizes his three pards, Cole at the forefront.

Trayne, Richardson and Ringgenberg see JEB on a slightly elevated position on the hillside. The wrangler, who has been navigating this approach, sees that his best bet to join up with the lawman is to continue south for another short stretch and then turn back towards the hillside to follow the same path he had seen JEB taking a dozen or so seconds ago. Of course, Trayne could call out, if he were to wager that such an action wouldn't draw the attention of any nearby enemies.

Artemus Carson proves a mite slow on the uptake. Still trying to grasp fully the situation involving his old pards -- and their unfamiliar companions -- the survivalist follows JEB who had followed Travis. More inclined to hunt game and edible roots in the wild than to become embroiled in the affairs of city dwellers, Carson moves with a certain degree of caution. He maintains sight of JEB, now standing in front of what the Chinaman had called a rabbit hole and takes notice of three men approaching from the north. Travis Sunday and the Chinaman are nowhere to be seen.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:34, Wed 27 Sept 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1306 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Wed 27 Sep 2017
at 23:54
  • msg #782

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 781):

Since Cole seemed to have a good understanding of where they were heading -- which was more than Jake could say -- the Texan contented himself with keeping quiet and playing "foller the leader".

In the meantime, he kept his head on a swivel, trying to spot any dark shapes that looked vaguely human in the gloom.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1756 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 28 Sep 2017
at 02:36
  • msg #783

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 781):

JEB waits for his pards to catch up.

Don't suppose anyone is carrying rope?

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1273 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 28 Sep 2017
at 18:14
  • msg #784

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 779):

ENS is very relieved to see Jake.

Very well Jake, lead on... He whispers back.

ENS follows Jake and Cole over to where JEB and Art are.
Cole Trayne
player, 2070 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 29 Sep 2017
at 03:30
  • msg #785

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 783):

Upon arriving at JEB's location, Cole shrugs.

Nope. Luke and Fritz needed it for carrying the wounded and dead from the field.

What say we catch up with Travis?


Glancing in the direction of the professor and Jake, the wrangler adds.

Glad you could make it professor.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1757 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 1 Oct 2017
at 02:35
  • msg #786

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 785):

He's down that hole.

JEB grimaces and follows Travis down the rabbit hole.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4627 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 1 Oct 2017
at 13:52
  • msg #787

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to James E. Beauregard (msg # 786):

JEB drops out of sight. Cole is the closest to the small ledge, atop a rock face patch that JEB had used to reach the rabbit hole in the side of the hill.

Art, Jake and ENS are just behind Cole, but any of them could leap up ahead of the wrangler iffin' they chose to do so.

OOC: Continuing what the Judge stated previously for Travis, Art and JEB, it is now "first-to-post, first-to-act" for any of the PCs on the hillside.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:57, Sun 01 Oct 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1274 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 1 Oct 2017
at 21:36
  • msg #788

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Cole Trayne (msg # 785):

ENS gives Cole a half-grin.

Well, Lyman is stable and I decided I couldn't let you boys go without me... shall we?

With the last statement he gestures at the hole.
Cole Trayne
player, 2072 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 2 Oct 2017
at 01:08
  • msg #789

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 788):

Cole returns the professor's grin, and subsequently enters the hole.
Artemus Carson
player, 1267 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Mon 2 Oct 2017
at 03:50
  • msg #790

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 787):

Art, as he was considering his own mind for he finds himself strangely sleepy and stupefied - following his friends, old and new, stumble along on this chase. Perhaps because the day had been hot. It has slowed his reactions and his mind drifted into memories of his childhood in the Northern lands. His hand absently mindedly felt for his pocket watch. "Time to keep up." he thinks.

And with that he follows...
Jake Richardson
player, 1308 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Tue 3 Oct 2017
at 21:40
  • msg #791

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 787):

"Devil take the hindmost," Jake replied to the Perfesser's suggestion.

With that thought in mind, the Texan went down into the hole as soon as the way was clear, leaving the easterner to dance with the Devil in the pale moonlight.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1275 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 3 Oct 2017
at 23:24
  • msg #792

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 791):

For a split second ENS was going to respond to Jake's jab, but then thought better of it, pulled the Schofield, and proceeded down the hole with a quick thought.

I'm betting the devil is not on this side of this hole!
Judge Messalen
GM, 4629 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 4 Oct 2017
at 02:04
  • msg #793

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Each in man his own time . . . James Beauregard, Cole Trayne, Artemus Carson, Jake Richardson and ENS Ringgenberg . . . before, during or after his descent down the rabbit hole . . . hears the sound of gunfire from within the hill.

OOC: Stay tuned for the pulse-pounding conclusion. Log in every day or stand around scratchin' your pointy-head like a greenhorn shavetail.
Cole Trayne
player, 2073 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 4 Oct 2017
at 03:57
  • msg #794

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 793):

Reflex: 17
Initiative: 21

The wrangler looks in the direction of the gunshots.

Damnation. This ends now.

Taking a moment to give JEB a concerned glance, Cole moves swiftly towards the battle. As he does so, he brings his Colt to the ready position.
Jake Richardson
player, 1309 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Wed 4 Oct 2017
at 19:24
  • msg #795

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 793):

~Hope that none of these are our people,~ Jake thought to himself as he landed lightly on his feet amongst bodies clad in black robes.

It took him a short moment to orient himself, but as soon as he did he followed Cole towards the sounds of the gunshots. ~Just like the olden days, when we would march towards the sounds of battle.~

"Right behind you, Cole," he called out to the Wrangler, moving his rifle up to Port Arms position and following along behind the Wrangler.



OOC:

15:09, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 27 using 1d20+10 with rolls of 17. Reflex Save (DC 10).

15:10, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 9 using 1d20+8 with rolls of 1. Initiative.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4631 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 5 Oct 2017
at 02:25
  • msg #796

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Four of the five men that followed Sunday and Lu down the rabbit hole have now descended into the hole, successfully. Each man, upon landing, had found himself amidst tje fallen bodies of two black-robed highbinders. Each man had avoided any unfortunate stumbles as a result, quickly stepping away to allow those following a chance to avoid the pitfall, too.

From directly in front of the rabbit hole, each man had seen that the small opening in the side of the hill immediately expanded to a tunnel or cavern some distance below. Discerning that the hole was essentially in line with the ceiling of the tunnel, each of the men had made a leap of faith downward, landing some six or seven feet down, amongst the fallen boo how doy.

Quickly, each man realizes he is at the end of a tunnel -- a relatively narrow tunnel no more than 5 feet wide with a ceiling no higher than 7 feet from the floor. Cole had seen JEB further up the tunnel, and each man that had followed had spotted at least one of his preceding pards ahead of him, aided by the dim lamp light that spills into the tunnel from further ahead. In fact, after a moment, each man sees the path forward leads towards that lamp light but no one has seen any sign of Travis or Xu's highbinder.

Still, it seemed clear that Sunday was just ahead, as the sound of gunfire echoes from that direction. Any of the men would recognize the rapid-fire of the gunslinger's favored Starr, accompanied at first by other weapon reports.

Now, as Cole moves swiftly forward and catches up to the crouching lawman, just before the tunnel takes a turn to the right, two distinct shots ring out from Sunday's double-action revolver. And shouts in Mandarin are heard as well -- shouts that remind any of the men who had been in battle on the bluffs or at the rocky point of the battle cries of the boo how doy.

Cole finds himself about to pass JEB. Art pauses for a moment at the end of the cave, hearing the man named Jake Richardson call out to Cole and bring his carbine to bear. Both men prepare to follow, each at his own determined pace.

ENS Ringgenberg, the last man to descend into the hole, hears the gunfire as he makes the leap. He is the only man who hasn't taken in the scene in the tunnel as of this moment.

-------------------

OOC: All PCs should state actions for the next round, in our usual combat post format. Of course, PCs may add any narrative to their posts, as desired, but the combat format action post content is required. The only PC whose actions are already accounted for in the coming round is ENS, who is dropping this round and still needs to make his Reflex Save and Initiative roll as he takes in his new surroundings in this narrow tunnel.

Travis should view the Game Map for group 1.
All other PCs should view the Game Map for group 2 (by scrolling down to the pick-list and choosing group 2 map).
The Judge has noticed that his browser sometimes holds the previously viewed map in cache -- you might need to clear your cache before reviewing the maps in each successive round. Soon, the Judge will return to a single game map for all, but that step is a round or two away.

Finally, we will return to combat posting mode where the Judge allows each PC to post actions before the Judge posts his follow-up narrative summarizing the outcomes of PC and NPC actions during the round. However, unlike the previous battle, where the Judge was allowing up to 4 or 5 days before asking other PCs to post on behalf of any other PCs that were delinquent in posting, this time the Judge will wait only two days after each narrative, and will then give notice for one more day for any PC to post on the delinquent party's behalf. Failing that, the result will be that any PC who hasn't yet posted (or had a post made by another PC) essentially does nothing for the round -- explained as being temporary confused by the chaos of battle, stunned or distracted by an attack or some other activity in the cavern, or whatever other explanation the Judge deems reasonable. The Judge is NOT going to play any of the PCs. Either PCs log in and act on their own behalf in a timely fashion, or the PCs post for each other if needed to keep the game moving (as we had all agreed to before and which I hold as binding, even for Art who has just rejoined the game), or the PC will do nothing for that round, as already described in this paragraph.
Travis Sunday
player, 2786 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 6 Oct 2017
at 00:00
  • msg #797

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 796):

The cavalry better get here soon, Travis thinks as he continues firing into the melee.

Free Action: None
Move Action: None
Attack Action: Full attack Starr.  Continue with wounded opponent then next.

Travis Sunday rolled 17 using 1d20+15.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 10 using 2d6+1.  Starr Attack #1 Damage.

Travis Sunday rolled 30 using 1d20+10.  Starr attack #2.
Travis Sunday rolled 29 using 1d20+10.  Starr Attack #2 Confirm Critical.

Travis Sunday rolled 11 using 2d6+1.  Starr Attack #2 Damage.
Travis Sunday rolled 10 using 2d6+1.  Starr Attack #2 Critical Damage.


Totals: Travis HP Lost 12; Action Points Used: 2; Heroic Surges Used: 2 of 3

Jake Richardson
player, 1310 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Fri 6 Oct 2017
at 01:04
  • msg #798

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 796):

As he found himself in an underground tunnel with gunshots, shouts and two pards ahead of him, Jake thought to himself ~Ain't too difficult decidin' on a die-reckshunn.~

Loping ahead, the Texan soon found himself about to pass by Cole and JEB.



Free Action: Unspoken thought.

Move: Jake will move ahead at a hustle (2x). It appears that he will pass by Cole's and JEB's current position (as shown in the map), and will end up along the right-hand border of the map.

Attack Action: None (converted to a double-move).

Edit: Changed Jake's unspoken thoughts from orange and italics to plain old italics

This message was last edited by the player at 13:00, Fri 06 Oct 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2074 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 6 Oct 2017
at 05:15
  • msg #799

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Free Action: None
Move Action: Continue to move 2x, keeping to the left, in order to make as much room for JEB or Jake to proceed unimpeded to join Travis.
Attack Action: None
Artemus Carson
player, 1269 posts
Fri 6 Oct 2017
at 10:51
  • [deleted]
  • msg #800

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

This message was deleted by the player at 02:53, Sat 07 Oct 2017.
Artemus Carson
player, 1271 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sat 7 Oct 2017
at 03:14
  • msg #801

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 796):

Free Action: Focuses on differentiating he friends from his foes.
Move Action: Art moves as quickly as possible towards gun fire and Travis, they seem to be one in the same.
Attack Action: Draws the trusty Colt.


23:12, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 5 using 1d20+3 ((2)).

James E. Beauregard
player, 1758 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 7 Oct 2017
at 03:35
  • msg #802

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 796):

Free: none
Move: sprint down the tunnel
Combat: none
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1276 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 7 Oct 2017
at 22:25
  • msg #803

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 796):

ENS gets down the tunnel, not nimbly but safely. Hearing the shooting, he immediately moves in that direction.

16:19, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 13 using 1d20+9.  Reflex Save.
16:22, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 7 using 1d20+3.  Initiative.


Free action: assess the situatuation
Move action: move quickly down the tunnel (2x)
Attack action: none (note that Schofield is already in hand.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4634 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 8 Oct 2017
at 14:03
  • msg #804

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Having overtaken JEB by just a few steps, Cole Trayne leads the way down the tunnel, keeping to the left as best he can. The lamp light ahead brightens as Cole takes a turn to the right. The lawman from Missouri is right behind the wrangler, seeing that any attempt to pass would be foolish not knowing what lays ahead in an already narrow passage. Taking the turn together, the two pards see that the tunnel opens up into a cavern ahead. Fairly large, it appears at a least at a glance, with lamp light giving decent visibility throughout.

There are more important matters at hand, and so neither of the men have time to gather much detail beyond their immediate area. Gunfire erupts again, at least two of the shots from Sunday’s Starr, as the gunslinger battles with his back to the cavern wall against a few of the boo how doy. Meanwhile, on the left, Lu Heng Bo — Cole manages to recognize the highbinder — is fighting bare-handed against a ring of the enemy highbinders, one of whom falls with a yell as Lu delivers a back fist to the side of his neck.

Both Trayne and Beauregard slow their run, essentially forming a line with their two allies — Sunday and Xu’s man — rather than continuing their movement further into the cavern. It seems clear to each of the men that the best move they can make is to stop now and hold this line.

JEB is now closest to Travis and he sees a dead highbinder at his feet -- with a bloody mess in his gut from Sunday's bullets -- just now replaced with another who is swinging a hatchet at Sunday. It appears that Travis has had his hands full, so to speak, with boo how doy attackers, although as usual he appears to be holding his own as one of them has fallen and the other two fail to make any significant contact with their hatchets. And at that moment, Cole, as if time has slowed, hears a rifle blast and feels his hat blown clear off his head. Another inch lower and that bullet might have found a home in his forehead. The wrangler believes the shot came from the other side of the cave.

Jake Richardson pulls up just behind JEB at the tunnel’s turn to right, getting a glimpse of the lamp-lit cavern opening up ahead. He sees Travis to JEB’s right and Cole to the left, a few feet ahead. And he sees the highbinders engaged in melee but he finds no clear shots in front of him. In the moments to come, the rifleman figures he will need to move after others have moved, to find a path forward, or to afford a shot from his current position. Strangely, the wrangler’s hat lands about five feet ahead and to Jake’s left.

Art pulls his Colt as he moves forward, concentrating on discerning friend from foe. He maintains a view of the man they call Jake ahead, who moves at double-time behind Cole and JEB as the pair have already passed through the turn in the tunnel. Art still has eyes on Jake as the man carrying a carbine turns the corner and apparently slows down a mite.

ENS drops into the hole. Like the others before him, he lands amidst the bodies of two fallen highbinders, but he manages to avoid injury or delay. The professor locates Carson ahead in a dimly lit tunnel -- with lamp light from farther ahead spilling in just enough to provide lines of sight. The tunnel is no more than 7 feet high and no wider than 5 across, at least as far as he can see. ENS just sees the form of Jake navigating a turn to the right some 60 or so feet ahead but the rifleman will be out of sight in a moment, if he continues.

OOC: Everyone state another round of actions, in combat action mode (will will continue that mode of posting until the Judge says otherwise).

Cole took 10 points of damage from the boo how doy warrior who fired the Winchester stolen from Barnes.

Art and ENS should look at the map for group 2.
All others, look at group 1.
Remember the possible need to clear cache.
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:11, Sun 08 Oct 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1759 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 10 Oct 2017
at 02:41
  • msg #805

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 804):

Free: n/a
Move: n/a
Combat: fire spencer at hbd near Travis presenting best line of sight.
Attack 21
Damage 6
Ignore second attack roll made in error.
Cole Trayne
player, 2075 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 10 Oct 2017
at 03:08
  • msg #806

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole moves to position himself to the left far enough to allow Art or Jake room to maneuver into the front line, while simultaneously placing himself close to the cavern wall to the north hoping to prevent any of the enemy from slipping behind him.

Expecting JEB to fire at the enemy closest to him, the wrangler fires at the enemy to his friend's left.

Free Action: None
Move Action: As stated in the narrative above
Attack Action: 14+4AP: 18. Damage: 11
Travis Sunday
player, 2787 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 10 Oct 2017
at 11:50
  • msg #807

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 804):

Keep coming you bastards! While his precision with the Starr is mechanical and unrelenting, Travis' anger at the slavers elicits a challenge to the Boo Ho Doy. He holsters his empty weapon, draws the next and continues his barrage.


Free Action: Draw Starr #2
Move Action: Holster Starr #1
Attack Action: Attack


Travis Sunday rolled 34 using 1d20+15.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 9 using 2d6+1.  Starr #1 damage.


This message was last edited by the player at 12:14, Wed 11 Oct 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1277 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 10 Oct 2017
at 15:03
  • msg #808

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 804):

ENS continues down the tunnel.

Free action: none
Move action: move quickly down the tunnel (2x)
Attack action: none
Jake Richardson
player, 1311 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Tue 10 Oct 2017
at 22:58
  • msg #809

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake didn't have a shot when he first glimpsed what was going on in the cavern (not that the gunshots and yelling had left it much of a mystery), but after a moment Cole moved ahead, leaving room for the Texan to move forward and bring his Spencer to bear.

Jake stepped forward about ten feet until he stood shoulder to shoulder with Cole, and fired at one of the nearby heathens.



OOC:

Free Action:
None

Move: Move forward 10 feet to stand shoulder-to-shoulder with Cole.

Action:  Shoot at nearby BHD with Spencer carbine.

18:40, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 30 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 18. Spencer Attack.

18:45, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 11 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 1,9. Damage (Spencer Carbine).

Notes:  Jake will fire at one of the BHD who are clustered around Travis, if any are still standing when Jake's turn in the Initiative Order comes up. If all of them are down, he will fire at the nearest BHD who is attacking Lu Heng Bo.

Jake has the "Powder Burns" Class Feature, so he does not suffer the usual negative modifier for firing into melee.

Attack Roll Modifiers: BAB (Ranged Weapons): +10; Weapon Focus (Spencer carbine): +1; Point Blank Shot: +1 (to Attack and Damage).

Travis Sunday
player, 2788 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 11 Oct 2017
at 12:14
  • msg #810

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 804):

Art continues his cautious movement forward.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4638 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 12 Oct 2017
at 02:26
  • msg #811

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday had fired all the bullets in his favored Starr. For a moment . . . less than that if possible . . . the gunslinger thinks to squeeze the hair-trigger again. Instead, he maintains his poise and concentration, holstering the empty hogleg and filling his hand with another loaded revolver. The highbinders both swing their hatchets, but neither strikes Sunday enough for him to give it a second thought. He pulls the trigger once, firing another ball into his opponent’s torso, dropping the highbinder to the cavern floor. If Travis were counting casualties (and he tends to do so), he would have notched three now.

Lu Heng Bo had no concerns for counting bullets or their conveyances. He struck with hands, feet, knees, elbows, although not in that order. His methods were nearly as effective as Sunday’s, having dispatched with one highbinder already and looking to drop another, although the highbinder that Xu attacked with greater focus these few seconds somehow manages to withstand the damage. Lu's opponent staggers, but maintains his fighting posture. Both of the boo how doy engaged with Xu’s highbinder swing their hatchets … the third time for each this battle … but neither makes the slightest contact.  If Lu were counting (and, because he reminds some of the men of Randy Oldman in his ability to land multiple blows in rapid succession, he probably tends to do so), he would have notched one and three-quarters.

Cole Trayne maneuvers to give himself a line-of-sight against one of the highbinders attacking Lu Heng Bo. He slides to his left and fires his Colt, simultaneously giving Jake a space to fill in the heroes line. Because his target is engaged with Lu, Cole takes a risk by firing into the melee. Fortunately for the wrangler, who relies on his carbine while mounted (which he tends to be), his aim is true with the hogleg. At least so he thought; it might have been no more than a graze as the man continues to fight with his hatchet. In that heartbeat, Trayne gets the feeling the man might turn towards him with the hatchet.

James Beauregard had no reason to move from his spot in the cavern entrance. His right flank protected by Sunday, his left protected by Cole (and Jake soon enough), the lawman raises his Spencer carbine and fires into the melee. For a moment, perhaps two, JEB considers this tactic in some compartment in his mind (as he tends to do), thinking it might be flawed as even the shortened carbine proves difficult to aim against the hatchet-swinging highbinder, but he believes the Spencer’s ball finds its target, despite the difficulty.

Jake Richardson, remaining patient with carbine at the ready (a state in which he tends to be), steps into the gap created by Cole’s movement. The rifleman shores up the line, finding the nearest target. As he fires at the same highbinder targeted by the lawman, Jake hears another bullet zoom past him and hit the wall just behind the heroes’ line. A splattering of small bits of earth fly about but it is of no consequence to Jake, who levels the Spencer and discharges a round into the melee, striking the highbinder that both he and JEB had put in their sights. Nevertheless, the highbinder continues the fight.

ENS Ringgenberg had seen Travis Sunday engage in a gun fight. He wasted no time, moving double-time towards the increasing sounds of gunfire ahead. The professor catches up to the new man, called Carson. If he weren’t pre-occupied with other events, Ringgenberg would likely have engaged the man in conversation and learned more about his past and present. For now, he just thought “stay close” (or had he said it out loud?) as he and Carson navigate the turn in the tunnel. Suddenly, the space opens up into a well-lit cavern ... lamp-light, there can be no doubt, but of most curious nature the professor thinks (as he tends to do). Some ten feet in front of them are all of his pards, holding a line against attacking boo how doy. Both the professor and the survivalist see that there is no way through the line, at least for a number of seconds.

OOC: All PCs post another round of combat actions.

All PCs should view the MAIN Game Map. On the map, the Judge has outlined fallen opponents in red, and rotated the token 180 degrees, for easier identification.
Travis Sunday
player, 2790 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 12 Oct 2017
at 11:55
  • msg #812

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 811):

As the Cavern fills with allies Travis entrusts his left to others while he secures the right flank.

Don't shoot Lu Heng Bo!  He reminds his pards.

Free Action: Speak
Move Action: None
Attack Action:  Lightning Attack (3 attacks at -2) Full attack with Starr - Starting from the right and moving left as the BHD fall.


Travis Sunday rolled 22 using 1d20+13. Starr Attack #1 (-2 adjustment shown)
Travis Sunday rolled 5 using 2d6+1 with rolls of 2,2.  Starr Damage #1.

Travis Sunday rolled 20 using 1d20+13.  Starr Attack #2
Travis Sunday rolled 8 using 2d6+1 with rolls of 4,3.  Starr damage #2.


Travis Sunday rolled 16 using 1d20+8.  Starr Attack #3. (adjusted for action point)
Travis Sunday rolled 8 using 2d6 with rolls of 2,6.  Action Point.
Travis Sunday rolled 7 using 2d6+1 with rolls of 2,4.  Starr damage #3.

Jake Richardson
player, 1313 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:10
Thu 12 Oct 2017
at 18:07
  • msg #813

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 811):

Jake instinctively ducked his head as the bullet went whistling by, although he knew that by the time he heard the sound, that horse was most likely already out of the barn. ~Luckily that bastard ain't too good of a shot. Still, we need to put a stop to it. I prob'ly oughtta be the one to do it.~

It was easy to pick out the shooter, since his position was marked by gun smoke from the long-arm that he had been firing. Raising his carbine to his shoulder in an easy, well-practiced motion, Jake fired off two shots in quick succession.

OOC:

Free Action(?):
Unspoken Thought.

Move Action: Locate BHD firing rifle.

Attack Action: 13:48, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 18 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 7. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

13:53, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 5 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 5,2. Action Point.

Total Attack Roll: 23

13:54, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 4 using 2d10 with rolls of 2,2. Damage (1st Shot).

Heroic Surge Action: 13:52, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 28 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 17. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine: Heroic Surge).

13:54, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 15 using 2d10 with rolls of 5,10. Damage (2nd Shot).

Note: Jake has used two Heroic Surge Actions. He has one remaining.

Edit: Corrected the number of Heroic Surges available to Jake, per the Judge's comments in PM.

This message was last edited by the player at 00:08, Sat 14 Oct 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1760 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 14 Oct 2017
at 00:03
  • msg #814

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 811):

JEB remains focused on the same adversary and fires another round into the fray, confident of his ability to discern friend from foe in the chaos of battle.

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: fire Spencer

Attack 14 + 6AP = 20
Damage 13
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1278 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 14 Oct 2017
at 00:43
  • msg #815

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 811):

ENS moves up behind Jake, ready to shoot at any BHD that approaches.

Right behind you Jake!

Free: speak
Move: move up to Jake
Attack: none
Cole Trayne
player, 2076 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 15 Oct 2017
at 01:12
  • msg #816

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 811):

The wrangler continues to focus his attention on the BHD he previously fired upon

Free Action: Drop, damn it.
Move Action: Hold the line
Attack Action: To Hit: 28. Damage 10
Judge Messalen
GM, 4641 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 15 Oct 2017
at 14:47
  • msg #817

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday fires in rapid succession as the highbinder in his Starr’s sights turns to attack JEB with the hatchet. The boo how doy warrior slashes at JEB as Sunday’s revolver makes its first report. JEB fires with his Spencer simultaneous with the gunslinger’s second weapon report; the combination of the bullets results in a bloody mess. Blood spurts from the hatchetman’s leg, spraying both Travis and JEB before the Celestial falls, whereupon the wound continues to spurt like a small spring. Travis turns to fire across the cave towards the nearest visible enemies, but his shot falls short, burrowing into the cavern floor.

In fact, before Travis could fire his third bullet, Jake pinpoints the highbinder firing the stolen Winchester from directly across the cave. Conveniently, the Celestial is in a direct line of sight. The rifleman fires twice and he has no doubt that his aim is true, with the second ball hitting the man right in the chest. Still, the boo how doy himself fires again — between Jake’s two rounds — but yet again he misses, with his bullet striking the cavern ceiling and dislodging a stalactite that shatters on the cavern floor.

As Trayne had diverted the attention of one of his two opponents, Lu Heng Bo continues to focus on the other. And now Cole finds himself the target of the highbinder’s hatchet swinging. Fortunately, the wrangler avoids the first attack and discerns just enough space and time to fire his Colt again. He hits the highbinder’s swinging arm, definitely wounding flesh and drawing blood. Nevertheless, the highbinder lets out a battle cry and swings a second time, but he fails to make contact. Lu drops his target with an elbow to the jaw. That makes two.

ENS presses in behind Jake, attempting to communicate with the rifleman over a barrage of gunfire. He sees that most of the highbinders in front of the line of heroes have fallen. Only one remains it seems, still engaged with Cole, although the professor sees two highbinders across the cave, one of which is firing a long arm — the same one being targeted by Jake. ENS sees no opportunity to fire this round without extreme risk to his fellows (or the likelihood of wasting a shot as he has no clear line of sight at the enemy across the cave). ENS notices movement to the left, towards the middle of the cave where some sort of lamp-lit podium is a focal point.

Artemus Carson takes step closer to the wall, giving himself a better view of the line of men in front of him, as well as a better view of the larger cavern beyond. He watches as Travis, JEB and the others take care of the enemies in front of them — and now engaging a pair of Celestials directly across the cave. As there is no opportunity for him to attack at this moment, he holds steady, trying to discover whatever he can about the cavern and the enemies they are facing. He had stumbled into this encounter by following his old pards without knowing why. Now, he at least has some idea — a conflict with some band of experienced Chinese fighters, at least judging from their ability to stand against well-armed men for more than a few rounds of gunfire.

Meanwhile, it seems that the other enemies have begun to retreat, or re-group, deeper within the cave. At a glance, which is all the heroes have at this moment, most of the Celestials appear to have decent cover in their new positions.

OOC: All PCs state actions for another combat round.
JEB was hit for 4 points of damage; the lawman needs to make Fort save vs poison (+2 if he imbibed any of the professor’s antidote).
See the updated Main Game Map.
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:38, Sun 15 Oct 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1761 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 16 Oct 2017
at 02:39
  • msg #818

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 817):

Fort Save 17.
Artemus Carson
player, 1272 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Mon 16 Oct 2017
at 12:16
  • msg #819

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 817):

Art, unsure of exactly who the enemy is draws his clues from his pards. Anyone they're shootin' at, anyone with someone they're shootin' at;Art will do the same.
Jake Richardson
player, 1314 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:09
Mon 16 Oct 2017
at 15:29
  • msg #820

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake heard ENS speak up from just behind him, and he stepped ahead a short distance, hoping that would give the easterner enough room to step into the spot alongside JEB. Moving any more than that would likely get him attacked by the heathen off to his left, and would most certainly disturb his aim.

As it was, as soon as he had stepped forward the Texan fired off two more rounds in quick succession, still aiming at the heathen who was firing the long-arm.



OOC:

No Action:
Jake will take a 5-foot step, moving straight forward.

Full-Round Action: 11:07, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 17 using 1d10+11 with rolls of 6. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

11:12, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 4 using 2d10 with rolls of 3,1. Damage (1st Shot).

11:14, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 21 using 1d20+6 with rolls of 15. Second Shot (Full Round Action).

11:15, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 8 using 2d10 with rolls of 3,5. Damage (Second Shot).

James E. Beauregard
player, 1762 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 17 Oct 2017
at 01:59
  • msg #821

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 817):

JEB moves rapidly to the other side of the cave and barks a quick recommendation to his squad.

Free: We need to spread out.
Move: 2x speed towards Lu Heng Bo.
Combat: none.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:02, Tue 17 Oct 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2792 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 17 Oct 2017
at 11:41
  • msg #822

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 817):

I'll go right. Travis moves to the south end of the cave where he sees a BHD peering around a wall. He sends a bullet towards his adversary just to get his attention.

Free Action: Speak
Move Action: 1x to the South East (lower right)
Attack Action: Starr Attack to BHD in the bottom entrance.

Travis Sunday rolled 25 using 1d20+15.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 3 using 2d6+1.  Starr damage #1.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1279 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 17 Oct 2017
at 16:23
  • msg #823

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 820):

ENS moves past Jake (careful not to disturb his aim) and out into the cave to get a clear view of the 'podium' and whatever may be going on there.

Free action: look at podium area
Move action: move ~15 ft into the cave
Attack action: none

OOC: Let me know if I need to roll something (i.e., like Spot).
This message was last edited by the player at 16:24, Tue 17 Oct 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2077 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 02:07
  • msg #824

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 817):

Cole attacks the Highbinder who just took a swing at him.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Adjust his position, if possible without hindering his friends movement, to maneuver the attacking BHD between himself and any other potential attacker in order to make it more difficult to be attacked by more than one opponent.
Attack Action: To Hit: 18, Damage: 6
Artemus Carson
player, 1273 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 13:31
  • msg #825

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 817):

Wondering what the hell he's gotten his self into, Art:

Free action: Slight shake of head.
Move action: Spread out, attempt to have a clear line of fire with what I see so far.
Attack action: none (until a clearer target emerges.)

Judge Messalen
GM, 4646 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 21:22
  • msg #826

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

JEB calls out to his pards as the heroes complete the task of dealing with the initial wave of boo how attackers; however, only Travis is near enough to hear the words. And even to Sunday, the words are muffled as if he were listening with his hands covering his ears.

Gunfire has affected the hearing of all of the men. Loud even in ideal circumstances, in the close quarters of the cavern the sounds of numerous weapon reports in the last dozen or so seconds prove nearly deafening. Each of the men grasps the fact that communication amongst the heroes will be difficult at best.

Nonetheless, action continues.

Jake and Cole fire their weapons again, taking out each of their respective targets. Jake wonders if he actually needed to discharge the second cartridge, as the highbinder with the Winchester had ducked and ran for cover (as had his nearby companion) as Jake stepped forward in a measured pace. Regardless, the two shots find their mark and the rifleman sees the man go down ... for good if the Texan were likely to wager on such a circumstance. Meanwhile, the bleeding highbinder near Cole attacks the wrangler again with the hatchet, missing wildly, and providing Cole with the opportunity to fire another round from the Colt, bring the Celestial to his knees and then fully to the cavern floor.

JEB, ENS, Travis and Art all begin to move. For Travis and Art, the path is clear ... Sunday moves toward the boo how doy hiding behind the corner of the wooden wall. He fires his secondary Starr, which tears a small chunk of wood on the corner and roughly in line with the highbinders head. The gunslinger doubts that he hit the man, but possibly the accuracy of the shot startles the opponent even if no flesh is wounded. Art, seeing a clear path now along the wall, follows Travis as he believes he heard JEB tell the men to spread out. The professor and the lawman nearly collide, but they are attentive enough to avoid each other as they move; the former stepping beyond Jake and looking toward the middle of the cave and the podium, which is lined with lit lamps -- and providing cover for a number of kneeling Chinese on the opposite side, the latter threading his way towards Lu Heng Bo after his pards had fired their weapons.

Now, there are no highbinders in easy lines of sight for ranged weapons -- although those kneeling behind the podium are visible and could be targeted if a man was willing to attempt to hit despite their cover. Travis Sunday is closest to any of the enemies, although he cannot see the man he had targeted any longer -- and he has no idea what or who might lie beyond the wall itself.

OOC: All PCs should state a single round of combat actions. To be clear, none of the highbinders who were being attacked are still standing (at least those that can be seen). Others are hiding behind full cover, or partial cover as those on the opposite side of the podium.
JEB made the saving throw.
The Judge trusts that PCs are counting shots and will act appropriately whenever loaded ammunition runs out.
See the updated Main Game Map.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1281 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 18 Oct 2017
at 23:57
  • msg #827

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 826):

Seeing the others move off, ENS waves over Jake and Cole while examining the Chinamen around the podium, trying to determine if they are preparing to attack or simply hiding for their lives.

Free action: Wave over Jake and Cole
Move action: none
Attack action: Spot

17:52, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 12 using 1d20.  Spot check.
17:53, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for Spot check.
Total = 18

James E. Beauregard
player, 1763 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 00:38
  • msg #828

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 826):

JEB discontinues movement to fire a round at the hbd on the eastern edge of the podium.

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: fire 1 round Spencer
Attack 29, crit hit 28 success
Damage 8+3=11

OOC: edited crit damage.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:51, Sat 21 Oct 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2078 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 04:15
  • msg #829

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 827):

With a grim look of determination, and some might say, satisfaction, Cole puts a bullet in the head of his presumably recently deceased opponent.

Free action: Payback time. Been waiting a long time to even the score. Just getting started.
Move action: After ensuring his opponent is permanently down, Cole steps towards the professor, simultaneously reloading his weapon.
Attack action: Put a bullet in the head of the BHD.
Jake Richardson
player, 1315 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:09
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 16:05
  • msg #830

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 826):

The heathen that Jake had been shooting was down and not moving, and he looked to be out of the action -- dead or dying, most likely. Either way, he didn't merit any more of the Texan's time or effort.

Jake took a moment to reload a fresh, fully-loaded magazine that he had been carrying in the pocket of his duster. As he did so, he noticed the Perfesser waving to him.

Once he had finished reloading, Jake stepped over towards ENS. "What you got, Perfesser?" he asked.

OOC:

Attack Action:
Convert to a reloading action.

Move Action: Move to join ENS.

Free Actioin: Speak to ENS.

Note: Jake's carbine now has a magazine containing seven rounds.

Edit: Fixed spacing glitch.

This message was last edited by the player at 16:44, Thu 19 Oct 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2793 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 19 Oct 2017
at 21:46
  • msg #831

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 826):

Travis gently places his back the wall. Holsters the Starr with one remaining bullet and draws one of his "other pistols." The non-crafted weapon isn't perfectly balanced, a few ounces off on the backside, but it is a Starr and it will still get the job done.

Free action: Draw Starr, 5 foot adjust
Move Action: holster Starr
Attack Action: Hold attack if adversary comes out of entrance fire.

This message was last edited by the player at 22:10, Thu 19 Oct 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4648 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 22 Oct 2017
at 14:28
  • msg #832

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

After a flurry of deafening gunfire that had echoed inside the cavern, only two distinct firearm reports explode in the cave in a span of several seconds, as most of the heroes move to re-position themselves while reloading or changing weapons.

Cole fires a round into the head of the fallen highbinder in front of him, before moving to join the professor and the rifleman. The latter two, respectively, had stopped to study the boo how doy around the podium and to reload. Jake speaks but he wonders if ENS could even hear him, as he can barely hear himself with his own ears feeling like they are plugged with small bits of rag. The wrangler had thought to begin reloading the Colt, being used to the relative ease of re-loading his carbine, when his mind clears the fog of revenge — at least momentarily — and his common sense reminds him that reloading the aging hogleg is an arduous task. Meanwhile, the professor sees several Celestials crouching behind the raised platform. It appears that they are merely taking cover, as there is nothing happing atop the dais at this time, although ENS notes that there are several small lamps set up along the edge of the platform. Despite their cover, Ringgenberg believes one of highbinders is hit by someone’s bullet in the moment. Finally, the professor sees a few of the Celestials retreating — in a crouching position — towards what looks like a hanging curtain further beyond, while another highbinder approaches the podium from that same area.

As Lu Heng Bo moves to his left, effectively disappearing from sight, the lawman from Missouri stands in place and fires his carbine at the boo how doy warrior on the eastern edge of the central dais. JEB hits, he is most certain, probably striking the man’s left leg, but the highbinder remains where he is without showing any immediate effects. Two heartbeats later, Beauregard feels a stinging sensation on the back of his trigger hand ... and then he feels a drip of blood rolling down to his wrist. Someone — the lawman is unsure who — must have thrown something at him, but he cannot identify the opponent. A compartment in his mind registers a thought — poison.

Travis stops and puts his back to the wooden wall that appears to section off a southern area of the cavern. He cannot be sure what’s on the other side, aside from the highbinder he had fired at during his initial approach. As Artemus follows, catching up to the gunslinger and putting his back to the wall as well, Sunday holsters the Starr he had been using and draws yet another. Travis had been ready to fire the weapon if the boo how doy dared to show himself, but that event doesn’t come to pass. Now, Art and Travis stand side-by-side at the wall, having a decent view into the larger cavern and glimpsing some movement by their Celestial opponents.

OOC: Another round of actions for all PCs. Please see the updated Main Game Map.
JEB needs to make another Fort save against the poison from the shuriken, which delivers 2 points of damage.
Cole must decide whether he begins to reload the Colt in earnest, or forego that multi-round endeavor in favor of more immediate action.
Reminder: The barrage of gunfire over the previous few rounds is effectively deafening (temporarily rendering hearing loss ammong all of the heroes — and they suspect, among at least some of their enemies as well). Any verbal communication beyond short, urgent concepts won’t be allowed by the Judge, unless PCs speak in a shouting manner (please state what is shouted, as appropriate).
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:32, Sun 22 Oct 2017.
Artemus Carson
player, 1274 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sun 22 Oct 2017
at 16:10
  • msg #833

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 832):

Free Action: Concentrate on the movement before me.
Move Action: Maintain even with Travis
Attack Action: Fire at the nearest moving non-friendly.


12:10, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 14 using 1d20+7.  Fire Colt at non-friendly.
12:09, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 11 using 1d20+3.  Concentrate on friend/foe.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1282 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Mon 23 Oct 2017
at 00:25
  • msg #834

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 832):

Once Cole and Jake are close enough, he speaks to them (loudly).

I wonder if these Chinamen have had enough yet, I'm going to find out.

With that ENS moves towards the podium at a walk and shouts in Chinese.

Drop your weapons and come out and you won't be harmed!

Free action: speak to Cole and Jake then shout to Chinamen
Move action: move towards podium
Attack action: none
Cole Trayne
player, 2079 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 23 Oct 2017
at 02:16
  • msg #835

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 834):

Cole shoots a look of concern at the professor, then a sidelong glance at Jake.

Free Action: Not sure that is such a great idea, professor.
Move Action: The wrangler reviews the bodies of the fallen enemy. If he finds a hatchet, he takes one while being mindful of any poison.
Attack Action: None
Travis Sunday
player, 2794 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 23 Oct 2017
at 12:26
  • msg #836

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 832):

Travis moves into the entrance and the cavern that lays beyond.

Free Action: None
Move action: 1x around the corner and into room moving past entrance so Art can follow in
Attack Action: Hold action; if Travis sees BHD then fire.


If needed...

Today: Travis Sunday rolled 19 using 1d20+12.  Starr Attack.
Travis Sunday rolled 5 using 2d6+1.  Starr damage.

Jake Richardson
player, 1316 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:09
Mon 23 Oct 2017
at 13:21
  • msg #837

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 832):

Jake wasn't sure that he heard Cole correctly, but the look on his pard's face told a tale -- and Jake pretty much agreed with him. ~Reckon I'd better go along with the Perfesser an' see if'n I can help keep him outta trouble,~ the Texan thought to himself. Since hearing things was a mite difficult, he didn't bother to speak to anyone else about it, figuring that his actions would make his intent clear enough.

Carrying his carbine in a ready position, Jake moved out with ENS,  prepared to fire at any heathens who took hostile action towards the easterner or himself.

OOC:

Move Action:
Move along with ENS.

Attack Action: Readied Action: 09:14, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 20 using 1d20+11 with rolls of 9. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

09:15, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 8 using 2d10 with rolls of 7,1. Damage .

Notes: Did not apply the +1 bonus to Attack or Damage rolls from the Point Blank Shot feat, since, if Jake does fire this round, I am unsure of the range.

Jake's carbine has a full magazine (seven rounds).

Edit: Added reference to Point Blank Shot.

This message was last edited by the player at 13:22, Mon 23 Oct 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1764 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 24 Oct 2017
at 02:41
  • msg #838

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 832):

Feeling a bit exposed and unsure the source of attack, JEB retreats backward towards the tunnel to reload.

Free: none
Move: 1x movement backpeddle
Combat: reload Spencer

Fort Save 24
Judge Messalen
GM, 4650 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 24 Oct 2017
at 22:18
  • msg #839

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The gunslinger and the survivalist turn to their right, around the wooden wall and into a cavern. With intent to give Carson a wide enough berth to enter behind him, Sunday moves past the short span of wall, another five feet or so into the relatively small chamber, which it proves to be. Art follows, hearing a weapon report from behind as he moves. Feeling no punch from a bullet and seeing a splinter tear from the wooden wall, he sticks close to his old pard and ignores whomever might have fired at him.

The first thing the gunslinger sees is a highbinder rushing at him from 10 or 15 feet within the roughly square compartment. Out of the corner of his right eye, Travis sees Art alongside and another of the Celestial warriors emerge from behind the wall to engage Art. Meanwhile, the man who claims to be a relative of the famous Kit of his namesake has his hogleg at the ready, but having never faced these highbinders before, he is mildly surprised to find himself the target of a swinging hatchet before he can even discharge his weapon. Fortunately, the Chinese warrior misses wildly.

Travis fires, definitely affecting his opponent, but not taking him down; the veteran knows his spare Starr has produced no more than a graze at best. His opponent attacks with open hand, attempting to slap the smokewagon out of the gunslinger’s grip, to no avail. Art fires after his enemy swings. The survivalist believes his aim is true, but the man continues fighting — in fact, swinging for a second attack and giving Carson his second surprise of the moment despite the fact that the man's second swing misses just as badly as the first..

The professor yells at his pards, and then begins to move. Hearing the professor’s intent even if not hearing the exact words, the wrangler takes a step backward towards fallen enemies. Speaking only to himself even if he thinks otherwise, Trayne picks up a hatchet, revenge on his mind. Despite Cole’s muttered warning, which he could barely even hear himself, he witnesses the professor proceeding deeper into the cavern, with the rifleman in tow. Richardson, for himself, had thunk an answer without attempting to voice it, staying just to the professor’s left flank, trusty carbine leveled.

The lawman retreats, feeling the sting in his hand but confident that he could resist the poison. Beauregard cannot explain it, but somehow he senses that this dose was more potent than those he had felt from the hatchet men. Catching sight of his pards’ movement — Travis and Art to his right, disappearing behind a wooden wall; ENS and Jake advancing towards the podium; Cole picking up a hatchet as if he were ready to chop off the head of the holiday bird just nearby — JEB begins to reload his Spencer. Lu Heng Bo is nowhere to be seen.

ENS, as if he had no fear in the world, continues to move towards the podium, crying out in Mandarin.

Perhaps to his own astonishment, the professor receives a curt reply, in Mandarin.

“Call off your dogs. Then we may speak.”

OOC: Another round of actions.
Unless your character can speak Mandarin, you must ignore the words being passed by ENS and one of the highbinders.
Even if you speak Mandarin, hearing the words is difficult. Bear that in mind. ENS clearly stated he was yelling, but yelling in Mandarin is a tough one . . .
JEB made his saving throw.
Art needs to roll damage, but the Judge knows that the single hit cannot drop the highbinder, so the narrative is accurate even without the roll.
Jake didn't fire his carbine this round. His ready-action condition wasn't met.
See the updated Main Game Map.
(The Judge rolled two 1s in a row. Sheesh, you men are lucky today).
Artemus Carson
player, 1275 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Wed 25 Oct 2017
at 13:41
  • msg #840

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 839):

Art has no inner monologue in such situations. His focus is only on killing efficiently.

Free Action: Concentrate on the movement before me.
Move Action: Maintain even with Travis
Attack Action: Fire at the Chinee with the hatchet.

Second round
09:35, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 14 using 1d20+3.  Concentrate on friend/foe.
09:32, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 15 using 2d6+4.  Damage, second shot.
09:31, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 24 using 1d20+7.  Second Shot from Colt.

First round
09:31, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 7 using 2d6+4.  Damage, first shot.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1765 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 26 Oct 2017
at 00:02
  • msg #841

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 839):

JEB takes a knee to steady his aim and sights the enemy situated at the entrance to the opposing tunnel.

Free: none
Move: take knee
Combat: attack Spencer 1 round
Attack 29
Crit Chance 21
Damage 11+6=17
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1283 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 26 Oct 2017
at 00:29
  • msg #842

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 839):

ENS stops where he is and replies (yelling again in Mandarin): As long as your men attack, we will defend, so call them off as well!

He then turns towards Jake and Cole and yells (in English): We may have a parley... stand ready!

Free action: yell at both parties
Move action: none
Attack action: none
Cole Trayne
player, 2080 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 26 Oct 2017
at 00:41
  • msg #843

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 842):

Seeing that the professor is still trying to make nice with the enemy, Cole decides to take the time to re-load.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Move slowly towards Jake and the Professor
Attack Action: None.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:45, Thu 26 Oct 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1317 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:09
Thu 26 Oct 2017
at 03:20
  • msg #844

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to E.N.S. Ringgenberg (msg # 842):

As the Perfesser turned and shouted something at him, Jake could hear the words "parley" and "ready", and not much else. The Texan took that to mean that ENS was going to parley with the heathens in some fashion. The "ready" part was a little tougher to interpret, but Jake took it to probably mean that the easterner wanted him to be watchful and ready.

ENS was not moving, so Jake stood in place as well. He held his carbine at roughly waist-level, barrel pointing forward, and waited to see if this parley was going to come to pass. He kept his eyes moving, though, trying his best to spot any potential threats before they got out of hand.

OOC:

Move Action: Remain watchful -- will roll a Spot Check if needed.

Attack Action: None.

Free Action: None.

Travis Sunday
player, 2795 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 26 Oct 2017
at 11:31
  • msg #845

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 839):

Travis hears some shouting, perhaps a call to surrender. Until you raise your hands, we'll keep fighting. Travis thinks as he continues to shoot.

Free Action: None
Move Action: None
Attack Action: Full attack on Wounded BHD moving to second if first falls.

Travis Sunday rolled 22 using 1d20+12.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 10 using 2d6+1.  Starr damage #1.

Travis Sunday rolled 21 using 1d20+7.  Starr Attack #2.
Travis Sunday rolled 11 using 2d6+1.  Starr damage #2.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4653 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 27 Oct 2017
at 22:31
  • msg #846

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday discharges another round from his unbalanced Starr. Balanced enough, he might think, believing his bullet has found purchase in the highbinder’s rib. Still the man fights, again trying to disarm the gunslinger, and again failing. Sunday plugs him with another ball, this one spurting blood from the Celestial’s mid-section and bringing him to his knees and ultimately the floor. Out of the corner of his left eye, Travis sees a set of ladder rungs set into the corner. His eyes go up to a hatch that hangs open.

Artemus Carson fires his Colt for the second time, but not before the opponent in the black garb swings the hatchet again. Fortunately, it appears as if this enemy has been acquainted recently with the bottle, as he misses wildly again. The survivalist’s bullet strikes its mark, but not in any vital area. The highbinder continues to swing with his hatchet, missing yet another time, although his aim seems to be improving.

James Beauregard abandons the reloading he had begun, deciding instead to kneel and fire again from his carbine. The Spencer’s ball flies true, despite the fact that the highbinder had some cover while braced against the tunnel wall. JEB sees the man’s body recoil from the blow, and fall backward out of the lawman’s sight. Beauregard now sees two bodies down at that tunnel entrance, but he cannot be certain that the blow killed the Chinaman, or simply incapacitated him for the time being.

Cole Trayne, despite knowing the time and effort it takes to reload the aging Colt, figures he might have time to get another round in the cylinder in the time it takes for ENS to make nice. Still, he chooses to move first, albeit slowly, and so the task of reloading begins when he is near the professor. The wrangler’s choice of pace is fortuitous, as JEB’s carbine reports before Cole crosses the lawman’s line of sight. He reaches the professor but cannot hear most of what was said.

All of this happens, of course, as ENS Ringgenberg attempts to parley. Jake Richardson, for his part, guards ENS and keeps his trusty carbine at the ready.

ENS hears another curt, but forceful, reply. “You are the invaders.”

OOC: Another round of actions.
ENS must realize that his pards across the cave, during repeated gunfire, cannot possibly be hearing everything he is saying. Or can hear only a little at best. Even Jake, close by, seems less-than-sure of what ENS is attempting to bark out.
The Judge ruled that JEB never did any reloading. He stated the previous round a desire to reload after moving, but there isn't time to reload and fire in this round, so he fired the carbine and is still counting against his original load.
See the updated Main Game Map. Remember that dumping cache may be required.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1766 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 27 Oct 2017
at 23:55
  • msg #847

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 846):

JEB did not hear Ringgenberg’s attempt to parlay, but intended to hold fire nonetheless as moves closer to the action.

Free: none
Move: 2x  movement along the western wall in a northerly direction.
Combat: none
James E. Beauregard
player, 1767 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 27 Oct 2017
at 23:56
  • msg #848

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 846):

JEB did not hear Ringgenberg’s attempt to parlay, but intended to hold fire nonetheless as moves closer to the action.

Free: none
Move: 2x movement along the western wall in a northerly direction until he is roughly parallel to the professor and Jake.
Combat: none
Cole Trayne
player, 2081 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 28 Oct 2017
at 02:09
  • msg #849

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 846):

Cole calmly continues to reload while END attempts to talk.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Stay in place while reloading
Attack action: None
Artemus Carson
player, 1276 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sat 28 Oct 2017
at 12:37
  • msg #850

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 845):

Free Action: Concentrate on the attacker before me.
Move Action: Maintain even with Travis
Attack Action: Fire at the Chinee with the hatchet.

08:36, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 4 using 1d20+3.  Concentrate on attacker.
08:33, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 12 using 2d6.  Damage.
08:32, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 9 using 1d20+7.  Fire Colt at attacker.

Travis Sunday
player, 2796 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 29 Oct 2017
at 13:49
  • msg #851

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 846):

Travis Turns and concentrates as he fires into the melee. He catches a bit of luck as the celestial turns into the second shot.

Free Action: None
Move action: None
Attack Action: Full attack (into melee at -4)

Travis Sunday rolled 23 using 1d20+8.  Starr Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 6 using 2d6+1 with rolls of 2,3.  Starr Damage #1.

Travis Sunday rolled 9 using 1d20+3. (15 with Action Point)  Starr attack #2.
Travis Sunday rolled 11 using 2d6 with rolls of 6,5.  Action Point.
Travis Sunday rolled 11 using 2d6+1 with rolls of 4,6.  Starr Damage #2.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1284 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 29 Oct 2017
at 19:33
  • msg #852

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 846):

ENS responds with force as well.

That may be so, but we have the advantage so surrender to spare your men!

Free action: speak
Move action: none
Attack action: none

OOC: Is Mr. Lu the blue-bordered map icon? Or did he go down that tunnel to the East?
This message was last edited by the player at 19:33, Sun 29 Oct 2017.
Artemus Carson
player, 1277 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Mon 30 Oct 2017
at 00:17
  • msg #853

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Artemus Carson:
In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 845):

Free Action: Concentrate on the attacker before me.
Move Action: Maintain even with Travis
Attack Action: Fire at the Chinee with the hatchet.

08:36, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 4 using 1d20+3.  Concentrate on attacker.
08:33, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 12 using 2d6.  Damage.
08:32, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 9 using 1d20+7.  Fire Colt at attacker.


If I understand the Judge's PM answer, Art can attack twice per round. Since the adjudication hasn't yet occurred, I'm adding my second attack:

20:16, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 7 using 2d6+2.  Damage.
20:15, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 20 using 1d20+2.  Fire Colt at attacker (2nd shot.).

Jake Richardson
player, 1318 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:09
Mon 30 Oct 2017
at 02:20
  • msg #854

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 846):

Jake could still hear gunfire going on in the cave, and he felt a mite fidgety that he was just standing around whilst his pards were still fighting. At the same time, he had full confidence in all of them, so he wasn't all that sure that they really needed his help.

He could hear that ENS and one of the heathens were talking to each other, but he couldn't really hear much of what was being said. And whatever he did hear, he didn't understand.

~Hope that the heathens ain't just stringin' this along, playin' for time so that they can get some things done whilst the parlayin' is happenin'.~ he thought to himself.

Still and all, in spite of the fact that his instincts were telling him to lend a hand in the fighting, the Texan didn't feel right abandoning his position at the Perfesser's side, and that feeling won out over all the others that were roiling around in his head.

OOC:

Move Action: None.

Attack Action: None.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4657 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 31 Oct 2017
at 01:27
  • msg #855

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Having dispatched his initial opponent, Travis Sunday directs his attention towards the highbinder engaged with Artemus Carson. As Travis fires, and before Art can fire his Colt, the Celestial swings with the hatchet and finally connects. It is merely a graze to the survivalist’s forearm, but Carson feels a stinging sensation from the cut. Art then discharges his hogleg, missing and sending the bullet over the highbinder’s shoulder, while his pard the gunslinger's bullet finds a home in the leg of the boo how doy. The hatchetman swings again, as he ducks, cutting into Carson’s thigh — again, no more than a graze, but enough to deliver a second dose of poison. It turns out to be the Celestial’s last action, as both Travis and Art fire another round, putting bullets into the warrior and dropping him to the floor in an expanding pool of blood.

Cole Trayne painstakingly works on reloading his aging Colt. He has managed to extract one of the spent cartridges, but hasn’t been able to replace it yet. James Beauregard moves along the western wall, reaching a spot roughly parallel to Jake Richardson and ENS RInggenberg. The rifleman himself continues his vigil next to the professor’s side, as the easterner yells out in Mandarin yet again.

This time, however, ENS receives no verbal response. Instead, he sees a small spinning wheel of metal flying at him and he barely dodges it. He isn’t certain who threw the weapon, although he believes it came from one of the men taking cover behind the podium, maybe the one who has been yelling at him in return. Jake, watching for just such an attack, sees the Celestial who threw it and is able to dodge the second spinning piece of metal without much effort.

OOC: Another round of actions.
Art must make a Fort save (-2, unless he took a draught of the professor’s antidote, in which case the +2 for that offsets the -2 and Art’s normal modifier is all that applies). Art also takes 9 points of damage.
Cole Trayne
player, 2082 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 31 Oct 2017
at 03:05
  • msg #856

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 855):

Upon watching the professor and Jake quickly move to avoid some sort of ranged attack, the wrangler shrugs.

Free Action: Well, that didn't go so well
Move Action: Move to cover the boys expected retreat.
Attack Action: Cease reloading and prepare to fire
Jake Richardson
player, 1319 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:08
Tue 31 Oct 2017
at 15:37
  • msg #857

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

~Bastard!~ Jake thought to himself as he moved just enough to avoid getting hit by the little metal disk. It didn't look like much of a weapon, but the Texan figured that it was probably poisoned.

Since he had been keeping an eye on the heathen, Jake knew which of the men had thrown the weapon. He raised his carbine to his shoulder and fired two rounds in quick succession.

OOC:

Full Round Action:
11:09, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 16 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 4. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

11:11, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 16 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 10,5. Damage (1st Shot).

11:10, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 20 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 13. Second Shot (Full Round Action).

11:12, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 3,6. Action Point (Add to Attack).

Total Attack Roll (2nd Shot): 26

11:12, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 15 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 9,5. Damage (2nd Shot).

Attack Roll Modifiers: BAB: 10; Weapon Focus (Spencer Carbine): +1; Point Blank Shot: +1.

Notes: I had a tough time deciding which Attack roll I should add the Action Point bonus to. I would love to have had both shots hit, but I feared that with the BHD having some measure of cover, a 22 and a 20 might both miss (adding the 6 to the first Attack roll), whereas a 26 (adding the 6 to the second Attack roll) seemed likely to result in at least one hit. :)

Jake has fired two round from a previously-full magazine holding seven rounds, leaving him with five rounds in the magazine.

Travis Sunday
player, 2797 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 31 Oct 2017
at 19:48
  • msg #858

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Jake Richardson (msg # 857):

Travis eyes the ladder and is anxious to see where it goes. However his focus moves toward more practical actions as he holsters the Starr; then pulls his masterwork pistols and replaces their cylinders with his last two spares.

Move Action: Holster Starr (that plus replacing the cylinders in two weapons will take 5 total rounds. Travis has quick reload)
Free Action Pull Starr
Attack action: None

Artemus Carson
player, 1278 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Wed 1 Nov 2017
at 02:14
  • msg #859

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

21:02, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 18 using 1d20+8.  Fort. save.

Art feels the sting; and recalls:

Artemus Carson:
In reply to Travis Sunday (msg # 717):

Art nods towards Travis and extends his hand toward the bottle. "Eh-hem. Medicinal use?"

James E. Beauregard:
In reply to Artemus Carson (msg # 719):

JEB grabs the bottle out of Sunday's grip before Carson has a chance and takes a swill.

This ain't the kinda medicine you're looking after. We'll toast your fortuitous arrival when our business is done.

He returns  the bottle to the professor and follows the chinaman.


Right.

Art looks for his next target, and isn't too discriminating.

Free Action: Look for next target
Move action: Move to obtain a clearer shot
Attack Action: Fire Colt twice.

22:11, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 7 using 2d6+2.
22:11, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 9 using 2d6+2.
22:11, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 9 using 1d20+2.  Fire Colt (2nd shot.).
22:10, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 24 using 1d20+7.  Fire Colt.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4660 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 02:21
  • msg #860

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake Richardson had remained patient during the more than a dozen seconds as he guarded his pard, the perfesser, who had attempted to parley. Now, seeing the boo how doy who had thrown the small spinning metal weapons, he takes aim with his carbine. He fires a round, which rips into the platform in front of his target. After that initial shot, the rifleman sees his target throwing another of the spinning pieces of metal — aimed at Jake himself. The weapon flies over Richardson's head.

A moment later, Jake hears a weapon report from behind him — at the same time a few of the highbinders advance towards his position. The rifleman remains steadfast, squeezing off another round from the Spencer. His aim is better this time, as he adjusts to avoid his opponent’s cover, but the Celestial throwing the small weapons dodges the bullet — just barely it appears, although Richardson has no time to consider how close his shot may have been.

Jake’s target throws another of the tiny weapons, again missing the professor by a hair, and almost striking Cole Trayne who abandons his attempt to reload in order to fire his Colt as soon as possible. Meanwhile, another of the boo how doy advances from behind the podium, engaging in melee, along with one of his fellow warriors, who engages the professor. ENS himself readies his own hogleg and takes to the defense, which is probably what saved him from both the flying metal wheel and the swing of the advancing highbinders hatchet. And Jake himself manages to avoid the swinging hatchet from his own new opponent. Yet another Celestial advances on Cole Trayne, but the distance he had to cover in order to engage prohibits any immediate attack against the wrangler.

Nonetheless, the trio in the middle of the cavern -- Richardson, Ringgenberg and Trayne -- are now all engaged in melee against one of the boo how doy each.

Artemus Carson had turned away from Travis Sunday, taking a five foot step back into the main cavern and firing his Colt twice. The first shot finds its intended target, he believes, although the second shot buries itself in the cavern floor, well short of the Celestial, who engages with the man his pards call the Professor. The survivalist curses under his breath, knowing that he has discharged all of his cylinder's bullets and yet he wasn't able to take out his newest target before the highbinder had engaged ENS. Meanwhile, Travis Sunday remains where he was, holstering his spare Starr and pulling one of his masterwork hoglegs to begin a cartridge replacement. He sees Carson step towards the entrance to the small, wood-wall portion of the cavern, firing his Colt. Again, out of the corner of his left eye, Sunday sees the ladder rungs leading up to an open hatch in the cavern ceiling, but he cannot do anything else but proceed with his reloading at the moment.

James Beauregard, running low on ammunition, hesitates for a moment, unsure of the attacks being made against his pards and looking to pick a likely target. For now, he takes a defensive posture, seeing one of the Celestials advancing on his position, along with other boo how doy engaging the other heroes. One, who pulls up a mere 5-10 feet away from JEB, levels a sawed-off shotgun and discharges one of the two loaded barrels, spraying lead shot way too close for comfort, but failing to do any damage against the Missouri lawman. Having refrained from attacking for these several seconds, JEB catches a glimpse of Lu Heng Bo reappearing from the shadows at the north end of the cave, engaging with another of the highbinders.

OOC: Another round of actions, please.
Jake, ENS, and Cole are all engaged in melee. Consider actions appropriately.
JEB isn't engaged in melee, although he faces an opponent who is quite near.
See the updated Main Game Map.
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:27, Fri 03 Nov 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2798 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 12:07
  • msg #861

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 860):

Travis continues to reload.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1285 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 13:13
  • msg #862

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 860):

ENS mutters to himself, Worth a try..., then shoots at the BHD.

Free action: mutter
Move action: none
Attack action: shoot at BHD

07:08, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 12 using 1d20+7.  Attack w/Schofield, point blank.
07:09, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for attack.
Total Attack = 18
07:09, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 12 using 2d6+1.  Schofield Damage.


OOC: Forgot the point blank '+1' damage in the dice roller, so I just added it in the text above.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:15, Fri 03 Nov 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1320 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:52 MDT:17 A:08
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 15:54
  • msg #863

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 860):

~Waal, so much for parlayin',~ Jake thought to himself as three heathens closed with ENS, Cole, and the Texan.

The heathen attacking him was close enough that Jake could nearly put his carbine's muzzle against the man's chest, and the shot knocked him off his feet, where he lay on the cavern floor in a heap.

Jake then stepped forward so that he would have a clear line of fire on the heathen who was attacking ENS, but his second shot went wide of the target.

OOC:

Full Round Action: 11:27, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 32 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 20. First Shot (Full Round Action). Critial Hit Threat.

11:29, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 29 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 17. Critical Hit Confirmation.

11:30, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 15 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 6,8. Damage (1st Shot).

11:38, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 10 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 3. Second Shot (Full Round Action).

Attack Roll Modifiers: BAB: 10; Weapon Focus (Spencer Carbine): +1; Point Blank Shot: +1.

Notes: It looks to me like Jake has scored a critical hit with his first shot (aiming at the BHD who was attacking him in melee), and that the critical hit damage (30) will likely be enough to kill the man. Assuming this to be the case, Jake will take a 5-foot step forward (towards the top of the map), so as to have a clear line of fire on the BHD who is attacking ENS (his second shot misses, unfortunately).

Jake fired two shots this round, leaving him with three cartridges in the magazine.

Cole Trayne
player, 2083 posts
D:18/15 G:45 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 4 Nov 2017
at 23:02
  • msg #864

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 860):

Upon completing the abandonment of his reload attempt, Cole takes aim at the Celestial approaching him. Glaring with unrestrained bitterness in his eyes, the wrangler fires.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Clearly angry, but not reckless, Cole positions himself as best as he can so that neither ENS nor Jake is in his line of fire for any potentially errant shots.
Attack Action: To Hit: 14+6AP(6,2)=20 Damage: 7
Artemus Carson
player, 1279 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Mon 6 Nov 2017
at 00:05
  • msg #865

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 860):

Artemus posting for JEB

Having reached a spot roughly parallel to Jake Richardson and ENS RInggenberg and with gunfire being freely exchanged, JEB levels his Spencer and fires at one of the men throwing the spinning disks.

19:04, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 14 using 2d10.  JEB: 2nd shot damage.
19:04, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 15 using 2d10.  JEB: 1st shot damage.
19:03, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 17 using 1d20+9.  JEB: Spencer second shot.
19:03, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 29 using 1d20+9.  JEB: Spencer first shot.

Artemus Carson
player, 1280 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Mon 6 Nov 2017
at 00:50
  • msg #866

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 860):

"Reload" Art calls in Travis' general direction.

In one smooth motion Art stoops down, drawing a fresh cylinder from his pocket. With the rounded edge he loosens the pin holding the barrel.

Pinching the pin in his left thumb and forefinger it is extracted and the barrel pulled away.

The cylinder with six fresh rounds slips on followed by the barrel and the pin is returned.

Art's left hand drops the spent cylinder into his pocket while cupping the revolver in his right. His fore and middle fingers drive the pin home.

Now rising from his crouch - his left hand partially extended to his left side, fingers splayed; in his right he levels the Colt as thumb draws the hammer.


OOC: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PWneVLah_0k
Judge Messalen
GM, 4665 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 7 Nov 2017
at 01:17
  • msg #867

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The repetitive sounds of weapon reports continues. Whether hero or villain or innocent, all of the humans in this Tong Cave are effectively deafened by the numerous collective rounds of firearm combat — closing in on two minute’s worth of gunfire, iffin’ anyone was counting — in this underground domain.

Whilst Travis Sunday and Artemus Carson reload their smokewagons near the wooden wall, their pards in the middle of the cave (near the platform) carry on the gunfight, all of them engaged in melee or ranged combat. And Lu Heng Bo is now engaged with other highbinders at the north end of the cave.

Both JEB and Jake squeeze off two rounds with their carbines, while ENS and Cole fire one shot with each of their respective hoglegs.

However, before JEB can fire his initial bullet from the Spencer, the boo how doy who had previously discharged one barrel from his sawed-off scattergun steps to the west and lets loose with the second barrel, some of the shot grazing the lawman’s left side. Not enough to deter the tough-as-nails Beauregard, who fires a deadly shot, blowing a hole clean through the Celestial’s heart, at least as evidenced by the spurting of blood. JEB turns to fire at an approaching highbinder, missing wide to the left. He mentally notes: 2 rounds left in the carbine, as he realizes his second target has charged in to engage, leaping over the platform and reaching the lawman’s position, although the highbinder has no time to take a swing ... at least, not yet.

Richardson’s first shot was as accurate as Beauregard’s, ripping into his opponent’s mid-section and drawing a stream of blood, after the boo how doy had swung his hatchet to no avail. In fact, the Celestial had recoiled from the blow, staggered by the Spencer’s punch, and so the rifleman had every reason to believe the highbinder would be out of the fight. Jake takes a step and turns his attention to the heathen engaged with ENS. Unfortunately, he misses his second target — and fortunately misses his pard the easterner as well — as he realizes his initial target has remained on his feet and is close enough to take a second swing. Perhaps hampered by the bullet he had just absorbed, the highbinder misses with yet another swing of the poisoned weapon, seeming to ignore his bleeding chest wound.

The professor himself aims the borrowed Schofield and fires a round as his own boo how doy opponent swings a hatchet with vigor. Ringgenberg may not look like a fighter, but his quickness afoot — not to mention his quick thinking — enables him to continue dodging the swings of the highbinder. The professor's bullet finds purchase, drawing blood, but the enemy continues to fight as if the fear of death has never occurred to him. Taking yet another swing, the Celestial yells out a battle cry unheard over the din of gunfire and misses once more.

Trayne remains resolute, seeking a measure of vengeance, against the boo how doy who has closed to engage in melee. As the heroes have experienced during the course of battle — here in the cave and in the area of the rocky point less than 30 minutes ago — these Celestials excel at getting off attacks and occasionally striking with their venom-coated hatchets, as is the case now with the wrangler’s opponent. The slice and burning sensation mean nothing to Trayne in his current state of mind; he discharges another round from his nearly depleted Colt, grazing the highbinder but certainly not doing any immediately lethal damage, at least as evidenced by the fact that the highbinder takes another well-timed swing with his weapon — albeit a miss.

Finally, having held his action until seeing what has developed, the remaining boo how doy by the podium moves and positions himself in a kneeling posture, gaining additional cover as he pulls his handgun and fires it once at Jake Richardson. The rifleman is more than a mite surprised by the nature of the attack, as most of these heathens have fought bare-handed or with the poisoned hatchets, but he has no doubt that this particular Celestial — the same one he had fired at and missed and the same one who had thrown the small spinning pieces of metal — is as adept with the hogleg as he is with his heathen devices. Jake feels the graze on his left leg. A minor wound at best, but perhaps only the beginning of the threat that this boo how doy has to offer.

OOC: Another round of actions. As per the Judge's OOC forum notes, PCs performing reloads need to confirm full-round actions if they continue, or declare a different action, thereby discontinuing the reload.

JEB was hit for 6 damage from the scattergun. NOTE for any PC acting on JEB's behalf, he has only 2 bullets left in the carbine. (FYI, Art rolled a possible crit on JEB's behalf, but the highbinder was already injured and the regular damage was enough to take the opponent down, so the Judge dispensed with the follow-up crit chance/damage).

Cole was hit for 4 damage from the hatchet. Cole needs to make a Fort save against poison (+2 if he took a draught of the profeesor's antidote)

Jake was hit for 5 damage from the highbinder shooting a hogleg from behind the podium. (Jake's first shot was a crit, but unlike JEB's opponent, this highbinder had been unharmed, and he made his MDT and survived the devastating from the rifleman).

The Judge requests that ALL PCs report their current damage totals. Remember that damage accrued at the battle by the rocky point, as well as any battles in Chinatown earlier in the day (minus any healing specifically administered before the men descended from the Albion) are still accrued and any damage taken here in the cave are ADDED to the previous total. The Judge believes that none of the PCs are in mortal danger, but some hits have been taken in the various battles over the last 24 hours and a status check is important to the Judge at this time.

See the updated game map.
Travis Sunday
player, 2799 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 7 Nov 2017
at 03:55
  • msg #868

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 867):

Travis finishes the reload on his first of his two pistols, and begins reloading the next.

Totals: Travis HP Lost 12; Action Points Used: 3; Heroic Surges Used: 3 of 3
Cole Trayne
player, 2084 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 7 Nov 2017
at 05:30
  • msg #869

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 867):

With grim determination and barely contained rage, Cole continues to fire upon his assailant.

Fort Save: 12+5AP=17

Free Action: None
Move Action: Continue to maneuver to keep his friends out of his lines of fire.
Attack Action: To hit: 29 (Natural 20), Crit Confirmation: 19, Crit Damage (4d6)=12

Cole - Damage absorbed thus far: 18
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1286 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 7 Nov 2017
at 14:26
  • msg #870

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 867):

ENS concentrates on his target.

 Free action: none
 Move action: none
 Attack action: shoot at BHD


07:18, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 19 using 1d20+7.  Attack w/Schofield, point blank.
07:19, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only.  AP for attack.
Total Attack = 25
07:20, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6+1, dropping the lowest dice only.  Schofield Damage, point blank.


Grit hits taken = 20
Jake Richardson
player, 1321 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:47 MDT:17 A:08
Tue 7 Nov 2017
at 19:38
  • msg #871

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

~This hombre's got some sand, I'll give him that,~ Jake thought to himself in grudging admiration as the heathen jumped back in to attack him after taking a shot to the midsection that would have dropped many a man.

The Texan managed to dodge the heathen's attack with his axe, and fired another point-blank shot at his attacker. In the back of his mind, Jake felt some pressure to quickly finish off the man with the axe so that he could turn his attention to the heathen who was firing a pistol at him.

Jake quickly fired another round, leaving only one cartridge in the chamber.

OOC:

Full-Round Action:
  14:16, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 18 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 6. Ranged Attack (1st Shot, Full-Round Action).

14:18, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 6,6. Action Point.

Total Attack Roll: 24

14:27, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 11 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 7,3. Damage (Spencer Carbine).

14:17, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 17 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 10. Ranged Attack (2nd Shot, Full-Round Action).

Notes: If Jake's first shot drops the BHD who is attacking him with an axe, he will take a five-foot step forward (towards the top of the map) so as to have a better line of fire on the BHD who is attacking ENS, and will fire his second shot at that man. Of course, if the BHD who is attacking Jake in melee does not fall after Jake's first shot, Jake will not take a five-foot step and will aim his second shot at his attacker. Regardless of the target, I believe Jake's second shot to be a miss.

As noted in the text of the post, Jake has one round left in this magazine.

As noted in a PM to the Judge, Jake is currently at 47 GP, having suffered 24 points of damage.

Artemus Carson
player, 1282 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Wed 8 Nov 2017
at 04:45
  • msg #872

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 867):

Art replying for JEB:

JEB is pleased to see his shot take down the attacker, but the in rushing China-man leaves little time to enjoy. As his attacker leaps over the platform and draws back his hatchet JEB fires a single point blank range shot from the Spencer, and sways back attempting to avoid the certain attack to follow.

Holding his Spencer firmly JEB strikes at his attacker.


Attack Action: Fire Spencer
23:31, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 29 using 1d20+9.  Spencer shot, point blank range.
23:34, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 11 using 2d10.  Spencer shot, point blank range Damage.

Move Action: Avoid hatchet attack

 

This message was last edited by the player at 17:05, Wed 08 Nov 2017.
Artemus Carson
player, 1283 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Wed 8 Nov 2017
at 04:48
  • msg #873

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 867):

Art continues to reload
Pinching the pin in his left thumb and forefinger it is extracted and the barrel pulled away.

Free action: maintain situational awareness.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1768 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 8 Nov 2017
at 23:56
  • msg #874

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 867):

Damage total = 34
Judge Messalen
GM, 4671 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 9 Nov 2017
at 15:01
  • msg #875

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The rifleman, the wrangler, the professor and the lawman discharge another round from their respective firearms against the respective boo how doy with whom they are engaged in melee.

Richardson plants another carbine ball into the Celestial’s chest. He had mentally acknowledged the warrior’s sand as he chambered the shell and fired. This time, the additional chest wound puts the man down, his hatchet falling from his hand and clambering to the cavern floor without a sound — at least no sound to be heard of multiple weapon reports. Jake takes a step to find a clear line of sight against the professor’s opponent, but his sharp eye sees the professor dispatching the highbinder on his own; the rifleman saves the next bullet for another enemy.

Indeed, Ringgenberg’s successive shots from the Schofield finally take their toll, along with the damage taken by the boo how doy previously in the battle, unbeknownst to the professor. The Celestial had swung again at the easterner, missing yet again, when ENS pulls the hogleg’s trigger and puts a bullet in his gut. Staggering, the highbinder drops to a knee and falls forward, hatchet still in grip but useless now that its owner is incapacitated.

As Trayne’s rage is threatening to take over his reasoning, the wrangler evades another swing by his opponent even while steadying himself for another shot. Now, Cole fires his rapidly-depleted smokewagon. The bullet rips through the highbinder’s arm, definitely doing harm but failing to bringing the warrior down. In fact, the enemy takes another swing with the hatchet, feebly and ineffectively after feeling the punch in his arm.

Beauregard switches his attention from one highbinder to the next. He had dispatched the one with the scattergun, but another had closed on his right flank and engaged before he switch targets. Fortunately, the boo how doy misses with a hatchet swing, giving JEB an opportunity to fire during the melee. In JEB’s estimation, his aim is true but the shot is not much more than a graze to the Celestial's leg. The lawman avoids another swing the surely-poison-coated weapon.

Lu floors one opponent at the north end of the cave and is immediately engaged with another.

Sunday and Carson continue their reloading at the south end of the cavern, near the wooden wall. The survivalist can see battle in the middle of the cave, Cole and one of the Celestials closest to him but still slightly far for an easy shot with his Colt.

The Celestial kneeling behind the podium waits again for others to act, and then fires his Schofield, striking Jake a second time. Just another graze to his left arm.

OOC: Another round of combat actions, please.
JEB has 1 bullet left by the Judge's count. Took stock earlier when Art started to act on his behalf, as noted in previous narrative, to ensure fairness as other PCs probably weren't counting JEB's bullets. The Judge would ask JEB to verify based on his own actions and those taken by Art on his behalf.
The Judge believes that Cole is nearly out of bullets in the Colt but expects Cole to be counting.
Jake is hit for 4 points by the Celestial with the Schofield.
Jake Richardson
player, 1323 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:43 MDT:17 A:07
Fri 10 Nov 2017
at 16:55
  • msg #876

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

~Time to go after that bastard who's been shootin' me,~ Jake thought to himself as he felled the heathen who had been attacking him with an axe.

Thinking to get a clearer shot at his target, the Texan moved to his right, stepping over the dying heathen whom the Perfesser had just shot down.

Once he reached an acceptable spot, Jake knelt down, so as to present a slightly smaller target himself. Then he sighted on the heathen and fired a round.

Feeling a particular dislike of this particular heathen (who had been sniping at him for some little time now with the pistol and those odd little flying disks), Jake squeezed off another shot.

OOC:

Move Action:
Move 20 feet to the east (so that Jake is in the same column of squares as his target).

Free Action: Kneel.

Attack Action: 11:27, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 31 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 19. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

Modifiers: BAB: 10; Weapon Focus (Spencer Carbne): +1; Point-Blank Shot: +1.

11:28, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 16 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 5,10. Damage (Point-Blank Shot).

Heroic Surge Attack: 11:40, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 22 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 10. Heroic Surge Attack.

11:40, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 2 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 2,1. Action Point.

Total Attack Roll for Heroic Surge Attack: 24

11:41, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 5 using 2d10+1, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 4,3. Damage (Second Shot).

Note: I rather doubt that Jake's second shot hit the BHD, but if it did, the damage dealt should be 8. I had just made an Action Point roll, and forgot to disable the "Drop the Lowest Die" function.

Notes: This was Jake's third (and last) usage of the Heroic Surge feat. He has now fired all seven rounds from the magazine that is currently loaded into his Spencer, and will need to reload before he can fire the carbine again.

If the BHD whom Jake is targeting has moved behind cover, I will mention that Jake has the "Clear Line" Class Feature, which will reduce his target's Defense by 2 if the BHD has one-quarter or better cover.

Edit: Corrected the Attack total for the Heroic Surge Attack.

This message was last edited by the player at 20:41, Fri 10 Nov 2017.
Artemus Carson
player, 1286 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Fri 10 Nov 2017
at 20:38
  • msg #877

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 875):

Art continues to reload:
The cylinder with six fresh rounds slips on followed by the barrel and the pin is returned.

Free action: maintain situational awareness.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1769 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 11 Nov 2017
at 18:46
  • msg #878

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 875):

JEB lets loose the final round in his Spencer but slightly misses. Wasting no time, he drops the rifle and draws the hogleg to continue the fight at close range.

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: attack Spencer =11+1 AP=12
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1287 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 11 Nov 2017
at 20:56
  • msg #879

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 875):

Seeing his man drop, ENS turns towards Cole's attacker and takes a shot.

Free action: none
Move action: pivot to Cole's attacker
Attack action: shoot at BHD

13:54, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 10 using 1d20+7.  Attack w/Schofield, point blank.
13:55, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 4 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 4,1.  AP for attack.
Total Attack = 14

(pretty sure ENS whiffed that one!
Cole Trayne
player, 2085 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Sun 12 Nov 2017
at 02:42
  • msg #880

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 875):

Cole, increasingly annoyed that his assailant is stubbornly refusing to die, fires again. In the back of his mind, he realizes his gun is now empty.

Free Action: None
Move Action: None
Attack Action:10+4AP=14 (Rolled a 1)
Travis Sunday
player, 2800 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Sun 12 Nov 2017
at 14:40
  • msg #881

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 875):

Travis continues reloading.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4674 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 13 Nov 2017
at 13:51
  • msg #882

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Cole Trayne discharges the last bullet in his Colt — or, as it happens, he attempts to discharge the round but the aging hogleg misfires and jams. The wrangler can feel it happen; the cylinder fails to rotate as designed, with the bullet now jamming the firearm. Cole had known it was his last ball, expecting that his gun would be emptied with this shot, but in fact the one bullet remains and makes matters worse. Reloading is next to impossible now — the weapon will require some degree of repair, possibly while set in a vise on a gunsmith’s workbench. The only positive thought to cross Trayne’s mind is when he registers the fact that the boo how doy has swung his hatchet twice during this time, missing wildly twice again.

ENS Ringgenberg turns to fire into the melee between Cole and the highbinder, firing the borrowed Schofield. His bullet sails wide to his left, missing both his target and (fortunately, he thinks), the wrangler as well. Out of the corner of his eye, the professor sees Jake moving to the east. ENS recognizes that the hogleg is nearly out of ammunition.

Jake Richardson moves deliberately to the east, looking to position himself in a spot where he could negate the cover being enjoyed by the Celestial who had fired upon him a couple of times. The rifleman achieves his position, even while the highbinder himself slides roughly five-feet to his right, still kneeling, to ensure his cover remains intact. Knowing this might happen, Richardson levels his carbine and discharges the final two rounds from his recently replaced cartridge, plugging the highbinder square in the arm with the first shot — no graze to be sure — and striking the top of the podium with the second shot. For a moment, he thinks the ball may have ricocheted and hit the highbinder, but the Texan supposes that is merely wishful thinking. The highbinder manages to stay in the battle, aiming his revolver at the rifleman and shooting twice. To Jake’s surprise, he feels no punch from either of the shots, both of them zipping over his head.

James Beauregard squeezes of the final shot from his Spencer, missing as the highbinder continues to feint and swing in close melee combat. In fact, this boo how doy connects twice with the poisoned edge, the second hit strike coming as the lawman drops the carbine and pulls his sidearm. JEB’s hogleg is now at the ready, but he feels the sting of yet more poison … not to mention cuts to his left leg and the muscles in his back.

Travis Sunday and Artemus Carson remain intent on their chosen tasks — continuing to reload weapons in what feels like slow-motion as their pards remain engaged with the boo how doy near the podium.

OOC: Another round of actions.
JEB was hit twice, for 12 points total. He must make another Fort save vs poison (-2)
Jake knows that the highbinder has maintained cover by moving, slightly.
Cole's misfire caused a "jam" as rolled by the Judge. The jam can be cleared with either a Repair or Dexterity check, but it will take 4 full-round actions -- before any reloading could occur.
Conversation is still not viable within the cavern at this time.
Jake Richardson
player, 1324 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:43 MDT:17 A:07
Tue 14 Nov 2017
at 00:13
  • msg #883

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 882):

~Time to reload,~ Jake thought to himself. Using a smooth, well-practiced motion, the Texan pulled a pre-loaded magazine from a pocket of his duster and swapped it out for the empty.

Once the fresh magazine was in place, Jake sighted on the heathen who was engaged in a shoot-out with him, and fired a round at his foe. However, he did not have any confidence that he had hit the man, who had recently moved so that he was again behind cover.

OOC:

(Converted) Move Action:
Insert a pre-loaded magazine in Jake's carbine.

Attack Action: 19:07, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 18 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 6. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

Pffft -- not gonna bother to roll Damage.

Note: Jake has six rounds remaining in the current magazine.

Travis Sunday
player, 2801 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 14 Nov 2017
at 12:35
  • msg #884

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 882):

Travis finishes his work as quickly as it had begun.  The last cylinder clicks into place.  He gives it a customary spin as it moves into his holster.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1770 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Wed 15 Nov 2017
at 03:04
  • msg #885

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 882):

JEB feels the all too familiar sting of a poison blade, but remains in close quarters combat nonetheless.
For all their high talk of honor, these celestials fight in cowardly fashion.

Free: none
Move: position for optimal shot
Combat: attack s&w 26; damage 7
Fort Save 15+5 AP=20

OOC: updated Fort Save modifiers
This message was last edited by the player at 03:14, Thu 16 Nov 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2086 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 15 Nov 2017
at 03:48
  • msg #886

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 882):

A look of utter disgust appears on the Wrangler's face when he realizes his gun failed him in such a spectacular fashion.

Free Action: Drop the useless weapon and draw one of his two knives
Move Action: Attempt to position himself so that his attacker will have to expose his back to ENS in order to attack.
Attack Action: 16+3AP=19, Damage=3
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1288 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 15 Nov 2017
at 14:32
  • msg #887

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 882):

Cursing his inexperience, ENS takes another shot at the BHD troubling Cole.

Free action: none
Move action: none
Attack action: shoot at BHD

07:29, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 9 using 1d20+7.  Attack w/Schofield, point blank.

OOC: Back to crap rolls... not even worth an AP try! ENS has 2 shots left with the Schofield.
Artemus Carson
player, 1287 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Thu 16 Nov 2017
at 01:37
  • msg #888

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 882):

Art continues to reload:
Art's left hand drops the spent cylinder into his pocket while cupping the revolver in his right. His fore and middle fingers drive the pin home.

Free action: maintain situational awareness.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4678 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 16 Nov 2017
at 14:10
  • msg #889

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday completes the reload of the second Starr. Once more, out of the corner of his eye his sees the open hatch above the ladder. Straight ahead, not ten feet away, is Artemus Carson who pushes in the pin on his Colt, completing his reload as well. And further into the cavern, some 50 or so feet away, their pards stand in battle against a few of the boo how doy. From the edge of the wooden wall, Artemus sees no immediately visible targets, unless he and gunslinger choose to fire into the melee involving Cole, ENS and JEB. Or to attempt to fire past Jake, at the highbinder who kneels behind the cover of the platform even farther away. Because of the wooden wall, Travis has lines of sight to Jake, and ENS but not the other men.

Trayne drops his Colt, shifts his position slightly and draws a knife. The wrangler had picked up one of the enemy’s hatchets; he continues to grip it in his weak hand even while drawing the more familiar knife.

Richardson stays in place, reloading.

Beauregard’s opponent swings his hatchet again, as the tough-as-iron lawman resists the poison yet agin. The highbinder misses, giving JEB a decent shot with his hogleg. The bullets rips through the Celestials black garment clearly biting into flesh— on the underside of the man’s arm, JEB reckons. As if death were something to welcome, the injured highbinder continues swing the hatchet, missing a second time this round, after striking the lawman twice a matter of seconds ago.

ENS fires another round from his Schofield. He misses, as the boo how doy lunges at Trayne and swipes furiously with the hatchet, to no avail. The wrangler sees an opportunity to stab with the knife and feels solid contact, albeit for minimal damage, he reckons. ENS wants to help his pard; he sees Cole attempting to maneuver, but so far the professor’s attempts to fire into the melee have proven difficult.

Richardson, with his preparation and expertise with the Spencer, completes the reload, having not moved a single inch. Unfortunately, as he had done so, his opponent had fired another bullet from his smoke wagon. This one burns flesh in the rifleman’s left leg — if it were the first graze in a battle, Jake would have shrugged it off, but this Celestial had bothered him with several shots already — the Texan hadn’t fully recovered from wounds of the previous 48 hours and this one burned a mite. Nothing fatal, he thinks, sighting the Celestial behind the platform and squeezing of the first of his new load, but missing again thanks to the Chinaman’s cover. Jake sees the boo how doy beginning to reload his own weapon.

OOC: Another round of combat please.
Jake took 4 dmg from the Schofield.
JEB has to make ANOTHER Fort save, for the secondary effects of the first poison damage he took, 10 rounds ago.
(Other players who had to make poison saves will need to make secondary rolls in upcoming rounds.)
ENS is firing into melee in Cole. Meanwhile, Cole is attempting to provide a flanking position. That’s a tricky situation. Just the Judge’s musings, pards.
Art realizes he is probably in the way of Travis, as far as good lines of sight are concerned. And as stated in the narrative, lines of sight for any enemies involve firing into melee, or to opponents with cover.
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:11, Thu 16 Nov 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2802 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Thu 16 Nov 2017
at 21:59
  • msg #890

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 889):

Travis would like to investigate the ladder up, but hearing combat continue he pulls his long arm and returns to the cavern to help tidy things up.

Make Way Art.  The words are spoken matter-of-factly but the tone is that of a command.

Free Action: Speak

Move Action 1: Draw Spencer

Move Action 2: Move 30 feet north into the cavern.

Artemus Carson
player, 1288 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Fri 17 Nov 2017
at 01:34
  • msg #891

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 889):

Art notices the wooden wall and wonders what the point is... what does it contain?

Free Action: Now rising from his crouch - his left hand partially extended to his left side, fingers splayed; in his right he levels the Colt as thumb draws the hammer.
Move Action: Press against the wooden wall to make way for Travis, Art moves to see what is behind it.
Attack Action: None.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1772 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Fri 17 Nov 2017
at 02:45
  • msg #892

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 889):

JEB fires another round from his Smith & Wesson at the Chinese hatchet man, certain his aim was good again.

Free: none
Move: maneuver for optimal position in close range pistol attack
Combat: attack s&w 27; damage 6
Fort Save 11+5 AP = 16
Cole Trayne
player, 2087 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 18 Nov 2017
at 00:34
  • msg #893

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 889):

Cole continues to press his attack, in the same manner as before. Clearly the wrangler is trying to force his opponent into nothing but bad choices. Attack without regard to defending himself from a rear attack or protect against ENS but compromise his attack on the wrangler.

Free Action: None
Move Action: Position himself to give the professor an easy attack angle.
Attack Action: To Hit: 20, Damage: 3
Jake Richardson
player, 1325 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:39 MDT:17 A:07
Sat 18 Nov 2017
at 00:48
  • msg #894

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 889):

"Dammit!" Jake muttered under his breath as he felt the burn of another bullet as it grazed his leg. Luckily the heathen hadn't managed to plug him square in the midsection -- at least, not yet -- and the Texan intended to put the bastard down before he did so.

The rifleman stepped forward about 20 feet so that he was even with the back of the podium that the heathen had been using for cover, hoping for a clear shot at the man. Once he was in position, Jake sighted down the barrel and fired a round, only to curse again (louder this time) -- "Waal, shitfire!" --when the hammer thudded down on a dud.


OOC:

Free Actions:
Curse (twice).

Move Action: Jake will move 10 feet to the northeast, then 10 feet to the north, so that he ends up in the same row of squares on the map where the BHD who has been shooting at him is located.

Attack Action: 19:31, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 13 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 1. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

19:34, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 14 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 2. Concentration Check (Misfire): DC 15.

19:36, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 5 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 2,5. Action Point.

Total for Concentration Check: 19.

Notes: Waal shitfire, indeed. Jake has five rounds left in this magazine.

Artemus Carson
player, 1289 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sun 19 Nov 2017
at 02:14
  • msg #895

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 889):

For ENS:

"Dang!" Disappointed he missed and seeing Cole's gun malfunction, ENS steadies his hands and fires again at the BHD attacking Cole.

Free action: none
Move action: none
Attack action: shoot at BHD

21:13, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 20 using 1d20+7.  Art for ENS: Attack w/ Attack w/Schofield.


OOC: Profanity redacted.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:54, Mon 07 May 2018.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4680 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 19 Nov 2017
at 15:51
  • msg #896

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday issues an order; Art Carson hears it and makes way, pressing his back against the wooden wall and allowing the gunslinger to stride out into the cavern. Sunday sees the battle before him now. Jake moving and firing at highbinder behind the dais. The wrangler engaged with another of the boo how doy, with the easterner firing his sidearm into the fray. JEB with his back to the cavern wall, discharging his hogleg and defending against a hatchet swinging foe.

It is odd, thinks Travis, all of this is plain to see and yet I can hear none of it.

Likewise, Artemus hears nothing as he turns to where Travis had been standing, and then peers around the wooden wall. He stands between the fallen enemies, seeing some crates and boxes against this side of the wooden wall as well as against the opposite cavern wall. He follows the boxes until he sees a set of ladder rungs set into the cavern wall, in the far corner. Art’s eyes go up the ladder to an open hatch in the wall.

Jake Richardson goes on the move, attempting to place himself in a better position for firing at the highbinder with the Schofield. The opponent stays in a kneeling position, finishing his reload. Jake stops, sighting the boo how doy without the nuisance of his previous cover; alas, the bullet sails wide. The Chinese warrior stands full to his feet, loaded Smith & Wesson at the ready.

James Beauregard endures the swings from his opponent’s hatchet, somehow managing to resist the effects of several poison-laden nicks and cuts. But the hatchet wounds begin to add up. He fires his own Schofield after avoiding the highbinder’s first swing, hitting the man’s side and disappearing into the folds of his robe. JEB is sure the wounds are adding up for his opponent, even as he feels yet another cut by the Celestial’s weapon.

Cole Trayne attempts to maneuver while pressing his attack against his opponent. The highbinder himself obliges, moving with Trayne and remaining engaged in combat. The Celestial swipes successfully, striking Cole’s left arm forcefully. He nearly drops the hatchet he is holding but the blow doesn’t stop the wrangler from sticking the warrior yet again near the ribs; Cole feels some stickiness on the knife now that he has cut the boo how doy a few times. Nonetheless, the highbinder fights on, not even dissuaded by the professor’s bullet, which rips into the Celestials right leg and draws a stream of blood. ENS had leveled the borrowed revolver, discharging his penultimate round and feeling fortunate to hit the highbinder rather than the wrangler.

OOC: Another round of combat actions.
JEB was hit for 4 points (the Judge made a mistake on the roll, but recorded the first die for 1d6+1, totaling 4).
Cole was hit for 7 points of damage.
Neither man needs to make a Fort save because they had already suffered the effects of the poison from the same hatchets.
Artemus Carson
player, 1290 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sun 19 Nov 2017
at 18:50
  • msg #897

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 896):

Tempted though he is by the beckoning ladder, Art turns and follows the gunslinger but further to the right; his intention is to get a better angle on his targets where his pards aren't in the line of fire.

Free Action: none
Move Action: <see above>
Attack Action: Colt at the ready, looking for bullet fodder.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1289 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 19 Nov 2017
at 20:31
  • msg #898

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 896):

ENS keeps steady and spends that last Schofield bullet on the BHD.

Free action: none
Move action: none
Attack action: shoot at BHD

13:29, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 10 using 1d20+7.  Attack w/Schofield, point blank.

OOC: Sheesh! I should have Art do all my rolls! Thanks for covering for me... sorry for the delay!
Cole Trayne
player, 2088 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 01:00
  • msg #899

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 896):

Cole continues to press his attack, while simultaneously moving strategically in the same manner as previously expressed.

Free Action: None
Move Action: As stated
Attack Action: Hit: 18, Damage: 4
James E. Beauregard
player, 1773 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 03:22
  • msg #900

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 896):

JEB continues to press the attack, firing a third round into the hbd.

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: attack pistol 27; damage 8
Travis Sunday
player, 2803 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 12:58
  • msg #901

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 896):

Travis doesn't want to fire into the melee so he holds his position in case a target of opportunity presents itself.


Hold Action: Should a BHD present himself as a target without the need to fire into melee  Travis will fire.

Just in case.
Travis Sunday rolled 18 using 1d20+13.  Spencer Attack 1.
Travis Sunday rolled 7 using 2d10.  Spencer damage 1.

This message was last edited by the player at 13:28, Tue 21 Nov 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1326 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:39 MDT:17 A:06
Mon 20 Nov 2017
at 17:27
  • msg #902

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 896):

~Let's see if'n this bastard's got the sand to stand in and face me without slitherin' away~ Jake thought to himself as he ejected the dud cartridge and made ready to fire on the heathen who had been hitting the Texan with lead from his Schofield, and who was now only some 15 feet away.

The Texan fired twice in quick succession at the heathen. He felt confident about hitting the man with his first shot, but howled "God-dammit!" in rage as his Spencer's hammer clicked on another dud instead of cleanly firing the second round.

OOC:

Move Action: None.

Full Round Action: 12:13, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 30 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 18. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

12:17, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 18 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 8,9. Damage (Spencer Carbine, Point-Blank Shot).

12:14, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 8 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 1. 2nd Shot (Full Round Action).

12:16, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 26 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 14. Concentration Check (Misfire): DC 15.

Notes: Another misfire! Should have one solid hit, though. Jake has three rounds left in this magazine.

Edit: Edited for clarity, no substantive changes.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:34, Mon 20 Nov 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4683 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 22 Nov 2017
at 13:35
  • msg #903

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

The rifleman had discharged numerous bullets from his favored carbine over the last hour. Now, facing an enemy who fights with a sidearm — and who handles it with a seasoned manner — Jake feels a punch near his hip from another Schofield bullet, just before he squeezes off his first shot. Richardson’s ball strikes the man square in the left shoulder but he stands tall, taking only a short step backward. No use in further wondering whether the Celestial has the sand. Much like every one of the boo how doy Jake had faced — from the alleyways in Chinatown to the rocky point to this here deafening Tong cave — this highbinder showed no signs of backing down. Each man targets and pulls his weapon’s trigger a second time and both men experience a different kind of blow. The kind where the hammer clicks but the charge merely whispers.

The lawman continues to struggle with the hatchet-wielding highbinder. Despite plugging the warrior a few times, JEB has not been able to dispatch him. The boo how doy swings repeatedly, missing before Beauregard fires the Smith & Wesson again, directly into the Chinaman's gut. Somehow, the hatchetman fights on, even as the lawman can feel the stickiness of the man’s blood during the inevitable body contact during this close combat. The highbinder makes contact with the edge of his weapon, cutting into the lawman's left arm; not deeply, but cut after cut can wear a man down. Even a man as tough as Beauregard.

The wrangler, still gripping one of the Celestial’s hatchets with seemingly no intent to use it as anything other than a talisman, stabs with his knife at the highbinder. Consumed with vengeance, Cole has no idea whether his attempts to move have helped the professor’s aim. He knows that ENS has continued to fire but he has no time for assessing any results. In fact, a wave of energy runs from his head and down his spine as he sticks the highbinder with his blade — while his mind had barely registered the fact that his opponent had cut him again with the hatchet just a moment earlier. Now, as the professor steadies himself and discharges another round from the Schofield — which misses wildly and even gives Travis Sunday cause to dodge — time seems to slow for the space of two heartbeats. Trayne feels blood dripping along his left arm and onto the hatchet. He sees and feels the boo how doy fall into him and then slide to the cavern floor, lifeless or least near it.

The gunslinger stands in place, not wanting to fire into melee. Travis looks to where he saw movement behind Jake. It appears to be some kind of curtain drawn to a large rock wall, now that Sunday gives it his attention. There are no enemies in front of hit, but possibly behind it. The gunslinger involuntarily ducks as a bullet flies overhead, coming from the professor’s area. His attention drawn there, Travis witnesses Cole’s opponent’s fall.

The survivalist turns and moves deliberately into the main cavern, veering to the right of Travis and towards the tunnel to the east. While moving, Artemus reorients himself the battle, seeing JEB, Cole, and the professor engaged in combat just beyond Travis. And as he reaches a position parallel to Sunday, Carson sees the rifleman they call Jake engaged in a point-blank gunfight with a Celestial firing a pistol. The warrior has at least partial cover from the dais in the middle of the cavern.

OOC: Another round of combat.
The Judge made some flawed or repetitive rolls, but he was tracking each one as it happened and all adjudication is clear.
JEB was hit for 6 points and must make secondary save against poison from the shuriken 10 rounds ago
Cole was hit for 5 points.
Jake was hit for 7 points
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:36, Wed 22 Nov 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1327 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:06
Wed 22 Nov 2017
at 18:15
  • msg #904

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 903):

Jake grunted as more lead slammed into him, this time punching him in the hip. For a moment the Texan thought that his leg might buckle, but he locked his hip and stayed on his feet. He could see enough through the roiling gun smoke to tell that the heathen had also stood his ground -- it seemed that both men were digging in their heels and gritting their teeth, determined to see this face-off through to the end.

~This ol' boy's pretty tough,~ Jake thought to himself, giving the Devil his due, ~an' he's a right fair hand with that Schofield he's totin'.~

The Texan fired two more shots in quick succession, but didn't feel especially confident that either one had hit. ~Take your damned time!~ he mentally chided himself.

OOC:

Full-Round Action: 12:56, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 15 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 3. Ranged Attack (1st Shot, Full-Round Action).

12:58, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 3 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 1,3. Action Point.

Total Attack Roll: 18

12:58, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 12 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 1,10. Damage.

12:57, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 10 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 3. 2nd Shot (Full Round Action).

Notes: Damn. The Dice-Roller has gone cold. Hope that it treats the BHD just as badly! :)

Jake has one round left in this magazine.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1290 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Wed 22 Nov 2017
at 22:08
  • msg #905

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 903):

ENS sees Cole's opponent fall and yells his encouragement.

Well done Cole! Sorry I didn't help more!

He looks around and sees Jake engaged with the BHD behind the podium... He heads to the other side of the podium while changing guns.

Free action: Yell at Cole
Move action1: Move to west side of podium (~25ft)
Move action2: Draw Colt, holster Schofield

OOC: ENS will seek a firing position on Jake's opponent without putting Jake in the crossfire (seems doable per the map). He'll be able to fire next round right?
This message was last edited by the player at 22:09, Wed 22 Nov 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2804 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 22 Nov 2017
at 23:42
  • msg #906

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 903):

Travis see his trio of friends surrounding the last of the slavers. He looks to Jake and moves towards him rifle at the ready.

Move Action: move 1x northest.

Attack Action: Ready action. If anyone shows himself, from behind the curtain or rock column shoot.

If needed...

Travis Sunday rolled 33 using 1d20+13.  Spencer Attack #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 27 using 1d20+13.  Confirm Critical.
Travis Sunday rolled 27 using 4d10.  Damage (including Crit).

Artemus Carson
player, 1291 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Thu 23 Nov 2017
at 14:42
  • msg #907

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 903):

Whoever these fellas are, they're putting up a fight.

Free Action: Look down the opening as I go by.
Move Action: Move forward and to the right to a point against the wall just past the opening on the right.
Attack Action: Fire at the partially obscured man engaging Jake.


09:41, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 17 using 2d6+7.  Damage.
09:41, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 13 using 1d20+7.  Fire Colt.


OOC: Profanity redacted.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:48, Mon 07 May 2018.
Cole Trayne
player, 2089 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 25 Nov 2017
at 05:06
  • msg #908

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 903):

As his opponent falls to the ground, a look of grim satisfaction appears on Cole's face. Although clearly consumed by vengeance, he has not completely lost his mind. Cole coldly decides it would be wise, and somewhat satisfying, to be sure the man is dead.

Free Action: None
Move Action: In order to make it as difficult as possible for a disguised attack to succeed, Cole approaches the body from the topside.
Attack Action: Without taking his guard down, the wrangler aggressively plants his axe firmly into the man's chest.

Afterwards, he quickly scans the body to see if anything useful might be found. His primary interest is weaponry, but he keeps his mind open to anything else that might prove useful.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:15, Sat 25 Nov 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1774 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sun 26 Nov 2017
at 01:00
  • msg #909

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 903):

JEB stands his ground with a third round finding its target.

Free: Fort Save 21
Move: none
Combat: Attack S&W 27; damage 4
Judge Messalen
GM, 4688 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 26 Nov 2017
at 01:52
  • msg #910

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Three of the heroes go on the move.

The professor eyeballs a path to a position where he believes he will be able to fire upon the highbinder shooting it out with Jake, from the other side of the podium. Out of necessity to achieve his position, ENS moves past JEB and one of the highbinders, inserting himself into the crossfire from the lawman’s Schofield. Fortunately, Beauregard’s aim is true, as he stands his ground against two more swings of the hatchet before burying another piece of lead in the Celestial’s gut. This time, as ENS finds the best position he can muster in a matter of seconds in order to avoid putting himself into Jake’s crossfire, the lawman’s bullet takes down the boo how doy. JEB’s guess is that the Chinaman is destined to bleed out.

The gunslinger, Spencer at the ready, starts a deliberate move towards Richardson’s position. A moment later, the survivalist dashes to a position against the wall just past the eastern tunnel opening. Sensing that Art's intent is to move and fire, the gunslinger pauses his movement for a moment to ensure that he avoids stepping into Carson’s line of sight. The survivalist puts his back to the cavern wall, and then aims and fires his Colt; he misses wide of his intended target — and the gunslinger commends himself for pausing before reaching the spot he had wanted. Travis sees what he believes is movement behind the curtain to the north, but he sees no distinct targets.

All three of those men who had moved had also witnessed the gunfire being exchanged between the rifleman and the last highbinder. Astoundingly, neither of the combatants manage to hit the other.  Despite the advantages of point blank range expertise with their respective weapons, both men fail to dispatch the other after even several rounds of ammunition have been discharged. Jake recognizes the tell tale sign of a dud misfire in his opponent’s weapon as he himself hits the platform with his second shot. Having dodged bullets and experiencing the betrayal of his revolver, the boo how doy drops the Schofield.

As all of this occurs, the wrangler performs what some easterners might call a coup de grace, depositing a hatchet into the Celestial’s thorax. He seems oblivious to whatever might be going on around him, ignoring the professor and instead beginning to search his enemy. He knows the man has a hatchet, but it will take a few seconds to determine what else of interest might be on the dead highbinder’s person.

OOC: Another round of combat actions, please. The only remaining highbinder is the one that has been shooting it out with Jake -- and who has just dropped his hogleg.
Incredibly, the Judge rolled a 2 and a 1 for that Celestial's full attack this round. Three misfires rolled by that NPC in this combat (all duds).
JEB made the saving throw.
Coup de Grace is a full-round action. Cole cannot take anything from the body this round. He must state next round if he is spending time doing that (or state different actions).
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:56, Sun 26 Nov 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1291 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 26 Nov 2017
at 22:20
  • msg #911

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 910):

ENS stops and takes aim at the BHD shooting at Jake.

Free action: none
Move action: none
Attack action: fire Colt at BHD

15:17, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 24 using 1d20+8.  Colt attack, point blank.
15:18, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 6 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 6,5.  AP for attack.
Total attack = 30
15:19, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 4 using 2d4+1, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 3,3.  Colt damage, point blank.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1775 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 27 Nov 2017
at 02:44
  • msg #912

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 910):

JEB holsters the pistol, picks up his spencer and moves northeast trailing behind Ringgenberg.

Free: none
Move: 1x speed movement
Combat: reload rifle
Travis Sunday
player, 2805 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 27 Nov 2017
at 12:49
  • msg #913

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 910):

Not wanting to walk through a crossfire and seeing from the visage of his companions that the battle continues.  Travis stands and waits.  Rifle at the ready.
Jake Richardson
player, 1329 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Mon 27 Nov 2017
at 14:40
  • msg #914

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Through clouds of drifting gun smoke, Jake saw the Perfesser moving into position to help finish off the heathen who had been trading shots with the Texan, who considered it a backhanded sort of good luck that the other man's luck seemed to be running as cold as his own. The easterner was soon ready and fired a shot from his revolver, and it appeared to Jake that the Perfesser's aim was true.

The rifleman had been mentally keeping track of the cartridges in the magazine of his Spencer, and he knew that he had one round left. ~Best I make it count,~ he thought to himself, even as he fired the final round at his foe.

Then, in a smooth, well-practiced motion, he pulled the empty magazine from his carbine and slid in a pre-loaded one that held another seven cartridges.

OOC:

Attack Action: 09:25, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 28 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 16. Ranged Attack (Spencer Carbine).

09:31, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 4 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 3,4. Action Point.

Total Attack Roll: 32

09:26, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 14 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 9,4. Damage.

Move Action: Replace empty magazine with a pre-loaded one.

Notes: I think that Jake's original Attack roll would most likely have hit the BHD, but I threw in an Action Point to make sure.

Jake's Spencer now has seven rounds in the magazine.

Edit: Cleaned up a little sloppy writing. No substantive changes.

This message was last edited by the player at 15:04, Mon 27 Nov 2017.
Artemus Carson
player, 1292 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Tue 28 Nov 2017
at 03:26
  • msg #915

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 896):

Like the gunslinger, Art lacks an obvious target and doesn't want to find himself in the cross fire. His Colt at the ready, and eyes on the curtain another forty feet ahead; Artemus advances ten feet along the wall.
Cole Trayne
player, 2090 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 28 Nov 2017
at 03:37
  • msg #916

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 910):

Free Action: None
Move Action: Search the body
Attack Action: None
Judge Messalen
GM, 4691 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 29 Nov 2017
at 14:27
  • msg #917

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Jake Richardson, who had been counting his shots, hopes to make this last round of the cartridge count. The rifleman pulls the carbine’s trigger, aiming and hitting the boo how doy who seems intent on dodging bullets, at least for the moment. Meanwhile, ENS Ringgenberg —who had achieved the position he desired in order to fire at the highbinder without endangering Jake — aims and fires his smoke wagon in the space of a single heartbeat following the report from Jake’s Spencer.

The rifleman’s bullet buries itself in the central folds of the highbinder’s robe. The Texan is sure that his shot found flesh and did damage, but he doesn’t witness any specific effect through the now voluminous clouds of smoke. The professor’s bullet passes over the highbinder’s head as he ducks and then begins to move over the podium and towards Cole Trayne. The highbinder isn’t running, but he moves with an obvious intent to evade gunfire, catching at least a few of the men unprepared for such a tactic.

The wrangler himself had no idea that the only remaining boo how doy was approaching. His mind remains fixed with rage, although not madness. Trayne crouches to search the body, putting one hand almost immediately on a knife hilt, in a hip sheath underneath the black robe. The wrangler also feels a small object inside the folds of the man’s robe, but so far hasn’t discovered an opening to reach in and extract the object. Now, at the last moment, Cole catches a glimpse of the moving highbinder quite near, and  just slightly behind.

The lawman had focused his mind on his weapons, after dispatching the highbinder at his feet. Holstering the revolver, Beauregard locates and picks up his carbine. In his mind’s eye, he plans to move toward the professor’s position — his eyes follow that thought, glancing at ENS as the remaining highbinder begins to move. JEB turns his head to witness the enemy now several feet away, about to pass between himself and Cole, who is crouching low to search the body of his fallen foe.

It would be a stretch to say that Travis Sunday was surprised by the evasive movement of the boo how doy being fired upon by Jake and the professor. The gunslinger himself knows that a swift hombre can evade a bullet if he keeps his wits about him and understands the circumstances. Nonetheless, even though both of the men’s shots appeared to be well aimed, Travis sees the enemy make his move, scrambling over the dais through the billowing gun smoke and deftly advancing towards Cole’s position. The gunslinger has line of sight — and may continue to have it as the man moves — although Cole and JEB are both in proximity of the highbinder, making any targeting less certain.

Artemus Carson had missed with his previous shot from the re-loaded hogleg. Realizing he lacked an obvious viable target, the survivalist focuses his attention on the curtain ahead. Carson begins to move forward, slowly, keeping to the wall while advancing slightly ahead of Travis, as measured from south-to-north in the cavern. As he stops at his desired position, Art takes notice of the highbinder now moving to his left and approaching Cole Trayne. The survivalist believes he has a line of sight — at least for a moment or two — but if the enemy continues to move, either Cole or Travis could easily end up between Carson’s Colt and the highbinder.

OOC: Another round of combat.
Jake hit. ENS missed. it might be hard to believe that a 30 would miss, but all mods included as per the Judge’s knowledge for that specific set of circumstances, it does. Jake’s roll was higher, but, more importantly, the highbinder didn’t have the cover bonus against the rifleman.
None of the PCs are flat-footed. They all saw what the Celestial did in the last few seconds and where he is now as new actions are being declared (to be clear--he is the purple-outlined chit on the map). The highbinder is using all of his experience, skills, and feats to survive — the timing of his move was fortuitous (for him) based on PC actions. The Judge had already decided what he would do, once he dropped his misfiring S&W at the end of the previous round. He is not magical, he is simply high level, has a strong defense modifier, as well as circumstantial modifiers in his favor (including cover against the professor’s shot). As some PCs know, a regular defense modifier in the teens isn’t unfathomable. Adding other modifiers (cover, defense actions) to such a score means it can be powerful difficult for some men to be hit.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1776 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 30 Nov 2017
at 03:14
  • msg #918

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 917):

Catching sight of the oriental running in Cole’s direction, JEB drops the rifle again and moves to intercept. He draws the handgun and fires a volley.

Free: none
Move: 1x speed and draw pistol
Combat: attack s&w 22+4 AP=26; damage 8
Artemus Carson
player, 1293 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Thu 30 Nov 2017
at 05:10
  • msg #919

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Art notices the highbinder - now moving - and in that moment Art fires.

Attack action: Shoot Colt
23:56, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 8 using 1d20+7.  Fire Colt.


OOC: guessing I can skip damage...



14:40, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 8 using 1d20+3.  Misfire.

21:20, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 8 using 2d6 with rolls of 3,5.  Using AP to attempt to mitigate misfire outcomes. .

This message was last edited by the player at 02:24, Sat 02 Dec 2017.
Jake Richardson
player, 1330 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Fri 1 Dec 2017
at 02:15
  • msg #920

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 917):

Jake was surprised when the heathen moved away from him and closed with Cole -- the Texan had seen his foe drop his pistol, and has expected the man to pull a hatchet and close with him.

Jake took a step towards the heathen's new position, sighted, and fired. He snarled a curse as the hammer clicked on yet another misfire, worked the lever to eject the faulty cartridge, then fired again. The Texan felt confident that his second shot had struck his target, although he was unsure of how much damage it had inflicted.

OOC:

Free Action: Jake will take a five-foot step, moving diagonally to the southwest.

Full Round Action:  15:49, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 13 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 1. Ranged Attack (1st Shot, Full-Round Action).

15:52, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 30 using 1d20+12 with rolls of 18. Concentration Check (Misfire): DC 15.

15:53, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 27 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 20. 2nd Shot (Full Round Action).

15:54, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 19 using 1d20+7 with rolls of 12. Critical Hit Confirmation.

20:59, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 5 using 2d6, dropping the lowest dice only with rolls of 2,5. Action Point (Apply to Critical Hit Confirmation).

Total for Critical Hit Confirmation: 24.

21:01, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 17 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 9,7. Damage.

21:02, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 16 using 2d10+1 with rolls of 7,8. Critical Hit Damage (If Applicable).

Notes: Based upon my reading of the map, it looks like after Jake takes his five-foot step towards his target, he will be within 30 feet. It is close, however, and if the Judge disagrees, one point should be deducted from Jake's Damage and Critical Hit Confirmation rolls, due to the fact that he will not be entitled to the Point Blank Shot bonus.

The magazine in Jake's Spencer now contains five cartridges.

Cole Trayne
player, 2091 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 1 Dec 2017
at 03:36
  • msg #921

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 917):

Although anger still clouds his mind, using his knife to relieve the man beneath him of his life, has curiously helped to restore a bit of reason to the wrangler. Still holding the obscured small object found on the dead man, he notices a new enemy approaching, despite the insistent attacks of his friends. As Cole quickly turns to face his new attacker, he quickly slices a generous amount of the fabric concealing the object in an attempt to free it. Whether he succeeds or fails at obtaining the unknown object, Cole assumes a fighting stance, deliberately assuming a position between the dead man and his new foe. Not wanting to hinder his friends' attack, he allows the chinese man to come to him,  allowing them every opportunity to have a clear field of fire.

Should the man close within hand-to-hand combat distance, Cole will vigorously defend himself.

Free Action: None
Move Action: As stated in the above narrative
Attack Action: To hit: 28 (natural 20). Critical Confirmation: 28 (natural 20). Damage: 11 (double damage)

Per ruling: Attack of Opportunity: To hit: 28 (natural 20). Critical Confirmation: 17+4AP=21. Damage: 5 (double damage)
This message was last edited by the player at 03:52, Sat 02 Dec 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2806 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 1 Dec 2017
at 12:57
  • msg #922

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 917):

Travis watches with surprise as the Celestial runs into the crossfire of... everyone.

His line of fire being crowded with friends, Travis does nothing.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1292 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 3 Dec 2017
at 20:10
  • msg #923

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 917):

ENS was shocked when he missed, his bullet passing squarely where the Chinaman was. But seeing that the man was headed straight into the deadliest men he had ever known, and being wary of shooting into that crowd, ENS decides to investigate the curtained area where presumably Mr. Lu disappeared into.

Free action: Think to himself There goes a dead man...
Move action: Move towards curtain.
Attack action: None.

OOC: I was of a mind to have ENS think "Damn hamster!", but thought it might be out of character (maybe more appropriate for someone like Travis)! ENS will head to the curtain just to the right of the left pillar; I figure it'll take this turn to get there since he's being a little cautious (i.e., not running there).
Judge Messalen
GM, 4693 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 4 Dec 2017
at 14:36
  • msg #924

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Travis Sunday stands in place watching for another several seconds as the highbinder moves through the crossfire. The gunslinger refrains from firing, with at least two of his pards in proximity to the fleeing boo how doy. He did not question his decision to hold fire, especially after his eyes had taken in the rapid succession of events.

The highbinder continues his measured movement. He doesn’t run, he moves with purpose while using his agility to evade attacks. Or at least in an attempt to evade attacks, which proves a onerous task.

As the boo how doy is passing by Cole Trayne, the wrangler reacts. First, he slashes wildly and feebly at the fallen enemy’s cloak, thinking he might cut the garment and maintain possession of the item he had felt inside the robe’s folds. Trayne quickly understands that cutting the garment for such an outcome is beyond the time he is willing to spend, as he instead turns to exact further vengeance on the remaining highbinder. Raising to full height, the wrangler turns to engage the passing Celestial. Cole slashes with the knife as the highbinder dodges and continues his path to the southwest.

Feeling his knife stick his opponent’s side, Cole sees his pard JEB moving as well, just five or ten feet behind the enemy. The lawman had dropped his carbine and pulled the Schofield, firing it at the highbinder who continues to move despite being attacked by Cole Trayne. JEB cannot help but feel a pang of disgust as he sees the highbinder dodge the bullet — even though it appears Cole’s knife has bitten into the man’s side — and then grit his teeth as it appears, through the gun smoke, that the bullet has hit Cole Trayne’s left leg. The fact doesn’t deter the lawman from his chosen action (aside from a momentary pause), as it is clear that the bullet hasn’t taken down the wrangler, and so JEB continues his movement, hoping to intercept the Celestial.

The wrangler, for himself, feels a punch in his leg as the highbinder continues to move and evade. It doesn’t occur to Cole what that feeling might be, as he remains focused on his immediate opponent, stabbing again with the knife and slicing narrowly into the man’s left arm.

Also, like everyone else, Cole fails to hear the report from Jake’s Spencer. Nor does Trayne realize that it was the rifleman’s second shot this round. Jake had taken a deliberate step forward to provide himself the best possible range. Determined to take down the highbinder, who had surprised Jake with his tactics, Richardson pulls the carbine’s trigger and feels the empty click that must have been another dud. Taking another breath as he chambers another round, Jake fires again and this time he is sure his aim is true, striking the highbinder in his right shoulder — and narrowly missing the wrangler in the process. Although Cole didn’t hear the shot, he sees the result as the highbinder breaks away, undismayed by the attacks he has had to suffer during the execution of his measured actions. The wrangler sees a splatter of blood from the highbinder’s shoulder, as he and JEB continue to move towards the tunnel from which the heroes had entered more than two minutes ago.

Carson, positioned by the east wall, sees the boo how doy moving southwest. He aims his Colt as his old pard Cole engages with a knife and JEB fires his own hogleg while pursuing the fleeing Celestial. Seeing the possibility for a shot, even though Travis and Cole impede an open line of sight, Artemus pulls the revolver's trigger. Nothing. Even if the hammer had clicked, Art couldn’t have heard it, still deafened like everyone else from the echoing gunfire of the last minute, but Carson knows his aging weapon well enough to have felt it malfunction. Fortunately, perhaps, the survivalist quickly realizes that the cylinder is jammed. Not hopelessly, there is no reason to believe the weapon can’t be repaired. Nonetheless, he knows it will take time to clear the jam — not to mention a little luck — in the middle of a battle. It’s possible that the weapon will need to spend some time on a gunsmith’s bench. Art faces a choice: try to clear the jam, or eschew the revolver in order to take some other action.

The professor, reacting a little more slowly than most of his pards during the entire battle, leaves the fate of the boo how doy — probably one of the leaders based on the results of battle to this moment— to his deadly pards. ENS turns to the north, moving towards the curtain where he believes Lu Heng Bo has gone previously. In fact, as he approaches, he sees the body of a fallen highbinder, lending some credence to his suspicions about Lu’s activities. Ringgenberg reaches the stone pillar, to which the curtain is affixed. The section of the cave is the most dimly lit. ENS finds himself straining to see any details around — or behind — the curtain, but he cannot make out anything but the dark fabric itself as he stops less than five feet away.

JEB finds himself just two steps behind the fleeing boo how doy, who has moved within ten feet of the tunnel to the rabbit hole. Having to maneuver through or over dead bodies made it impossible for JEB to cut him off, but the lawman remains quite close. Travis and Jake can see the highbinder near the tunnel, but Cole and JEB are in between. Each man behind Beauregard must make yet another immediate calculation as to whether firing is worth the risk to his pards.

OOC: Another round of combat actions.
Cole was hit by JEB for 8 points.
Cole hit twice; Jake hit once. The highbinder is still moving. Cole got an AoO against the highbinder as a result of the move out of the threatened area. Cole couldn't pursue, as per his stated actions. He got in attacks (including the bonus AoO) but couldn't stop the opponent from moving.
Art's revolver has jammed. It will require 4 full-round actions to fix, with either a Dexterity check or a Repair check. (The number of misfires in this battle has made things interesting -- for both sides).
Art must make another Fort save for the secondary effects of the poision he was hit with 10 rounds ago.
Jake Richardson
player, 1331 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Mon 4 Dec 2017
at 20:14
  • msg #925

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 924):

~Reckon that rascal mayhaps has found us a mite too tough of a nut to crack, an' he's of a mind to skedaddle,~ Jake thought to himself as he caught sight of the heathen who had been engaged in a shootout with him, seemingly weaving his way towards the mouth of the tunnel that the Texan knew to lead towards the rabbit-hole entance.

If the heathen truly was of a mind to flee the battlefield, Jake wasn't about to waste any more lead on him. Plus, the Texan wasn't at all sure  that he wouldn't hit one of his pards if he fired at the highbinder.

A few moments earlier, Jake had seen ENS though the clouds of gun smoke, firing his pistol at the same man whom the Texan had been shooting at. Now Jake turned his head to see where the easterner had gone and spotted him a ways off, looking like he maybe could use a gun hand to lend some support.

Given the ringing in his own ears, Jake knew that calling out to his pards most likely wouldn't be heard, so he simply turned on his heel and made his way to the Perfesser's side, touching ENS lightly on the shoulder as he came up behind him so as to alert  the man of his presence.

OOC:

Move Action (converted from Attack Action): I figure that Jake was first focusing on the BHD at whom he had been shooting, and that turning to spot ENS would take at least a Move Action -- maybe even a Full Round Action (I'll defer to the Judge on this issue).

Move Action: Assuming that Jake's previous action was not a full round action, he will move 25 feet to the northwest, so that he ends the round standing by ENS's side.

Notes: Jake did not fire this round, so there are still five cartridges in his carbine's magazine.

If the Judge rules that Jake's turning his attention from the BHD to ENS is a full-round action, I'll edit the IC post accordingly. As the post is currently written, Jake is moving to join ENS.

This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 03:44, Tue 05 Dec 2017.
Cole Trayne
player, 2093 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Tue 5 Dec 2017
at 02:07
  • msg #926

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 924):

Cole glances at his leg, observing the damage he suffered from friendly fire. His gratifying, yet regrettably non-lethal, attack on the fleeing enemy bandit seems to have largely expended the remaining remnants of his vengeance-fueled anger.

As reasoned calm slowly returns to his mind, he remembers the object on the dead man. Using his knife, the wrangler renews his effort to carefully free the small object from it's hiding place. Simultaneously, he takes care not to overlook anything else of interest on the body.

Free Action: Looking at his leg wound...Reckon that's going to leave a mark...
Move Action: Crouch down to search the body, being sure to stay extra low in the event some of the others decide to take more shots at the fleeing BHD, despite the obvious and clearly apparent risks.
Attack Action: Search the body as previously described.
Travis Sunday
player, 2808 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 5 Dec 2017
at 12:40
  • msg #927

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 924):

Jesus Mary and Joseph. Travis sees the highbinder making for the tunnel. That would be bad he thinks. Overcoming his instinct to withhold fire until his lines are completely clean, Travis instead trusts his skill.  He tracks the runner; fires once; levers another bullet into the chamber; and fires again.

Free Action: Curse
Move action: None
Attack Action: Full attack

Travis Sunday rolled 23 using 1d20+13.  Spencer Shot #1.
Travis Sunday rolled 9 using 2d10.  Spencer damage.

Travis Sunday rolled 26 using 1d20+8.  Spencer Shot #2.
Travis Sunday rolled 15 using 2d10.  Spencer Damage #2.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1294 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 7 Dec 2017
at 01:39
  • msg #928

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 924):

ENS pauses before the curtain, then grabs it and pulls it aside without entering. He looks into the area and yells in Chinese while being ready for anything that may emerge.

Your leader has fled! Come out and surrender and you will be spared!

He also notes Jake approaching, grateful for the support.

Free action: yell in Chinese
Move action: pull aside curtain
Attack action: full defense
James E. Beauregard
player, 1777 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 7 Dec 2017
at 03:31
  • msg #929

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 924):

JEB was about to yell for Cole to get out of the way but holds his tongue as the wrangler kneels. JEB takes deliberate steps in pursuit of the hbd and fires a fifth round.

Free: n/a
Move: 1x movement
Combat: attack handgun 25+3 AP=28; damage 5
This message was last edited by the player at 03:34, Thu 07 Dec 2017.
Artemus Carson
player, 1295 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Thu 7 Dec 2017
at 14:10
  • msg #930

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 924):

"Oh my!" Attemus says, stretching the words and for no ones benefit but his own.

Holstering the pistol, he prepares to switch to his carbine.

OOC: Profanity redacted.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:51, Mon 07 May 2018.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4698 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Fri 8 Dec 2017
at 03:16
  • msg #931

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Being closest to the fleeing highbinder, the lawman from Missouri has to make an immediate choice. Yelling at Trayne would have been pointless — no man in this cavern can hear anything more than a faint ringing in his ears, like church bells in a dream. Beauregard had lost count of his exact rounds of ammunition, but he gambles nevertheless, moving with the highbinder towards the tunnel and firing the Schofield yet again.

Of course, the lawman couldn’t have heard the weapon report from behind. JEB has no idea that Travis Sunday raises his carbine, sights and fires while the lawman moves. As it happens, the gunslinger frowns on the notion of this highbinder escaping. Despite the risks, Sunday fires twice. His first shot clearly dodged by the retreating boo how doy, as Travis sees chunks of rock and dust spray from the wall curving into the tunnel opening. Undeterred and still seeing time for a second shot before the enemy had turned the corner, the gunslinger discharges his weapon again.

JEB feels certain that his bullet hit the moving opponent. Nonetheless, the evasive Celestial continues to move. The lawman himself continues pursuit. Just before the highbinder navigates the turn, Beauregard feels a punch in his lower back. Damnation, the cigar-chomping sheriff, thinks. I have been hit. Meanwhile, Sunday himself has reason to utter a curse.

Cole Trayne returns his attention to the object on the dead highbinder. He feels a sudden sense of calm, even as his pard JEB continues to chase the boo how doy and others are moving about him. And even as the wrangler’s heart races from his success in stabbing his enemies with the knife — and cleaving the highbinder’s back with one of their own hatchets. Perhaps even for a moment, he understands their zeal in the hand-to-hand combat these Celestials seem to prefer over guns, at least for the most part. Hearing nothing going on around him, Cole crouches yet again and locates the object. Actually, now that he spends a few seconds, Trayne realizes that there is a small inner pocket. He is able to reach in and he finds not one, but two small glass vials. One is stoppered; the other is not.

Artemus Carson, still with his back to the eastern wall, curses and holsters the now useless Colt. The survivalist begins to unsling his carbine, seeing his pard Sunday aiming and firing his own carbine — and JEB moving with the highbinder, revolver ready. Moments later, Carson watches as the highbinder turns the corner of the tunnel, followed by the lawman. Out of the corner of his eye, he sees the man they call Jake moving toward the northern curtain.

Richardson saw no reliable line of sight against the Celestial who had plugged him with the Schofield. Estimating that he had a far better chance to hit Travis or JEB than to target the boo how doy, the rifleman turns his attention to the easterner. Jake moves to join the professor, just as Ringgenberg steps forward and grabs the curtain. Reaching the more shadowy area near ENS, the Texan sees the easterner shouting something. Jake has no idea what the professor meant to say.

ENS feels himself talking after he pulls aside the curtain, but he sounds far away even to his own ears. He takes in an odd scene in front of him, in a more dimly lit nook behind the curtain.

Perhaps two dozen young women — some girls — huddle together in this space. Actually, two of them are standing, and they hold strips of roughly hewn fabric. Two dead highbinders lay on the cavern floor less than ten feet from where the professor makes his entrance. Another boo how doy is on his side, bound tightly at his wrists and ankles and apparently still breathing. Five Chinamen also lay on their sides, bound like the highbinder, but also gagged with a strip of fabric. One of the five meets eyes with Ringgenberg. The professor senses intense fear. None of these five Chinamen wear the black robes of the hatchet men. Finally, standing in the midst of it all is Lu Heng Bo.

All of them turn toward the professor, drawn by the movement of the curtain. In that moment, ENS realizes that none of them could have possibly heard anything that he had just yelled. Mandarin, English or Gibberish . . . all the same after more than two minutes of deafening gunfire in the Tong Cave.

OOC: Another round of combat.
Art still needs to make the Fort Save from last round.
JEB hit the highbinder, who is still moving and is now in the tunnel. with JEB still just a couple of steps behind.
Travis hit JEB with his second shot. 15 grit damage to JEB (ouch)
As the Judge has stated several times, talking (even yelling) is impossible right now.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:17, Fri 08 Dec 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2809 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 8 Dec 2017
at 12:37
  • msg #932

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 931):

Travis surveys the cavern.  Seeing no threats, now that the last high-binder has exited, he moves to the ladder in the southern chamber to ensure there are no more surprises.

Move Action: 1x south.
Attack action: None.

James E. Beauregard
player, 1778 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 9 Dec 2017
at 01:48
  • msg #933

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 931):

JEB drops the empty Smith & Wesson and pulls a Remington strapped in a shoulder holster. Taking a few steps forward he aims down the barrels sight, cocks the hammer and watches the fleeing man.

Free: none
Move: 1x movement
Combat: none
Artemus Carson
player, 1297 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sat 9 Dec 2017
at 18:08
  • msg #934

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 931):

12:45, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 17 using 1d20+8.  Artemus fort save from last round.

Seeing the last enemy flee towards the rabbit hole Art thinks about securing the cavern. As Travis heads back to the room where they just were, Art imagines he is checking for potential problems there. And with a couple of compadres ahead to handle whatever is behind the curtain, Art turns his attention to the passage he just passed but wasn't successful seeing anything.

Art brings his carbine to bear;
And moves back to the opening on the east wall and peers in.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1296 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sat 9 Dec 2017
at 18:09
  • msg #935

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 931):

ENS takes a moment to take in the scene before him, then holsters his Colt and signs "thank you" to Lu Heng Bo, closed fist pressed to flat hand, with a slight bow.

Free action: take in scene
Move action 1: holster Colt
Move action 2: gesture
Cole Trayne
player, 2094 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 9 Dec 2017
at 20:18
  • msg #936

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 931):

Upon sensing more gunshots, the wrangler can only assume that his friends are attempting to stop the last of the enemy from escaping. As he is without any ready weapon that is currently capable of contributing to that particular goal, he can only silently wish them luck.

Returning his attention to the task at hand, he closely inspects the vials found on the body of the dead man. Instantly assuming he is handling poison, Cole takes extra care not to touch the contents of the vials.

Free Action: Reckon the professor might find these a might useful.
Move Action: After securing the vials, and ensuring nothing else is of interest on the body, Cole proceeds to move in the direction of the professor's position.
Attack Action: Renew the process of reloading his gun.
Jake Richardson
player, 1332 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Sun 10 Dec 2017
at 18:18
  • msg #937

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 931):

~Looks like the Perfesser struck pay dirt,~ Jake thought to himself as he took in the scene behind the curtain. He still couldn't hear much of anything, but it looked like the heathen who had led them to the rabbit-hole had done a good day's work. The Texan found himself wondering if the man had accomplished this all by himself, or if some of the girls had risen up against their captors and rendered aid when they had the opportunity.

Jake noted when ENS holstered his sidearm, then appeared to bow respectfully towards the helpful heathen. Since the rifleman could neither parlay in heathen, nor hear either heathen nor king's English at the moment, Jake silently nodded towards the heathen in a gesture of respect, one fighting man to another.

OOC:

Move Action: Take in the scene behind the curtain.

Attack Action (converted): nod to Lu Heng Bo.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4701 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Mon 11 Dec 2017
at 01:34
  • msg #938

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

James Beauregard drops his emptied revolver and pulls a pocket pistol as he continues to follow the fleeing highbinder. The lawman, choosing to hold his fire for the moment, watches the boo how doy move towards the rabbit hole entrance. The tunnel is darker than the cavern, as JEB knows from coming this way a few minutes ago. Nonetheless, as he remains within a couple of steps of his enemy, Beauregard keeps his opponent in sight. The end of the tunnel, with the entrance several feet above, is less than thirty feet away.

Inside the cavern, Travis Sunday moves to the south, intending to make his way back to the small cavern sectioned-off by the wood wall. The gunslinger moves deliberately, seeing one of the fallen boo how doy ahead on the cavern floor — the he had shot down the in earlier battle when he and Art had moved beyond the opening next to the wall. At this pace, Sunday expects to reach the spot he had held while reloading in another several seconds.

Artemus Carson moves along the cavern wall, back the way he had come roughly 30 seconds ago. The survivalist keeps his carbine ready, peering around the corner and into the cave opening he had passed earlier. This time, having time to get better view, Carson sees what appears to be another tunnel, opening wider than the one on the opposite side of the cave where he and his pards had entered this larger cavern and continuing to the east farther than Art can see. Additionally, although he knew there were two fallen highbinders at the tunnel entrance, he sees them more fully now. One is most definitely deceased, the other might be breathing, even though he appears to be unconscious. The butt of a Winchester rifle remains in the highbinder’s right hand, rifle end draped across his chest in what looks like the exact way it fell when the Celestial went down.

Jake and ENS continue to take in the scene behind the curtain, each man acknowledging the work of Lu Heng Bo. Neither man was certain how long Xu’s highbinder had been back there, but it was obviously long enough to secure the area. Richardson wonders whether the highbinder had help from some of the Chinese girls — and as they continue their work to secure the bindings on some of the Chinamen on the floor, it becomes clear that they were involved, although whether on their own initiative or at the instruction of Lu is yet to be confirmed. Lu Heng Bo himself moves closer to the two men, squeezing past the professor with a nod in return and looking out into the main cavern, as if trying to locate someone or something. In these few seconds, neither the rifleman nor the professor sees anything they hadn’t seen so far; they simply note a few additional details such as the fact that the young women have been gussied up a mite for whatever was going to transpire here before the heroes had burst in uninvited.

Cole Trayne remains where he was, continuing to search the dead highbinder with the hatchet buried in his torso. Actually, during his search, the wrangler bumps the hatchet and twists itself almost out it's current placement in the Celestial's body. A moment later, Trayne finds another interior pocket in the robe, with a few coins — a few pennies or maybe two-cent pieces and a quarter piece. Cole thinks to resume the reload of his Colt, before remembering that he had dropped it earlier when it jammed. Looking around, he doesn’t see it immediately. Certainly, he believes, he will be able to find it, but it might take another half-dozen or more seconds to locate it. And then, he’ll need to spend a little time trying to repair the jam before he can start any reload in earnest.

OOC: Another round of combat actions. Please continue to state a full round of actions, in the combat block form, for now. Things are still happening and so the Judge needs to track the activity in combat rounds at this time.
Cole needs to make another Fort Save for the secondary effects of the poison from 10 rounds ago.
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:37, Mon 11 Dec 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1779 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 11 Dec 2017
at 03:35
  • msg #939

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 938):

JEB maintains his position, pistol aimed, and continues watching the chinaman flee.

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: none
Cole Trayne
player, 2095 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 11 Dec 2017
at 05:08
  • msg #940

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 938):

As the money clearly holds no interest to him, Cole leaves it with the dead man and subsequently moves to join the professor and Jake. Upon reaching for his missing weapon, in a vain desire to reload it, a look of annoyance appears on his face when he realizes he abandoned it when it misfired.

Damn, where did I drop that thing? Hope that jam can be cleared...

Looking for his weapon, or any other useful gun, the wrangler makes an immediate detour to retrieve it.

Free Action: Speak
Move Action: As previously described
Attack Action: None
Travis Sunday
player, 2810 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 11 Dec 2017
at 13:26
  • msg #941

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 938):

Travis continues to the area with the ladder.

Move Action: 1x South-ish
Combat Action: Hold fire.  If BHD appears shoot.

Artemus Carson
player, 1298 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Mon 11 Dec 2017
at 21:05
  • msg #942

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 938):

The barrel of the Spencer lowers slowly through an arc until pointed at center-mass. Unable to think of reason not to administer a coup de gr̢ce, Art squeezes the trigger; as it begins to move - he relents, and curses himself for having done so. Barrel still pointed at the highbinders heart, Art kicks the Winchester out of his hand Рand out of his reach.

Standing with his left side to his foe and holding the rifle in his right hand, Art grabs the foot of the unconscious man and drags him back into the cavern.
Jake Richardson
player, 1333 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Tue 12 Dec 2017
at 00:16
  • msg #943

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 938):

Seeing nothing in the area behind the curtain that demanded his immediate attention, Jake was of a mind to wait for the Perfesser and their heathen ally to confer -- with the question of how the two men would communicate with one another, given the fact that everyone was at least temporarily hard of hearing, being a matter of passing interest to the Texan.

So as not to be totally at loose ends, Jake busied himself with changing out the nearly-full magazine of his Spencer for a totally-full one. The Texan wasn't entirely certain that the fighting had ended, after all.

With that thought in mind, and mindful of the fact that his former brigade of Texans could be taking on half of the Army of the Potomac in the cavern behind him and he most likely couldn't hear it, Jake turned and surveyed the situation.

OOC:

Move Action: Load in a fresh magazine (seven cartridges).

Converted Move Action: Turn and survey the situation in the cavern behind Jake and ENS.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1297 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Tue 12 Dec 2017
at 00:28
  • msg #944

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 938):

ENS motions to the young women to stay put, then turns to survey the cavern, keeping an eye on what Mr. Lu does while trying to clear his hearing.

Free action: motion to girls
Move action: turn to look over cavern
Attack action: none
Judge Messalen
GM, 4702 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 12 Dec 2017
at 15:26
  • msg #945

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Sheriff Beauregard stops in the tunnel, watching the boo how doy continue to the end, at the bottom of the rabbit hole. He aims the pocket pistol, but does not fire. The highbinder reaches the end of the tunnel, stopping and turning to face JEB. Neither man can see much detail at the dimly lit end of the tunnel, but each can see the other’s form clearly enough.

Artemus Carson aims his carbine, deciding whether to dispatch the unconscious highbinder. Finally, deciding against, the survivalist kicks the Winchester away and reaches down with his left hand to grab the highbinder’s foot, with the intention of dragging the body back into the cavern. As soon as he begins to pull, the boo how doy awakes but does nothing immediately other than attempting to resist Art's pulling, as it appears his mind is struggling to orient itself.

Travis Sunday continues his path to the opening by the wood wall. He passes through as he had before, Spencer at the ready, but he sees none but the two fallen highbinders that he and Art had dispatched earlier. The hatch above the ladder rungs hangs open, same as it was when the gunslinger had reloaded his revolvers.

Cole Trayne begins to move towards Jake and the professor, seeing that a highbinder is standing near them. It must be Mr. Xu’s man, as neither of the wranglers pards seem concerned. Remembering that he had dropped the Colt earlier, Cole stops and begins to search the ground for it. It doesn’t take long to find it and pick it up; just long enough to note that Lu Heng Bo has started to move towards the platform. The wrangler considers whether now is the time to attempt to release the jam.

Jake Richardson and ENS Ringgenberg stay at the curtain. The professor gestures to the Chinese women and girls, who already seem to understand the situation, probably from similar non-verbal instructions imparted by Lu Heng Bo. They remain huddled together, except for a few of the elder ones, who were helping Mr. Xu’s highbinder in the binding of the Chinamen. Meanwhile, Richardson replaces his carbine’s magazine. Then, both men turn to see Lu moving back into the main cavern area, towards the platform. He appears to be looking for something, or someone. He turns his head back to Jake and ENS, gesturing as if to ask about something that is missing while his lips move. But it is unclear to what he refers — and the men still can hear naught but the ringing in their ears, same as most everyone in the cavern.

To a man, each of the heroes begins to wonder whether he will ever hear anything else again.

OOC: Another round of combat actions (please use the standard action block format).
Cole still needs to make his Fort Save as per the Judge’s OOC note in #938.
Cole Trayne
player, 2096 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Wed 13 Dec 2017
at 02:29
  • msg #946

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Fort Save: 10+6AP=16

Frustrated that he is unable to understand the highbinder, the wrangler shrugs and continues to walk toward the professor and Jake. While crossing the cavern Cole makes an effort to determine if he is able to clear the jam in his weapon and reload.

Free Action: I hope this damn thing ain't broke.
Move Action: Attempt to fix weapon
Attack Action: None
This message was last edited by the player at 02:44, Wed 13 Dec 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2811 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Wed 13 Dec 2017
at 12:46
  • msg #947

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 945):

Up he goes. He shoulders the Spencer and as quietly as he can ascends the ladder.  He would have thought the gun battle would have made his job easier but his foot slips and he announces his presence to those above.

Move action 1: Shoulder Spencer
Move action 2:  Move silently up the ladder.

Travis Sunday rolled 14 using 1d20+13.  Move silently.


Edited: Misread Judge's Post
This message was last edited by the player at 12:37, Fri 15 Dec 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1780 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Thu 14 Dec 2017
at 00:28
  • msg #948

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 945):

JEB stands tall. He does not squeeze the trigger, but continues to aim while revealing a slight relaxation of the grip as a subtle indicator that he considers this fight at its conclusion. He watches and waits.

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: none
Jake Richardson
player, 1334 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Thu 14 Dec 2017
at 02:05
  • msg #949

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 945):

Even though Jake still couldn't hear worth a hoot, he could see just fine, and he took note of the fact that he didn't see any muzzle-flashes from elsewhere in the cavern. He took that to be a good sign, even though he didn't have a good line of sight on all of his pards.

Since the fighting seemed to have died down, the Texan turned to the Perfesser and shrugged his shoulders, meaning to signify that he didn't see any immediate problems that were demanding of his attention.

OOC:

Converted Attack Action: Survey as much of the cavern as Jake can glimpse from his vantage point.

Move Action: Turn to ENS and shrug.

Artemus Carson
player, 1300 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Thu 14 Dec 2017
at 18:47
  • msg #950

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 945):

Art never stops aiming at center-mass of his foe. He is very matter-of-fact in his motions.

Free action: drop foot by which Art was dragging him.
Move action: walk to the side of the man's head.
Attack action: Kick him in the side of his head to render him... cooperative.


13:47, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 7 using 1d20+1.  Kick to head.
Jake Richardson
player, 1335 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Fri 15 Dec 2017
at 17:06
  • msg #951

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 945):

OOC: Posting on behalf of ENS.

~Well, this is certainly exasperating!~ ENS thought to himself as Lu Heng Bo's words literally fell upon deaf ears. The easterner caught the highbinder's eye and pointed to his own ear, shaking his head negatively.

It did not seem to ENS that the Celestial women were in immediate need of assistance -- indeed, it appeared that they had things in their little corner of the cave well in hand. Giving Jake a "Let's go this way" motion with his head, ENS moved to join Lu Heng Bo, in the hope that he would be able to communicate with the man -- or he with them -- in some fashion.

OOC:

Move Action: Motion to Lu Heng Bo and to Jake.

Converted Attack Action: Move to join Lu Heng Bo.

Edit: Fixed minor typo.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:17, Fri 15 Dec 2017.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4708 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sat 16 Dec 2017
at 03:51
  • msg #952

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

JEB stands tall, watching the highbinder but taking no provocative action. The Celestial also stands tall, his back to the end-wall of the tunnel. Each of the men stare each at other for two heartbeats, neither moving, neither flinching. The lawman keeps aim with the pocket pistol, as the leader of the boo how doy turns towards the wall, places his right foot on a ledge — or a ladder rung or some manner of foothold — and pulls himself up towards the rabbit-hole entrance. Beauregard observes as the Chinaman lands with both feet atop the hole and then disappears into the night.

Travis Sunday moves towards the ladder rungs in opposite wall, stepping over the two dead highbinders. He pulls himself upward towards the open hatch, slipping momentarily and wondering whether he alerted anyone to his approach. Of course, he himself hears nothing. Over the years, the gunslinger had come to know the risks of gunfire on his hearing, but so far he had eluded any long-lasting effects. Now, the danger seems far too real, he thinks, as he reaches the top ladder rung and gets a glimpse through the hatch. It appears to be another tunnel — narrow and low-ceilinged, but a passageway nonetheless. He will need to pull himself up, completely, to enter the tunnel.

Cole begins the arduous task of repairing his Colt. He couldn’t hear anyone anyhow, the wrangler figures. Might as well accomplish something useful, assuming the hogleg wasn’t knocked into a cocked hat permanently.

Jake and ENS follow Lu Heng Bo as the warrior advances towards the podium. Mr Xu’s man pauses at the edge, just near the spot where the highbinder who had stood tall and exchanged gunfire with Richardson. As the professor and the rifleman catch up to Xu’s highbinder, Jake spies the Schofield that his opponent had fired before fleeing, now resting on the cavern floor just a foot or so from the platform. Both of the heroes see Lu turn to face them, a look of concern — or perhaps puzzlement — on his face. Xu’s man gestures with both hands palms upward, as he glances to his left and right. Lu then makes a motion with his left wrist, as if he were flinging a small object towards the professor. He shrugs and repeats the palms-up gesture.

Art senses the highbinder’s awakening. Dropping his hold on the Celestial’s foot, the survivalist takes a few steps, fixing to land a kick to the enemy’s head. His attempt falls short. The boo how doy rolls away, perhaps instinctively, after being abruptly revived, easily evading Carson’s attack. The highbinder remains in a prone position, now several feet away. And to Art’s eyes, the man is still disoriented. Definitely injured.

OOC: Please post another single set of combat round actions.
Cole has spent one of four required rounds to clear the jam. In the fourth round, if he continues to that point, he will need to make either a Dex check or a Repair check.
JEB has to make ANOTHER Fort Save against poison (good thing he’s a tough hombre) from the poison suffered ten rounds ago.
Jake and ENS may make a Wisdom check to aid in interpretation of Lu’s gestures, if desired. -2
Artemus Carson
player, 1301 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sat 16 Dec 2017
at 14:25
  • msg #953

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 952):

Art never stops aiming at center-mass of his foe. He is very matter-of-fact in his motions.

Free action: none
Move action: Position himself to deliver another kick to the head.
Attack action: Kick him in the side of his head.

09:24, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 9 using 1d20+1.  Kick to head.

Jake Richardson
player, 1337 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Sat 16 Dec 2017
at 16:05
  • msg #954

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 952):

Jake was now carrying his carbine leaning back against his right shoulder with the barrel pointing skyward, but with the index finger of his right hand still inside the trigger-guard.

The Texan had joined the Perfesser as the easterner walked over to join Mr. Xu's man, who was standing near the podium, not too far from where the other heathen and Jake had tried to shoot each other down.

The rifleman took note of their guide's expressions and gestures as he leaned over to pick up the discarded Schofield with his left hand.



OOC:

10:47, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 10 using 1d20. Wisdom Check re: Savvyin' Lu Heng Bo.

Move Action: Pick up Schofield.

Attack Action: None.

Cole Trayne
player, 2097 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Sat 16 Dec 2017
at 20:22
  • msg #955

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 952):

Cole continues his attempts to clear his gun jam as he walks towards the professor and Jake.


Free Action: None
Move Action: As stated
Attack Action: None
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1299 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 17 Dec 2017
at 04:28
  • msg #956

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 952):

ENS has a very bad feeling giving Mr. Lu's gestures and the previous explosive events... He gestures with palms falling (like the roof) and then a gesture implying "Now?"

21:28, Today: E.N.S. Ringgenberg rolled 16 using 1d20-2.  wisdom check.
This message was lightly edited by the player at 04:29, Sun 17 Dec 2017.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1781 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 18 Dec 2017
at 04:57
  • msg #957

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 952):

JEB holsters the Remington and retreats back into the larger cavern, picking up his firearms as he goes.

Free: none
Move: 1x movement
Combat: none

Fort Save 18
This message was last edited by the player at 04:58, Mon 18 Dec 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2813 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Mon 18 Dec 2017
at 12:31
  • msg #958

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 952):

Travis climbs back down the ladder and moves back to the larger chamber.

Move action 1: Climb down ladder
Move action 2: 1x into large chamber

Judge Messalen
GM, 4709 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Tue 19 Dec 2017
at 03:34
  • msg #959

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

JEB turns and retraces his steps through the tunnel back to the main cavern. He intends to pick up his dropped weapons along the way, first collecting the Schofield he dropped in the tunnel itself. He reaches the entrance, seeing Travis Sunday emerging at the same time from behind the wood wall to Beauregard’s right. The lawman will have to collect the carbine subsequently, as he had dropped it near the fallen highbinders with whom he had engaged before the boo how doy had moved through everyone’s crossfire, somehow managing to escape as result of the gambit.

Travis decides to descend the ladder to the small cavern floor, rather than lifting himself up into the tunnel he had found above the hatch. Once his feet touch the ground, he proceeds back the way he came, exiting this walled-in space and passing by the wood wall. Sunday spies Carson apparently engaged with a highbinder in the eastern tunnel, while JEB emerges from the western tunnel that leads to the rabbit hole. And ahead, the gunslinger sees Cole standing in place while Jake, ENS and Lu Heng Bo linger at the the platform.

Thinking at first that he could move towards his pards at the platform while attempting to clear the jam, Cole takes a step in that direction. One step is all it takes for the wrangler to realize that clearing the jam will require his undivided attention. So the wrangler stops, continuing his work on the Colt’s cylinder. It’s powerful jammed, Trayne knows, but he remains optimistic about getting it back to working order. At least, optimistic enough to halt his movement for the moment while focusing on the task.

Jake continues to observe the gestures of Lu Heng Bo and the Professor Ringgenberg, while picking up the enemy’s Schofield. Neither of their pantomimes resonate with the rifleman, at least not immediately. So far as Richardson can tell, neither the easterner nor the highbinder seem to be making any progress in understanding each other. Lu merely shrugs when ENS makes his foray into the non-verbal communication, as if he is befuddled by the professor’s falling palm’s motions, not to mention what ENS hoped to convey as “now.” In return, Xu’s man extends his left hand as if holding something between his thumb and forefinger — similar to what he had done several seconds ago — while pointing at the imaginary object with his right hand, as if in emphasis. And then the Chinaman repeats the movement he had demonstrated previously, as if flinging the imaginary object in his left hand — now gesturing in the direction of Cole Trayne — and then looking around as if trying to find something.

Artemus moves with the highbinder, aiming another kick but once again missing his target. The opponent proves far from defenseless, in fact, having now avoided the survivalist's boot for a second time, he scrambles to his feet and takes a defensive posture, facing Art. A smear of blood covers an ear and half the face of the boo how doy, oozing from a patch of sticky matted hair.

OOC: Another round of combat actions, please.
James E. Beauregard
player, 1782 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Tue 19 Dec 2017
at 03:53
  • msg #960

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 959):

JEB proceeds towards the congregation at the center of the cavern. He loads the pistol as he walks, holsters it when done and picks up the rifle along the way.

Free: none
Move: 1x movement
Combat: none
Travis Sunday
player, 2814 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 19 Dec 2017
at 13:10
  • msg #961

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 959):

Travis moves to the center of the cavern and watches for any movement from the south east and west entrances.

Move Action: 1x towards center
Attack Action: Hold action: If adversaries come through the observed entrances, shoot Spencer.

Artemus Carson
player, 1302 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Wed 20 Dec 2017
at 00:24
  • msg #962

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 959):

Art never stops aiming at center-mass of his foe, pulls the trigger. He wants the man dead.

Free action: Stands expressionlessly.
Move action: Aim at this enemy.
Attack action: Attempt to kill his foe.

19:23, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 25 using 1d20+7. Kill foe.

Jake Richardson
player, 1338 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Wed 20 Dec 2017
at 16:29
  • msg #963

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 959):

Although Jake still couldn't hear worth a hoot, he was pretty sure that muzzle-flashes from firearms would have drawn his eye in the same way that movement sometimes did -- and there hadn't been any while he had been standing with the Perfesser and Mr. Xu's heathen. Given that, the Texan was pretty sure that the fighting had died down, and the fact that he could see some of his pards strolling around had pretty well convinced him that the right side had won.

He dropped the Schofield that he had claimed as the spoils of war into a pocket of his leather duster and transferred his carbine into the crook of his left elbow, while still watching the heathen's attempts to communicate.

OOC:

Move Action:
Put Schofield into a pocket of his duster.

Converted Attack Action: Transfer carbine to crook of his left elbow.

11:23, Today: Jake Richardson rolled 7 using 1d20. Wisdom Check re: Savvyin' Lu Heng Bo.

E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1300 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Thu 21 Dec 2017
at 01:18
  • msg #964

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 959):

ENS purses his lips at Lu's gestures then, hoping against hope that the man can read English, he pulls out his notepad and pencil and writes "Looking for something?" and show's it to Lu.

Free action: watch Lu
Move action 1: get out pad and pencil
Move action 2: write message and show it to Lu
Cole Trayne
player, 2098 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Thu 21 Dec 2017
at 03:54
  • msg #965

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 959):

Although clearly hopeful that he might be able to clear the jam in his weapon, Cole decides that it might be a better idea to get the vials to the professor as soon as possible. Accordingly, he suspends work on his weapon so that he can prioritize getting to the professor. At that time, barring any further unpleasantness, he may have the opportunity to resume fixing his failed weapon.

Free Action: None.
Move Action: Move towards the professor.
Attack Action: None.
Judge Messalen
GM, 4711 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Thu 21 Dec 2017
at 13:47
  • msg #966

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Artemus Carson abandons his attempts to kick the highbinder. It hadn’t worked yet, and now the boo how doy was on his feet and aware of his surroundings. The survivalist discharges the carbine at close range, as his opponent goes on the move. The highbinder’s continued efforts to evade Carson’s attacks have kept him breathing since he was awoken — including now as Art believes his bullet has missed its target. Thinking he had an easy shot and not expecting to have to fire his Spencer a second time, Carson pauses before chambering the next round. It gives the highbinder time to move down the eastern tunnel. Art has a line of sight, for the moment, but the passageway ahead is only dimly lit from lamp light spilling in from the main cavern. The Celestial warrior could quickly move into the shadows.

Meanwhile, the other men converge on the platform that roughly marks the center of the main cavern. Travis Sunday is the only pard who can see the muzzle flash from Carson’s Spencer, as he moves to the north. He glances to his right and considers whether to add his carbine to Art’s, but there is no clear shot as the survivalist’s target is already slipping into the tunnel. Sheriff Beauregard moves to the general area where he had dropped his carbine while in pursuit of the now-escaped Celestial. He considers beginning to reload his revolver; however, he knows that will take his undivided attention for several seconds — and then he spots the carbine and decides to pick it up. Holding both firearms, JEB sees his old pard Cole Trayne arriving at the podium. The wrangler had paused his own attempt to clear the Colt’s, choosing to move instead, while keeping the revolver in hand and hoping to continue his repair attempt when closer to the professor. Cole reaches the edge of the platform, seeing his pards continuing their attempts to converse without the aid of words.

Jake Richardson continues to watch the professor and Lu as they gesture at each other. The rifleman begins to get an inkling of what Lu might be trying to tell them, but he holds his thoughts for the moment, preferring to let the easterner take the lead. As he drops the highbinder’s revolver into his duster's pocket, the Texan sees ENS Ringgenberg pulling out his trusty notepad, scribbling rapidly with his worn down pencil and then showing the script to the Chinaman.

Lu Heng Bo, who had paused to gather any reply from either Jake or ENS, reads the notepad. HIs eyes widen and he nods, grabbing the pencil and paper from the professor and writing in English just beneath . . . “Wen Fa Lu?”

OOC: At this stage, with Art still in combat mode with the highbinder in the east tunnel, we must continue round-by-round activity. Please state another single round of actions.
Art rolled twice in the die roller only stating only one attack — the Judge applied the first roll for adjudication (and alerted the player in PM as to the adjudication).
Artemus Carson
player, 1303 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Thu 21 Dec 2017
at 20:12
  • msg #967

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 966):

In that moment between heart beats...

Free action: Aim small, miss small.
Move action: Aim at this enemy.
Attack action: Fire at the fleeing highbinder.

15:11, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 13 using 1d20+7.  Fire at highbinder.
23:06, Today: Artemus Carson rolled 13 using 2d10+2.  Damage.

This message was last edited by the player at 04:07, Fri 22 Dec 2017.
Travis Sunday
player, 2815 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Fri 22 Dec 2017
at 12:30
  • msg #968

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 966):

Travis holds his ground and maintains his watch.


Move Action: 1x towards center
Attack Action: Hold action: If adversaries come through the observed entrances, shoot Spencer.

Jake Richardson
player, 1339 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Fri 22 Dec 2017
at 15:32
  • msg #969

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 966):

Jake was beginning to get an inkling of what the heathen who was attempting to parlay with the Perfesser was trying to get across to the two white men, although the Texan was a little unsure as to whether Mr. Xu's man was interested in finding the little flat disks that had been flung at the Perfesser, or the man who threw them.

Things became a little clearer when the Perfesser pulled out a notebook and he and the heathen took turns writing something down, causing Jake to crane his neck to look over the easterner's shoulder -- luckily, both men's comments were in English. Once the heathen wrote down what looked to be a name in response to ENS's question as to whether he was looking for something, Jake nodded.

Tapping the heathen lightly on the shoulder, Jake gestured towards the cave-side entrance of the tunnel that led to the rabbit-hole.

OOC:

Full Round Action:
Read ENS's and Lu Heng Bo's written comments and interact with Lu.

Cole Trayne
player, 2099 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Fri 22 Dec 2017
at 19:49
  • msg #970

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 966):

As Cole approaches close enough to the professor, to get his attention, he offers the vials he discovered on the dead celestial to him.

Free Action: None
Move Action: As stated
Attack Action: None
James E. Beauregard
player, 1783 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Sat 23 Dec 2017
at 01:06
  • msg #971

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 966):

JEB holsters the empty pistol and loads the Spencer while walking to the cavern center.

Free: none
Move: 1x movement
Combat: load Spencer
Judge Messalen
GM, 4713 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Sun 24 Dec 2017
at 16:13
  • msg #972

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

Artemus Carson aims and fires at the fleeing Chinaman. He misses another time with the carbine, seeing his shot bore into the tunnel wall. The highbinder moves out of sight, around a bend in the tunnel.

Lu Heng Bo responds immediately to Jake Richardson’s gesture toward the tunnel. Still holding the professor’s notebook and pencil, Xu’s man writes quickly, showing the page to the rifleman: “Gone?”

ENS Ringgenberg himself had paused, the ringing in his ears still reverberating and preventing anything being heard. He glances at Cole Trayne, who moves closer and proffers some small objects. ENS can’t be sure whether Cole said something to him. He just watches as the Chinaman scrawls in the notebook. Neither the professor, nor Jake, nor any of the other men converging on the platform can hear the weapon reports from Carson’s carbine in the east tunnel.

Travis Sunday and James Beauregard approach the platform, seeing Xu’s highbinder writing with a pencil in a notebook that looks like the professor’s. They cannot see the muzzle-fire from Art’s carbine — no one can from this part of the cave. JEB holsters the revolver and thinks to reload his carbine once he stops near Cole. Travis merely continues to observe, ready for any potential surprises.

OOC: Another single round of actions, please.
JEB can't load the carbine, while moving and holstering, that's three actions.
Travis posted what seemed to the Judge conflicting statements (narrative "holds his ground" vs action = move 1x). Travis hasn't responded to PM, so the Judge choose the movement as stated in action block.
Art cannot see the highbinder around the bend in the tunnel.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:22, Sun 24 Dec 2017.
E.N.S. Ringgenberg
player, 1301 posts
The young professor
D:19 G:29 MDT:14 A:13
Sun 24 Dec 2017
at 20:57
  • msg #973

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 972):

Not knowing thee fate of the man, ENS let's Jake respond. He looks over to towards the entrance Jake motioned to, looking to see if he can see the man's body.

Free action: look towards entrance
Move action: none
Attack action: none


OOC: Sorry for the delay... holidays and all!
Artemus Carson
player, 1304 posts
Gone walkabout, mate.
D:14 G:43 MDT:17 A:9
Sun 24 Dec 2017
at 23:27
  • msg #974

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 972):

Shaking his head, Art follows his foe around the bend, rifle at the ready.

Move Action: Follow
Free Action:
Never get out of the boat.
Attack Action: None
Cole Trayne
player, 2100 posts
D:18/15 G:53 MDT:12 A:24
Mon 25 Dec 2017
at 02:24
  • msg #975

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 972):

Clearly unable to return his attention to his busted weapon until he properly resolves the matter of the vials the wrangler patiently awaits for the professor to respond.

Free Action: None
Move Action: None
Attack Action: None
James E. Beauregard
player, 1784 posts
D:15 G:79 MDT:15 A:14
Mon 25 Dec 2017
at 18:46
  • msg #976

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 972):

Having reached the group gathered at the cavern center, JEB observes the written exchange between the Lu and the professor while reloading the rifle.

Free: none
Move: none
Combat: reload
Travis Sunday
player, 2816 posts
His art is death
D: 23 G:62/20 MDT:15 A:26
Tue 26 Dec 2017
at 16:41
  • msg #977

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 972):

Travis stands there keeping an eye on the southern three entrances to the cavern.
Jake Richardson
player, 1340 posts
Handy With A Rifle
D:24/23 G:32 MDT:17 A:05
Tue 26 Dec 2017
at 16:47
  • msg #978

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

In reply to Judge Messalen (msg # 972):

Upon reading the heathen's questioning message, Jake nodded in the affirmative. He pointed once again towards the cave-side entrance of the tunnel that led to the rabbit-hole entrance on the surface.

OOC:

Full-Round Action:
Communicate with Lu Heng Bo.

Judge Messalen
GM, 4715 posts
The Hangin' Judge
D:20 G:100 MDT:18 A:0
Wed 27 Dec 2017
at 18:42
  • msg #979

Re: Chapter 18: Shoot, Luke, or Give up the Gun

All of the heroes, sans Artemus Carson, have gathered around the platform.

Lu Heng Bo and Jake Richardson continue their written and non-verbal communication. The rifleman offers an affirmative nod to the Chinese hero's one-word written question. Xu's highbinder sighs deeply -- at least it looks that way, as no one can hear him -- shrugging and mouthing a word or two. Jake is fairly sure the words weren't directed at him; his impression was one of exasperation and perhaps the highbinder was uttering some form of Celestial curse. Lu then turns his attention back to the women and girls at the north end of the tunnel, although he doesn't move.

Meanwhile, Beauregard reloads his carbine and Sunday keeps watch over the three entrances to the cavern. The gunslinger sees nothing of interest. He also notes that he doesn't see Carson anywhere. The lawman completes the reload of the magazine, counting in his seven cartridges before sliding the magazine back in place.

Ringgenberg looks on as Richardson and Lu communicate. Despite Cole Trayne's stepping onto the podium and then proffering something in his extended palm, the professor seems to be ignoring the wrangler's attempt to pass along whatever the something might be. Or, ENS is simply too preoccupied by his loss of hearing -- not to mention the possibilities of what to do next -- that he hasn't registered Trayne's offer. Whichever, Cole dedication to his task doesn't waver -- he continues to hold his Colt in one hand while trying to get the professor's attention.

Artemus Carson moves forward into the east tunnel. He steps slowly and cautiously into the darkening passage, as the only light comes from the main cavern, spilling into the tunnel as it may. Art sees his own shadow ahead of him, as he advances roughly 30 feet, through a wide section and now into a part of the tunnel that narrows. Not far ahead -- maybe 20 or 30 more feet -- the tunnel continues to narrow further and it appears to jog sharply to the right at that point. So far, no sign of the fleeing Chinaman.

OOC: The Judge is suspending round by round posting, for now, for all except for Artemus; however, the Judge asks the other players to limit their stated actions until Art's situation is resolved. That is, at this time please don't post things that may put any given PC too far ahead of Art's round-by-round activity.
And remember that verbal conversation is still impossible.
The Judge is closing this chapter and opening the next.
Art didn't state a rate of movement. Based on the action block statements, the Judge rules that Art moves 1x speed (30 feet) this round, as per placement on the map.
Sign In